aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/include/lldb/Symbol
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorDimitry Andric <dim@FreeBSD.org>2017-01-02 19:26:05 +0000
committerDimitry Andric <dim@FreeBSD.org>2017-01-02 19:26:05 +0000
commit14f1b3e8826ce43b978db93a62d1166055db5394 (patch)
tree0a00ad8d3498783fe0193f3b656bca17c4c8697d /include/lldb/Symbol
parent4ee8c119c71a06dcad1e0fecc8c675e480e59337 (diff)
downloadsrc-14f1b3e8826ce43b978db93a62d1166055db5394.tar.gz
src-14f1b3e8826ce43b978db93a62d1166055db5394.zip
Vendor import of lldb trunk r290819:vendor/lldb/lldb-trunk-r290819
Notes
Notes: svn path=/vendor/lldb/dist/; revision=311128 svn path=/vendor/lldb/lldb-trunk-r290819/; revision=311129; tag=vendor/lldb/lldb-trunk-r290819
Diffstat (limited to 'include/lldb/Symbol')
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/ArmUnwindInfo.h54
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/Block.h827
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/ClangASTContext.h2061
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/ClangASTImporter.h664
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks.h234
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCommon.h217
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/ClangUtil.h18
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/CompactUnwindInfo.h257
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/CompileUnit.h862
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerDecl.h173
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerDeclContext.h210
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h932
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/DWARFCallFrameInfo.h243
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/DebugMacros.h134
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/DeclVendor.h81
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/Declaration.h416
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/FuncUnwinders.h231
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/Function.h1189
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/GoASTContext.h575
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/JavaASTContext.h477
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/LineEntry.h337
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/LineTable.h693
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/OCamlASTContext.h324
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/ObjectContainer.h347
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/ObjectFile.h1632
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/Symbol.h569
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolContext.h1045
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolContextScope.h103
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolFile.h341
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolVendor.h323
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/Symtab.h313
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/TaggedASTType.h57
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/Type.h1522
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/TypeList.h86
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/TypeMap.h91
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/TypeSystem.h1079
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/UnwindPlan.h1044
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/UnwindTable.h82
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/Variable.h287
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/VariableList.h135
-rw-r--r--include/lldb/Symbol/VerifyDecl.h5
41 files changed, 9312 insertions, 10958 deletions
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/ArmUnwindInfo.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/ArmUnwindInfo.h
index 8c40f19d2859..cc80c0fa9663 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/ArmUnwindInfo.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/ArmUnwindInfo.h
@@ -29,48 +29,42 @@
namespace lldb_private {
-class ArmUnwindInfo
-{
+class ArmUnwindInfo {
public:
- ArmUnwindInfo(const ObjectFile& objfile,
- lldb::SectionSP& arm_exidx,
- lldb::SectionSP& arm_extab);
+ ArmUnwindInfo(const ObjectFile &objfile, lldb::SectionSP &arm_exidx,
+ lldb::SectionSP &arm_extab);
- ~ArmUnwindInfo();
+ ~ArmUnwindInfo();
- bool
- GetUnwindPlan(Target &target, const Address& addr, UnwindPlan& unwind_plan);
+ bool GetUnwindPlan(Target &target, const Address &addr,
+ UnwindPlan &unwind_plan);
private:
- struct ArmExidxEntry
- {
- ArmExidxEntry(uint32_t f, lldb::addr_t a, uint32_t d);
+ struct ArmExidxEntry {
+ ArmExidxEntry(uint32_t f, lldb::addr_t a, uint32_t d);
- bool
- operator<(const ArmExidxEntry& other) const;
+ bool operator<(const ArmExidxEntry &other) const;
- uint32_t file_address;
- lldb::addr_t address;
- uint32_t data;
- };
+ uint32_t file_address;
+ lldb::addr_t address;
+ uint32_t data;
+ };
- const uint8_t*
- GetExceptionHandlingTableEntry(const Address& addr);
+ const uint8_t *GetExceptionHandlingTableEntry(const Address &addr);
- uint8_t
- GetByteAtOffset(const uint32_t* data, uint16_t offset) const;
+ uint8_t GetByteAtOffset(const uint32_t *data, uint16_t offset) const;
- uint64_t
- GetULEB128(const uint32_t* data, uint16_t& offset, uint16_t max_offset) const;
+ uint64_t GetULEB128(const uint32_t *data, uint16_t &offset,
+ uint16_t max_offset) const;
- const lldb::ByteOrder m_byte_order;
- lldb::SectionSP m_arm_exidx_sp; // .ARM.exidx section
- lldb::SectionSP m_arm_extab_sp; // .ARM.extab section
- DataExtractor m_arm_exidx_data; // .ARM.exidx section data
- DataExtractor m_arm_extab_data; // .ARM.extab section data
- std::vector<ArmExidxEntry> m_exidx_entries;
+ const lldb::ByteOrder m_byte_order;
+ lldb::SectionSP m_arm_exidx_sp; // .ARM.exidx section
+ lldb::SectionSP m_arm_extab_sp; // .ARM.extab section
+ DataExtractor m_arm_exidx_data; // .ARM.exidx section data
+ DataExtractor m_arm_extab_data; // .ARM.extab section data
+ std::vector<ArmExidxEntry> m_exidx_entries;
};
} // namespace lldb_private
-#endif // liblldb_ArmUnwindInfo_h_
+#endif // liblldb_ArmUnwindInfo_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/Block.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/Block.h
index 6dbb9c56097b..eb96318dac04 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/Block.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/Block.h
@@ -16,14 +16,14 @@
// Other libraries and framework includes
// Project includes
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/AddressRange.h"
#include "lldb/Core/RangeMap.h"
#include "lldb/Core/Stream.h"
#include "lldb/Core/UserID.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/LineEntry.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/SymbolContext.h"
-#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
@@ -45,451 +45,394 @@ namespace lldb_private {
/// InlineFunctionInfo shared pointer object to a block. Inlined
/// functions are represented as named blocks.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class Block :
- public UserID,
- public SymbolContextScope
-{
+class Block : public UserID, public SymbolContextScope {
public:
- typedef RangeArray<uint32_t, uint32_t, 1> RangeList;
- typedef RangeList::Entry Range;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with a User ID \a uid, \a depth.
- ///
- /// Initialize this block with the specified UID \a uid. The
- /// \a depth in the \a block_list is used to represent the parent,
- /// sibling, and child block information and also allows for partial
- /// parsing at the block level.
- ///
- /// @param[in] uid
- /// The UID for a given block. This value is given by the
- /// SymbolFile plug-in and can be any value that helps the
- /// SymbolFile plug-in to match this block back to the debug
- /// information data that it parses for further or more in
- /// depth parsing. Common values would be the index into a
- /// table, or an offset into the debug information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] depth
- /// The integer depth of this block in the block list hierarchy.
- ///
- /// @param[in] block_list
- /// The block list that this object belongs to.
- ///
- /// @see BlockList
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Block (lldb::user_id_t uid);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Destructor.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ~Block() override;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Add a child to this object.
- ///
- /// @param[in] child_block_sp
- /// A shared pointer to a child block that will get added to
- /// this block.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- AddChild (const lldb::BlockSP &child_block_sp);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Add a new offset range to this block.
- ///
- /// @param[in] start_offset
- /// An offset into this Function's address range that
- /// describes the start address of a range for this block.
- ///
- /// @param[in] end_offset
- /// An offset into this Function's address range that
- /// describes the end address of a range for this block.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- AddRange (const Range& range);
-
- void
- FinalizeRanges ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext*)
- ///
- /// @see SymbolContextScope
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext* sc) override;
-
- lldb::ModuleSP
- CalculateSymbolContextModule() override;
-
- CompileUnit *
- CalculateSymbolContextCompileUnit() override;
-
- Function *
- CalculateSymbolContextFunction() override;
-
- Block *
- CalculateSymbolContextBlock() override;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Check if an offset is in one of the block offset ranges.
- ///
- /// @param[in] range_offset
- /// An offset into the Function's address range.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if \a range_offset falls in one of this
- /// block's ranges, \b false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- Contains (lldb::addr_t range_offset) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Check if a offset range is in one of the block offset ranges.
- ///
- /// @param[in] range
- /// An offset range into the Function's address range.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if \a range falls in one of this
- /// block's ranges, \b false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- Contains (const Range& range) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Check if this object contains "block" as a child block at any
- /// depth.
- ///
- /// @param[in] block
- /// A potential child block.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if \a block is a child of this block, \b
- /// false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- Contains (const Block *block) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump the block contents.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- ///
- /// @param[in] base_addr
- /// The resolved start address of the Function's address
- /// range. This should be resolved as the file or load address
- /// prior to passing the value into this function for dumping.
- ///
- /// @param[in] depth
- /// Limit the number of levels deep that this function should
- /// print as this block can contain child blocks. Specify
- /// INT_MAX to dump all child blocks.
- ///
- /// @param[in] show_context
- /// If \b true, variables will dump their context information.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Dump (Stream *s, lldb::addr_t base_addr, int32_t depth, bool show_context) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::DumpSymbolContext(Stream*)
- ///
- /// @see SymbolContextScope
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- DumpSymbolContext(Stream *s) override;
-
- void
- DumpAddressRanges (Stream *s,
- lldb::addr_t base_addr);
-
- void
- GetDescription (Stream *s,
- Function *function,
- lldb::DescriptionLevel level,
- Target *target) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the parent block.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The parent block pointer, or nullptr if this block has no
- /// parent.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Block *
- GetParent () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the inlined block that contains this block.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// If this block contains inlined function info, it will return
- /// this block, else parent blocks will be searched to see if
- /// any contain this block. nullptr will be returned if this block
- /// nor any parent blocks are inlined function blocks.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Block *
- GetContainingInlinedBlock ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the inlined parent block for this block.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The parent block pointer, or nullptr if this block has no
- /// parent.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Block *
- GetInlinedParent ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the sibling block for this block.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The sibling block pointer, or nullptr if this block has no
- /// sibling.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Block *
- GetSibling () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the first child block.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The first child block pointer, or nullptr if this block has no
- /// children.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Block *
- GetFirstChild () const
- {
- return (m_children.empty() ? nullptr : m_children.front().get());
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the variable list for this block only.
- ///
- /// @param[in] can_create
- /// If \b true, the variables can be parsed if they already
- /// haven't been, else the current state of the block will be
- /// returned.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A variable list shared pointer that contains all variables
- /// for this block.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- lldb::VariableListSP
- GetBlockVariableList (bool can_create);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the variable list for this block and optionally all child
- /// blocks if \a get_child_variables is \b true.
- ///
- /// @param[in] get_child_variables
- /// If \b true, all variables from all child blocks will be
- /// added to the variable list.
- ///
- /// @param[in] can_create
- /// If \b true, the variables can be parsed if they already
- /// haven't been, else the current state of the block will be
- /// returned. Passing \b true for this parameter can be used
- /// to see the current state of what has been parsed up to this
- /// point.
- ///
- /// @param[in] add_inline_child_block_variables
- /// If this is \b false, no child variables of child blocks
- /// that are inlined functions will be gotten. If \b true then
- /// all child variables will be added regardless of whether they
- /// come from inlined functions or not.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A variable list shared pointer that contains all variables
- /// for this block.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- uint32_t
- AppendBlockVariables (bool can_create,
- bool get_child_block_variables,
- bool stop_if_child_block_is_inlined_function,
- const std::function<bool(Variable*)>& filter,
- VariableList *variable_list);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Appends the variables from this block, and optionally from all
- /// parent blocks, to \a variable_list.
- ///
- /// @param[in] can_create
- /// If \b true, the variables can be parsed if they already
- /// haven't been, else the current state of the block will be
- /// returned. Passing \b true for this parameter can be used
- /// to see the current state of what has been parsed up to this
- /// point.
- ///
- /// @param[in] get_parent_variables
- /// If \b true, all variables from all parent blocks will be
- /// added to the variable list.
- ///
- /// @param[in] stop_if_block_is_inlined_function
- /// If \b true, all variables from all parent blocks will be
- /// added to the variable list until there are no parent blocks
- /// or the parent block has inlined function info.
- ///
- /// @param[in,out] variable_list
- /// All variables in this block, and optionally all parent
- /// blocks will be added to this list.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of variable that were appended to \a
- /// variable_list.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- uint32_t
- AppendVariables (bool can_create,
- bool get_parent_variables,
- bool stop_if_block_is_inlined_function,
- const std::function<bool(Variable*)>& filter,
- VariableList *variable_list);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get const accessor for any inlined function information.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const pointer to any inlined function information, or nullptr
- /// if this is a regular block.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- const InlineFunctionInfo*
- GetInlinedFunctionInfo () const
- {
- return m_inlineInfoSP.get();
- }
-
- CompilerDeclContext
- GetDeclContext();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the memory cost of this object.
- ///
- /// Returns the cost of this object plus any owned objects from the
- /// ranges, variables, and inline function information.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of bytes that this object occupies in memory.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- size_t
- MemorySize() const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Set accessor for any inlined function information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] name
- /// The method name for the inlined function. This value should
- /// not be nullptr.
- ///
- /// @param[in] mangled
- /// The mangled method name for the inlined function. This can
- /// be nullptr if there is no mangled name for an inlined function
- /// or if the name is the same as \a name.
- ///
- /// @param[in] decl_ptr
- /// A optional pointer to declaration information for the
- /// inlined function information. This value can be nullptr to
- /// indicate that no declaration information is available.
- ///
- /// @param[in] call_decl_ptr
- /// Optional calling location declaration information that
- /// describes from where this inlined function was called.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- SetInlinedFunctionInfo (const char *name,
- const char *mangled,
- const Declaration *decl_ptr,
- const Declaration *call_decl_ptr);
-
- void
- SetParentScope (SymbolContextScope *parent_scope)
- {
- m_parent_scope = parent_scope;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Set accessor for the variable list.
- ///
- /// Called by the SymbolFile plug-ins after they have parsed the
- /// variable lists and are ready to hand ownership of the list over
- /// to this object.
- ///
- /// @param[in] variable_list_sp
- /// A shared pointer to a VariableList.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- SetVariableList (lldb::VariableListSP& variable_list_sp)
- {
- m_variable_list_sp = variable_list_sp;
- }
-
- bool
- BlockInfoHasBeenParsed() const
- {
- return m_parsed_block_info;
- }
-
- void
- SetBlockInfoHasBeenParsed (bool b, bool set_children);
-
- Block *
- FindBlockByID (lldb::user_id_t block_id);
-
- size_t
- GetNumRanges () const
- {
- return m_ranges.GetSize();
- }
-
- bool
- GetRangeContainingOffset (const lldb::addr_t offset, Range &range);
-
- bool
- GetRangeContainingAddress (const Address& addr, AddressRange &range);
-
- bool
- GetRangeContainingLoadAddress (lldb::addr_t load_addr, Target &target, AddressRange &range);
-
- uint32_t
- GetRangeIndexContainingAddress (const Address& addr);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Since blocks might have multiple discontiguous address ranges,
- // we need to be able to get at any of the address ranges in a block.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- GetRangeAtIndex (uint32_t range_idx,
- AddressRange &range);
-
- bool
- GetStartAddress (Address &addr);
-
- void
- SetDidParseVariables (bool b, bool set_children);
+ typedef RangeArray<uint32_t, uint32_t, 1> RangeList;
+ typedef RangeList::Entry Range;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with a User ID \a uid, \a depth.
+ ///
+ /// Initialize this block with the specified UID \a uid. The
+ /// \a depth in the \a block_list is used to represent the parent,
+ /// sibling, and child block information and also allows for partial
+ /// parsing at the block level.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] uid
+ /// The UID for a given block. This value is given by the
+ /// SymbolFile plug-in and can be any value that helps the
+ /// SymbolFile plug-in to match this block back to the debug
+ /// information data that it parses for further or more in
+ /// depth parsing. Common values would be the index into a
+ /// table, or an offset into the debug information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] depth
+ /// The integer depth of this block in the block list hierarchy.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] block_list
+ /// The block list that this object belongs to.
+ ///
+ /// @see BlockList
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Block(lldb::user_id_t uid);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Destructor.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ~Block() override;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Add a child to this object.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] child_block_sp
+ /// A shared pointer to a child block that will get added to
+ /// this block.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void AddChild(const lldb::BlockSP &child_block_sp);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Add a new offset range to this block.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] start_offset
+ /// An offset into this Function's address range that
+ /// describes the start address of a range for this block.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] end_offset
+ /// An offset into this Function's address range that
+ /// describes the end address of a range for this block.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void AddRange(const Range &range);
+
+ void FinalizeRanges();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext*)
+ ///
+ /// @see SymbolContextScope
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext *sc) override;
+
+ lldb::ModuleSP CalculateSymbolContextModule() override;
+
+ CompileUnit *CalculateSymbolContextCompileUnit() override;
+
+ Function *CalculateSymbolContextFunction() override;
+
+ Block *CalculateSymbolContextBlock() override;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Check if an offset is in one of the block offset ranges.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] range_offset
+ /// An offset into the Function's address range.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if \a range_offset falls in one of this
+ /// block's ranges, \b false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool Contains(lldb::addr_t range_offset) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Check if a offset range is in one of the block offset ranges.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] range
+ /// An offset range into the Function's address range.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if \a range falls in one of this
+ /// block's ranges, \b false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool Contains(const Range &range) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Check if this object contains "block" as a child block at any
+ /// depth.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] block
+ /// A potential child block.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if \a block is a child of this block, \b
+ /// false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool Contains(const Block *block) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump the block contents.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] base_addr
+ /// The resolved start address of the Function's address
+ /// range. This should be resolved as the file or load address
+ /// prior to passing the value into this function for dumping.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] depth
+ /// Limit the number of levels deep that this function should
+ /// print as this block can contain child blocks. Specify
+ /// INT_MAX to dump all child blocks.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] show_context
+ /// If \b true, variables will dump their context information.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Dump(Stream *s, lldb::addr_t base_addr, int32_t depth,
+ bool show_context) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::DumpSymbolContext(Stream*)
+ ///
+ /// @see SymbolContextScope
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void DumpSymbolContext(Stream *s) override;
+
+ void DumpAddressRanges(Stream *s, lldb::addr_t base_addr);
+
+ void GetDescription(Stream *s, Function *function,
+ lldb::DescriptionLevel level, Target *target) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the parent block.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The parent block pointer, or nullptr if this block has no
+ /// parent.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Block *GetParent() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the inlined block that contains this block.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// If this block contains inlined function info, it will return
+ /// this block, else parent blocks will be searched to see if
+ /// any contain this block. nullptr will be returned if this block
+ /// nor any parent blocks are inlined function blocks.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Block *GetContainingInlinedBlock();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the inlined parent block for this block.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The parent block pointer, or nullptr if this block has no
+ /// parent.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Block *GetInlinedParent();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the sibling block for this block.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The sibling block pointer, or nullptr if this block has no
+ /// sibling.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Block *GetSibling() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the first child block.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The first child block pointer, or nullptr if this block has no
+ /// children.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Block *GetFirstChild() const {
+ return (m_children.empty() ? nullptr : m_children.front().get());
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the variable list for this block only.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] can_create
+ /// If \b true, the variables can be parsed if they already
+ /// haven't been, else the current state of the block will be
+ /// returned.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A variable list shared pointer that contains all variables
+ /// for this block.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ lldb::VariableListSP GetBlockVariableList(bool can_create);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the variable list for this block and optionally all child
+ /// blocks if \a get_child_variables is \b true.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] get_child_variables
+ /// If \b true, all variables from all child blocks will be
+ /// added to the variable list.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] can_create
+ /// If \b true, the variables can be parsed if they already
+ /// haven't been, else the current state of the block will be
+ /// returned. Passing \b true for this parameter can be used
+ /// to see the current state of what has been parsed up to this
+ /// point.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] add_inline_child_block_variables
+ /// If this is \b false, no child variables of child blocks
+ /// that are inlined functions will be gotten. If \b true then
+ /// all child variables will be added regardless of whether they
+ /// come from inlined functions or not.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A variable list shared pointer that contains all variables
+ /// for this block.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t AppendBlockVariables(bool can_create, bool get_child_block_variables,
+ bool stop_if_child_block_is_inlined_function,
+ const std::function<bool(Variable *)> &filter,
+ VariableList *variable_list);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Appends the variables from this block, and optionally from all
+ /// parent blocks, to \a variable_list.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] can_create
+ /// If \b true, the variables can be parsed if they already
+ /// haven't been, else the current state of the block will be
+ /// returned. Passing \b true for this parameter can be used
+ /// to see the current state of what has been parsed up to this
+ /// point.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] get_parent_variables
+ /// If \b true, all variables from all parent blocks will be
+ /// added to the variable list.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] stop_if_block_is_inlined_function
+ /// If \b true, all variables from all parent blocks will be
+ /// added to the variable list until there are no parent blocks
+ /// or the parent block has inlined function info.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in,out] variable_list
+ /// All variables in this block, and optionally all parent
+ /// blocks will be added to this list.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of variable that were appended to \a
+ /// variable_list.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t AppendVariables(bool can_create, bool get_parent_variables,
+ bool stop_if_block_is_inlined_function,
+ const std::function<bool(Variable *)> &filter,
+ VariableList *variable_list);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get const accessor for any inlined function information.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const pointer to any inlined function information, or nullptr
+ /// if this is a regular block.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ const InlineFunctionInfo *GetInlinedFunctionInfo() const {
+ return m_inlineInfoSP.get();
+ }
+
+ CompilerDeclContext GetDeclContext();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the memory cost of this object.
+ ///
+ /// Returns the cost of this object plus any owned objects from the
+ /// ranges, variables, and inline function information.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of bytes that this object occupies in memory.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ size_t MemorySize() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Set accessor for any inlined function information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] name
+ /// The method name for the inlined function. This value should
+ /// not be nullptr.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] mangled
+ /// The mangled method name for the inlined function. This can
+ /// be nullptr if there is no mangled name for an inlined function
+ /// or if the name is the same as \a name.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] decl_ptr
+ /// A optional pointer to declaration information for the
+ /// inlined function information. This value can be nullptr to
+ /// indicate that no declaration information is available.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] call_decl_ptr
+ /// Optional calling location declaration information that
+ /// describes from where this inlined function was called.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void SetInlinedFunctionInfo(const char *name, const char *mangled,
+ const Declaration *decl_ptr,
+ const Declaration *call_decl_ptr);
+
+ void SetParentScope(SymbolContextScope *parent_scope) {
+ m_parent_scope = parent_scope;
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Set accessor for the variable list.
+ ///
+ /// Called by the SymbolFile plug-ins after they have parsed the
+ /// variable lists and are ready to hand ownership of the list over
+ /// to this object.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] variable_list_sp
+ /// A shared pointer to a VariableList.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void SetVariableList(lldb::VariableListSP &variable_list_sp) {
+ m_variable_list_sp = variable_list_sp;
+ }
+
+ bool BlockInfoHasBeenParsed() const { return m_parsed_block_info; }
+
+ void SetBlockInfoHasBeenParsed(bool b, bool set_children);
+
+ Block *FindBlockByID(lldb::user_id_t block_id);
+
+ size_t GetNumRanges() const { return m_ranges.GetSize(); }
+
+ bool GetRangeContainingOffset(const lldb::addr_t offset, Range &range);
+
+ bool GetRangeContainingAddress(const Address &addr, AddressRange &range);
+
+ bool GetRangeContainingLoadAddress(lldb::addr_t load_addr, Target &target,
+ AddressRange &range);
+
+ uint32_t GetRangeIndexContainingAddress(const Address &addr);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Since blocks might have multiple discontiguous address ranges,
+ // we need to be able to get at any of the address ranges in a block.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool GetRangeAtIndex(uint32_t range_idx, AddressRange &range);
+
+ bool GetStartAddress(Address &addr);
+
+ void SetDidParseVariables(bool b, bool set_children);
protected:
- typedef std::vector<lldb::BlockSP> collection;
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- SymbolContextScope *m_parent_scope;
- collection m_children;
- RangeList m_ranges;
- lldb::InlineFunctionInfoSP m_inlineInfoSP; ///< Inlined function information.
- lldb::VariableListSP m_variable_list_sp; ///< The variable list for all local, static and parameter variables scoped to this block.
- bool m_parsed_block_info:1, ///< Set to true if this block and it's children have all been parsed
- m_parsed_block_variables:1,
- m_parsed_child_blocks:1;
-
- // A parent of child blocks can be asked to find a sibling block given
- // one of its child blocks
- Block *
- GetSiblingForChild (const Block *child_block) const;
+ typedef std::vector<lldb::BlockSP> collection;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ SymbolContextScope *m_parent_scope;
+ collection m_children;
+ RangeList m_ranges;
+ lldb::InlineFunctionInfoSP m_inlineInfoSP; ///< Inlined function information.
+ lldb::VariableListSP m_variable_list_sp; ///< The variable list for all local,
+ ///static and parameter variables
+ ///scoped to this block.
+ bool m_parsed_block_info : 1, ///< Set to true if this block and it's children
+ ///have all been parsed
+ m_parsed_block_variables : 1, m_parsed_child_blocks : 1;
+
+ // A parent of child blocks can be asked to find a sibling block given
+ // one of its child blocks
+ Block *GetSiblingForChild(const Block *child_block) const;
private:
- DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (Block);
+ DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Block);
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangASTContext.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangASTContext.h
index 08f7b6b412dc..4262ecb4bf0e 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangASTContext.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangASTContext.h
@@ -20,13 +20,13 @@
#include <memory>
#include <set>
#include <string>
-#include <vector>
#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
// Other libraries and framework includes
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
// Project includes
#include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangPersistentVariables.h"
@@ -43,1156 +43,934 @@ namespace lldb_private {
class Declaration;
-class ClangASTContext : public TypeSystem
-{
+class ClangASTContext : public TypeSystem {
public:
- typedef void (*CompleteTagDeclCallback)(void *baton, clang::TagDecl *);
- typedef void (*CompleteObjCInterfaceDeclCallback)(void *baton, clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // llvm casting support
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static bool classof(const TypeSystem *ts)
- {
- return ts->getKind() == TypeSystem::eKindClang;
- }
+ typedef void (*CompleteTagDeclCallback)(void *baton, clang::TagDecl *);
+ typedef void (*CompleteObjCInterfaceDeclCallback)(void *baton,
+ clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *);
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Constructors and Destructors
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ClangASTContext(const char *triple = nullptr);
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // llvm casting support
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static bool classof(const TypeSystem *ts) {
+ return ts->getKind() == TypeSystem::eKindClang;
+ }
- ~ClangASTContext() override;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Constructors and Destructors
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ClangASTContext(const char *triple = nullptr);
- void
- Finalize() override;
+ ~ClangASTContext() override;
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // PluginInterface functions
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ConstString
- GetPluginName() override;
+ void Finalize() override;
- uint32_t
- GetPluginVersion() override;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // PluginInterface functions
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ConstString GetPluginName() override;
- static ConstString
- GetPluginNameStatic ();
+ uint32_t GetPluginVersion() override;
- static lldb::TypeSystemSP
- CreateInstance (lldb::LanguageType language, Module *module, Target *target);
-
- static void
- EnumerateSupportedLanguages(std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_types, std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_expressions);
+ static ConstString GetPluginNameStatic();
- static void
- Initialize ();
+ static lldb::TypeSystemSP CreateInstance(lldb::LanguageType language,
+ Module *module, Target *target);
- static void
- Terminate ();
+ static void EnumerateSupportedLanguages(
+ std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_types,
+ std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_expressions);
- static ClangASTContext*
- GetASTContext (clang::ASTContext* ast_ctx);
+ static void Initialize();
- clang::ASTContext *
- getASTContext();
-
- void setASTContext(clang::ASTContext* ast_ctx);
-
- clang::Builtin::Context *
- getBuiltinContext();
+ static void Terminate();
- clang::IdentifierTable *
- getIdentifierTable();
+ static ClangASTContext *GetASTContext(clang::ASTContext *ast_ctx);
- clang::LangOptions *
- getLanguageOptions();
+ clang::ASTContext *getASTContext();
- clang::SelectorTable *
- getSelectorTable();
+ void setASTContext(clang::ASTContext *ast_ctx);
- clang::FileManager *
- getFileManager();
-
- clang::SourceManager *
- getSourceManager();
+ clang::Builtin::Context *getBuiltinContext();
- clang::DiagnosticsEngine *
- getDiagnosticsEngine();
-
- clang::DiagnosticConsumer *
- getDiagnosticConsumer();
+ clang::IdentifierTable *getIdentifierTable();
- clang::MangleContext *
- getMangleContext();
+ clang::LangOptions *getLanguageOptions();
- std::shared_ptr<clang::TargetOptions> &getTargetOptions();
+ clang::SelectorTable *getSelectorTable();
- clang::TargetInfo *
- getTargetInfo();
+ clang::FileManager *getFileManager();
- void
- Clear();
-
- const char *
- GetTargetTriple ();
+ clang::SourceManager *getSourceManager();
- void
- SetTargetTriple (const char *target_triple);
+ clang::DiagnosticsEngine *getDiagnosticsEngine();
- void
- SetArchitecture (const ArchSpec &arch);
+ clang::DiagnosticConsumer *getDiagnosticConsumer();
- bool
- HasExternalSource ();
+ clang::MangleContext *getMangleContext();
- void
- SetExternalSource (llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> &ast_source_ap);
+ std::shared_ptr<clang::TargetOptions> &getTargetOptions();
- void
- RemoveExternalSource ();
-
- bool
- GetCompleteDecl (clang::Decl *decl)
- {
- return ClangASTContext::GetCompleteDecl(getASTContext(), decl);
- }
+ clang::TargetInfo *getTargetInfo();
- static void
- DumpDeclHiearchy (clang::Decl *decl);
+ void Clear();
- static void
- DumpDeclContextHiearchy (clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx);
+ const char *GetTargetTriple();
- static bool
- DeclsAreEquivalent (clang::Decl *lhs_decl, clang::Decl *rhs_decl);
+ void SetTargetTriple(const char *target_triple);
- static bool
- GetCompleteDecl (clang::ASTContext *ast,
- clang::Decl *decl);
+ void SetArchitecture(const ArchSpec &arch);
- void SetMetadataAsUserID (const void *object,
- lldb::user_id_t user_id);
+ bool HasExternalSource();
- void SetMetadata (const void *object,
- ClangASTMetadata &meta_data)
- {
- SetMetadata(getASTContext(), object, meta_data);
- }
-
- static void
- SetMetadata (clang::ASTContext *ast,
- const void *object,
- ClangASTMetadata &meta_data);
-
- ClangASTMetadata *
- GetMetadata (const void *object)
- {
- return GetMetadata(getASTContext(), object);
- }
-
- static ClangASTMetadata *
- GetMetadata (clang::ASTContext *ast,
- const void *object);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Basic Types
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize (lldb::Encoding encoding,
- size_t bit_size) override;
-
- static CompilerType
- GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize (clang::ASTContext *ast,
- lldb::Encoding encoding,
- uint32_t bit_size);
-
- CompilerType
- GetBasicType (lldb::BasicType type);
-
- static CompilerType
- GetBasicType (clang::ASTContext *ast, lldb::BasicType type);
-
- static CompilerType
- GetBasicType (clang::ASTContext *ast, const ConstString &name);
-
- static lldb::BasicType
- GetBasicTypeEnumeration (const ConstString &name);
-
- CompilerType
- GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize (
- const char *type_name,
- uint32_t dw_ate,
- uint32_t bit_size);
-
- CompilerType
- GetCStringType(bool is_const);
-
- static CompilerType
- GetUnknownAnyType(clang::ASTContext *ast);
-
- CompilerType
- GetUnknownAnyType()
- {
- return ClangASTContext::GetUnknownAnyType(getASTContext());
+ void SetExternalSource(
+ llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> &ast_source_ap);
+
+ void RemoveExternalSource();
+
+ bool GetCompleteDecl(clang::Decl *decl) {
+ return ClangASTContext::GetCompleteDecl(getASTContext(), decl);
+ }
+
+ static void DumpDeclHiearchy(clang::Decl *decl);
+
+ static void DumpDeclContextHiearchy(clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx);
+
+ static bool DeclsAreEquivalent(clang::Decl *lhs_decl, clang::Decl *rhs_decl);
+
+ static bool GetCompleteDecl(clang::ASTContext *ast, clang::Decl *decl);
+
+ void SetMetadataAsUserID(const void *object, lldb::user_id_t user_id);
+
+ void SetMetadata(const void *object, ClangASTMetadata &meta_data) {
+ SetMetadata(getASTContext(), object, meta_data);
+ }
+
+ static void SetMetadata(clang::ASTContext *ast, const void *object,
+ ClangASTMetadata &meta_data);
+
+ ClangASTMetadata *GetMetadata(const void *object) {
+ return GetMetadata(getASTContext(), object);
+ }
+
+ static ClangASTMetadata *GetMetadata(clang::ASTContext *ast,
+ const void *object);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Basic Types
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize(lldb::Encoding encoding,
+ size_t bit_size) override;
+
+ static CompilerType GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize(
+ clang::ASTContext *ast, lldb::Encoding encoding, uint32_t bit_size);
+
+ CompilerType GetBasicType(lldb::BasicType type);
+
+ static CompilerType GetBasicType(clang::ASTContext *ast,
+ lldb::BasicType type);
+
+ static CompilerType GetBasicType(clang::ASTContext *ast,
+ const ConstString &name);
+
+ static lldb::BasicType GetBasicTypeEnumeration(const ConstString &name);
+
+ CompilerType GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize(const char *type_name,
+ uint32_t dw_ate,
+ uint32_t bit_size);
+
+ CompilerType GetCStringType(bool is_const);
+
+ static CompilerType GetUnknownAnyType(clang::ASTContext *ast);
+
+ CompilerType GetUnknownAnyType() {
+ return ClangASTContext::GetUnknownAnyType(getASTContext());
+ }
+
+ static clang::DeclContext *GetDeclContextForType(clang::QualType type);
+
+ static clang::DeclContext *GetDeclContextForType(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ uint32_t GetPointerByteSize() override;
+
+ static clang::DeclContext *GetTranslationUnitDecl(clang::ASTContext *ast);
+
+ clang::DeclContext *GetTranslationUnitDecl() {
+ return GetTranslationUnitDecl(getASTContext());
+ }
+
+ static clang::Decl *CopyDecl(clang::ASTContext *dest_context,
+ clang::ASTContext *source_context,
+ clang::Decl *source_decl);
+
+ static bool AreTypesSame(CompilerType type1, CompilerType type2,
+ bool ignore_qualifiers = false);
+
+ static CompilerType GetTypeForDecl(clang::NamedDecl *decl);
+
+ static CompilerType GetTypeForDecl(clang::TagDecl *decl);
+
+ static CompilerType GetTypeForDecl(clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *objc_decl);
+
+ template <typename RecordDeclType>
+ CompilerType GetTypeForIdentifier(const ConstString &type_name) {
+ CompilerType compiler_type;
+
+ if (type_name.GetLength()) {
+ clang::ASTContext *ast = getASTContext();
+ if (ast) {
+ clang::IdentifierInfo &myIdent =
+ ast->Idents.get(type_name.GetCString());
+ clang::DeclarationName myName =
+ ast->DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(&myIdent);
+
+ clang::DeclContext::lookup_result result =
+ ast->getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(myName);
+
+ if (!result.empty()) {
+ clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = result[0];
+ if (const RecordDeclType *record_decl =
+ llvm::dyn_cast<RecordDeclType>(named_decl))
+ compiler_type.SetCompilerType(
+ ast, clang::QualType(record_decl->getTypeForDecl(), 0));
+ }
+ }
}
-
- static clang::DeclContext *
- GetDeclContextForType (clang::QualType type);
-
- static clang::DeclContext *
- GetDeclContextForType (const CompilerType& type);
-
- uint32_t
- GetPointerByteSize () override;
-
- static clang::DeclContext *
- GetTranslationUnitDecl (clang::ASTContext *ast);
-
- clang::DeclContext *
- GetTranslationUnitDecl ()
- {
- return GetTranslationUnitDecl (getASTContext());
+
+ return compiler_type;
+ }
+
+ CompilerType CreateStructForIdentifier(
+ const ConstString &type_name,
+ const std::initializer_list<std::pair<const char *, CompilerType>>
+ &type_fields,
+ bool packed = false);
+
+ CompilerType GetOrCreateStructForIdentifier(
+ const ConstString &type_name,
+ const std::initializer_list<std::pair<const char *, CompilerType>>
+ &type_fields,
+ bool packed = false);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Structure, Unions, Classes
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ static clang::AccessSpecifier
+ ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(lldb::AccessType access);
+
+ static clang::AccessSpecifier
+ UnifyAccessSpecifiers(clang::AccessSpecifier lhs, clang::AccessSpecifier rhs);
+
+ static uint32_t GetNumBaseClasses(const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl,
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes);
+
+ CompilerType CreateRecordType(clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
+ lldb::AccessType access_type, const char *name,
+ int kind, lldb::LanguageType language,
+ ClangASTMetadata *metadata = nullptr);
+
+ class TemplateParameterInfos {
+ public:
+ bool IsValid() const {
+ if (args.empty())
+ return false;
+ return args.size() == names.size();
}
-
- static clang::Decl *
- CopyDecl (clang::ASTContext *dest_context,
- clang::ASTContext *source_context,
- clang::Decl *source_decl);
-
- static bool
- AreTypesSame(CompilerType type1,
- CompilerType type2,
- bool ignore_qualifiers = false);
-
- static CompilerType
- GetTypeForDecl (clang::NamedDecl *decl);
-
- static CompilerType
- GetTypeForDecl (clang::TagDecl *decl);
-
- static CompilerType
- GetTypeForDecl (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *objc_decl);
-
- template <typename RecordDeclType>
- CompilerType
- GetTypeForIdentifier (const ConstString &type_name)
- {
- CompilerType compiler_type;
-
- if (type_name.GetLength())
- {
- clang::ASTContext *ast = getASTContext();
- if (ast)
- {
- clang::IdentifierInfo &myIdent = ast->Idents.get(type_name.GetCString());
- clang::DeclarationName myName = ast->DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(&myIdent);
-
- clang::DeclContext::lookup_result result = ast->getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(myName);
-
- if (!result.empty())
- {
- clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = result[0];
- if (const RecordDeclType *record_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<RecordDeclType>(named_decl))
- compiler_type.SetCompilerType(ast, clang::QualType(record_decl->getTypeForDecl(), 0));
- }
- }
- }
-
- return compiler_type;
+
+ size_t GetSize() const {
+ if (IsValid())
+ return args.size();
+ return 0;
}
-
- CompilerType
- CreateStructForIdentifier (const ConstString &type_name,
- const std::initializer_list< std::pair < const char *, CompilerType > >& type_fields,
- bool packed = false);
-
- CompilerType
- GetOrCreateStructForIdentifier (const ConstString &type_name,
- const std::initializer_list< std::pair < const char *, CompilerType > >& type_fields,
- bool packed = false);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Structure, Unions, Classes
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- static clang::AccessSpecifier
- ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier (lldb::AccessType access);
-
- static clang::AccessSpecifier
- UnifyAccessSpecifiers (clang::AccessSpecifier lhs, clang::AccessSpecifier rhs);
-
- static uint32_t
- GetNumBaseClasses (const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl,
- bool omit_empty_base_classes);
-
- CompilerType
- CreateRecordType(clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
- lldb::AccessType access_type,
- const char *name,
- int kind,
- lldb::LanguageType language,
- ClangASTMetadata *metadata = nullptr);
-
- class TemplateParameterInfos
- {
- public:
- bool
- IsValid() const
- {
- if (args.empty())
- return false;
- return args.size() == names.size();
- }
- size_t
- GetSize () const
- {
- if (IsValid())
- return args.size();
- return 0;
- }
+ llvm::SmallVector<const char *, 2> names;
+ llvm::SmallVector<clang::TemplateArgument, 2> args;
+ };
- llvm::SmallVector<const char *, 2> names;
- llvm::SmallVector<clang::TemplateArgument, 2> args;
- };
-
- clang::FunctionTemplateDecl *
- CreateFunctionTemplateDecl (clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
- clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl,
- const char *name,
- const TemplateParameterInfos &infos);
-
- void
- CreateFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo (clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl,
- clang::FunctionTemplateDecl *Template,
- const TemplateParameterInfos &infos);
-
- clang::ClassTemplateDecl *
- CreateClassTemplateDecl (clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
- lldb::AccessType access_type,
- const char *class_name,
- int kind,
+ clang::FunctionTemplateDecl *
+ CreateFunctionTemplateDecl(clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
+ clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl, const char *name,
const TemplateParameterInfos &infos);
- clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *
- CreateClassTemplateSpecializationDecl (clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
- clang::ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl,
- int kind,
- const TemplateParameterInfos &infos);
-
- CompilerType
- CreateClassTemplateSpecializationType (clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *class_template_specialization_decl);
-
- static clang::DeclContext *
- GetAsDeclContext (clang::CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method_decl);
-
- static clang::DeclContext *
- GetAsDeclContext (clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method_decl);
-
-
- static bool
- CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount (uint32_t op_kind,
- uint32_t num_params);
-
- bool
- FieldIsBitfield (clang::FieldDecl* field,
- uint32_t& bitfield_bit_size);
-
- static bool
- FieldIsBitfield (clang::ASTContext *ast,
- clang::FieldDecl* field,
- uint32_t& bitfield_bit_size);
-
- static bool
- RecordHasFields (const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl);
-
- CompilerType
- CreateObjCClass(const char *name,
- clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
- bool isForwardDecl,
- bool isInternal,
- ClangASTMetadata *metadata = nullptr);
-
- bool
- SetTagTypeKind (clang::QualType type, int kind) const;
-
- bool
- SetDefaultAccessForRecordFields (clang::RecordDecl* record_decl,
- int default_accessibility,
- int *assigned_accessibilities,
- size_t num_assigned_accessibilities);
-
- // Returns a mask containing bits from the ClangASTContext::eTypeXXX enumerations
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Namespace Declarations
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- clang::NamespaceDecl *
- GetUniqueNamespaceDeclaration (const char *name,
- clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx);
-
- static clang::NamespaceDecl *
- GetUniqueNamespaceDeclaration (clang::ASTContext *ast,
- const char *name,
- clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Function Types
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- clang::FunctionDecl *
- CreateFunctionDeclaration (clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
- const char *name,
- const CompilerType &function_Type,
- int storage,
- bool is_inline);
-
- static CompilerType
- CreateFunctionType (clang::ASTContext *ast,
- const CompilerType &result_type,
- const CompilerType *args,
- unsigned num_args,
- bool is_variadic,
- unsigned type_quals);
-
- CompilerType
- CreateFunctionType (const CompilerType &result_type,
- const CompilerType *args,
- unsigned num_args,
- bool is_variadic,
- unsigned type_quals)
- {
- return ClangASTContext::CreateFunctionType(getASTContext(),
- result_type,
- args,
- num_args,
- is_variadic,
- type_quals);
- }
-
- clang::ParmVarDecl *
- CreateParameterDeclaration (const char *name,
- const CompilerType &param_type,
- int storage);
-
- void
- SetFunctionParameters (clang::FunctionDecl *function_decl,
- clang::ParmVarDecl **params,
- unsigned num_params);
-
- CompilerType
- CreateBlockPointerType (const CompilerType &function_type);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Array Types
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- CompilerType
- CreateArrayType (const CompilerType &element_type,
- size_t element_count,
- bool is_vector);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Enumeration Types
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- CreateEnumerationType (const char *name,
- clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
- const Declaration &decl,
- const CompilerType &integer_qual_type);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Integer type functions
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- static CompilerType
- GetIntTypeFromBitSize (clang::ASTContext *ast,
- size_t bit_size, bool is_signed);
-
- CompilerType
- GetPointerSizedIntType (bool is_signed)
- {
- return GetPointerSizedIntType (getASTContext(), is_signed);
- }
-
- static CompilerType
- GetPointerSizedIntType (clang::ASTContext *ast, bool is_signed);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Floating point functions
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- static CompilerType
- GetFloatTypeFromBitSize (clang::ASTContext *ast,
- size_t bit_size);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // TypeSystem methods
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- DWARFASTParser *
- GetDWARFParser() override;
- PDBASTParser *
- GetPDBParser();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // ClangASTContext callbacks for external source lookups.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static void
- CompleteTagDecl (void *baton, clang::TagDecl *);
-
- static void
- CompleteObjCInterfaceDecl (void *baton, clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *);
-
- static bool
- LayoutRecordType(void *baton,
- const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl,
- uint64_t &size,
- uint64_t &alignment,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &field_offsets,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> &base_offsets,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> &vbase_offsets);
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // CompilerDecl override functions
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- ConstString
- DeclGetName (void *opaque_decl) override;
-
- ConstString
- DeclGetMangledName (void *opaque_decl) override;
-
- CompilerDeclContext
- DeclGetDeclContext (void *opaque_decl) override;
-
- CompilerType
- DeclGetFunctionReturnType(void *opaque_decl) override;
-
- size_t
- DeclGetFunctionNumArguments(void *opaque_decl) override;
-
- CompilerType
- DeclGetFunctionArgumentType (void *opaque_decl, size_t arg_idx) override;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // CompilerDeclContext override functions
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- std::vector<CompilerDecl>
- DeclContextFindDeclByName (void *opaque_decl_ctx,
- ConstString name,
- const bool ignore_using_decls) override;
-
- bool
- DeclContextIsStructUnionOrClass (void *opaque_decl_ctx) override;
-
- ConstString
- DeclContextGetName (void *opaque_decl_ctx) override;
-
- ConstString
- DeclContextGetScopeQualifiedName (void *opaque_decl_ctx) override;
-
- bool
- DeclContextIsClassMethod (void *opaque_decl_ctx,
- lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr,
- bool *is_instance_method_ptr,
- ConstString *language_object_name_ptr) override;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Clang specific clang::DeclContext functions
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- static clang::DeclContext *
- DeclContextGetAsDeclContext (const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
-
- static clang::ObjCMethodDecl *
- DeclContextGetAsObjCMethodDecl (const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
-
- static clang::CXXMethodDecl *
- DeclContextGetAsCXXMethodDecl (const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
-
- static clang::FunctionDecl *
- DeclContextGetAsFunctionDecl (const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
-
- static clang::NamespaceDecl *
- DeclContextGetAsNamespaceDecl (const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
-
- static ClangASTMetadata *
- DeclContextGetMetaData (const CompilerDeclContext &dc, const void *object);
-
- static clang::ASTContext *
- DeclContextGetClangASTContext (const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Tests
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- bool
- IsArrayType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- CompilerType *element_type,
- uint64_t *size,
- bool *is_incomplete) override;
-
- bool
- IsVectorType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- CompilerType *element_type,
- uint64_t *size) override;
-
- bool
- IsAggregateType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsAnonymousType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsBeingDefined (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsCharType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsCompleteType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsConst(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsCStringType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint32_t &length) override;
-
- static bool
- IsCXXClassType (const CompilerType& type);
-
- bool
- IsDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsFloatingPointType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint32_t &count, bool &is_complex) override;
-
- bool
- IsFunctionType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool *is_variadic_ptr) override;
-
- uint32_t
- IsHomogeneousAggregate (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType* base_type_ptr) override;
-
- size_t
- GetNumberOfFunctionArguments (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const size_t index) override;
-
- bool
- IsFunctionPointerType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsBlockPointerType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) override;
-
- bool
- IsIntegerType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool &is_signed) override;
-
- bool
- IsEnumerationType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool &is_signed) override;
-
- static bool
- IsObjCClassType (const CompilerType& type);
-
- static bool
- IsObjCClassTypeAndHasIVars (const CompilerType& type, bool check_superclass);
-
- static bool
- IsObjCObjectOrInterfaceType (const CompilerType& type);
-
- static bool
- IsObjCObjectPointerType(const CompilerType& type, CompilerType *target_type = nullptr);
-
- bool
- IsPolymorphicClass (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- static bool
- IsClassType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
-
- static bool
- IsEnumType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
-
- bool
- IsPossibleDynamicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- CompilerType *target_type, // Can pass nullptr
- bool check_cplusplus,
- bool check_objc) override;
-
- bool
- IsRuntimeGeneratedType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsPointerType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type) override;
-
- bool
- IsPointerOrReferenceType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type) override;
-
- bool
- IsReferenceType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type, bool* is_rvalue) override;
-
- bool
- IsScalarType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsTypedefType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsVoidType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- SupportsLanguage (lldb::LanguageType language) override;
-
- static bool
- GetCXXClassName (const CompilerType& type, std::string &class_name);
-
- static bool
- GetObjCClassName (const CompilerType& type, std::string &class_name);
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Type Completion
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- bool
- GetCompleteType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Accessors
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- ConstString
- GetTypeName (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- uint32_t
- GetTypeInfo (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_or_element_compiler_type) override;
-
- lldb::LanguageType
- GetMinimumLanguage (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- lldb::TypeClass
- GetTypeClass (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- unsigned
- GetTypeQualifiers(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Creating related types
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // Using the current type, create a new typedef to that type using "typedef_name"
- // as the name and "decl_ctx" as the decl context.
- static CompilerType
- CreateTypedefType (const CompilerType& type,
- const char *typedef_name,
- const CompilerDeclContext &compiler_decl_ctx);
-
- CompilerType
- GetArrayElementType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint64_t *stride) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetCanonicalType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetFullyUnqualifiedType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- // Returns -1 if this isn't a function of if the function doesn't have a prototype
- // Returns a value >= 0 if there is a prototype.
- int
- GetFunctionArgumentCount (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionReturnType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- size_t
- GetNumMemberFunctions (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- TypeMemberFunctionImpl
- GetMemberFunctionAtIndex (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetNonReferenceType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetPointeeType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetPointerType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetLValueReferenceType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetRValueReferenceType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- AddConstModifier (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- AddVolatileModifier (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- AddRestrictModifier (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- CreateTypedef (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *name, const CompilerDeclContext &decl_ctx) override;
-
- // If the current object represents a typedef type, get the underlying type
- CompilerType
- GetTypedefedType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Create related types using the current type's AST
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- GetBasicTypeFromAST (lldb::BasicType basic_type) override;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Exploring the type
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- uint64_t
- GetByteSize (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope)
- {
- return (GetBitSize (type, exe_scope) + 7) / 8;
- }
-
- uint64_t
- GetBitSize (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
-
- lldb::Encoding
- GetEncoding (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint64_t &count) override;
-
- lldb::Format
- GetFormat (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- size_t
- GetTypeBitAlign (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- uint32_t
- GetNumChildren (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetBuiltinTypeByName (const ConstString &name) override;
-
- lldb::BasicType
- GetBasicTypeEnumeration (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- static lldb::BasicType
- GetBasicTypeEnumeration (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const ConstString &name);
-
- void
- ForEachEnumerator (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, std::function <bool (const CompilerType &integer_type, const ConstString &name, const llvm::APSInt &value)> const &callback) override;
-
- uint32_t
- GetNumFields (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetFieldAtIndex (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- size_t idx,
- std::string& name,
- uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr,
- uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr,
- bool *is_bitfield_ptr) override;
-
- uint32_t
- GetNumDirectBaseClasses (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- uint32_t
- GetNumVirtualBaseClasses (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- size_t idx,
- uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- size_t idx,
- uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override;
-
- static uint32_t
- GetNumPointeeChildren (clang::QualType type);
-
- CompilerType
- GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
- size_t idx,
- bool transparent_pointers,
- bool omit_empty_base_classes,
- bool ignore_array_bounds,
- std::string& child_name,
- uint32_t &child_byte_size,
- int32_t &child_byte_offset,
- uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size,
- uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset,
- bool &child_is_base_class,
- bool &child_is_deref_of_parent,
- ValueObject *valobj,
- uint64_t &language_flags) override;
-
- // Lookup a child given a name. This function will match base class names
- // and member member names in "clang_type" only, not descendants.
- uint32_t
- GetIndexOfChildWithName (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ void CreateFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo(
+ clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl, clang::FunctionTemplateDecl *Template,
+ const TemplateParameterInfos &infos);
+
+ clang::ClassTemplateDecl *
+ CreateClassTemplateDecl(clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
+ lldb::AccessType access_type, const char *class_name,
+ int kind, const TemplateParameterInfos &infos);
+
+ clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CreateClassTemplateSpecializationDecl(
+ clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
+ clang::ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl, int kind,
+ const TemplateParameterInfos &infos);
+
+ CompilerType
+ CreateClassTemplateSpecializationType(clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *
+ class_template_specialization_decl);
+
+ static clang::DeclContext *
+ GetAsDeclContext(clang::CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method_decl);
+
+ static clang::DeclContext *
+ GetAsDeclContext(clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method_decl);
+
+ static bool CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount(
+ bool is_method, clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind,
+ uint32_t num_params);
+
+ bool FieldIsBitfield(clang::FieldDecl *field, uint32_t &bitfield_bit_size);
+
+ static bool FieldIsBitfield(clang::ASTContext *ast, clang::FieldDecl *field,
+ uint32_t &bitfield_bit_size);
+
+ static bool RecordHasFields(const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl);
+
+ CompilerType CreateObjCClass(const char *name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
+ bool isForwardDecl, bool isInternal,
+ ClangASTMetadata *metadata = nullptr);
+
+ bool SetTagTypeKind(clang::QualType type, int kind) const;
+
+ bool SetDefaultAccessForRecordFields(clang::RecordDecl *record_decl,
+ int default_accessibility,
+ int *assigned_accessibilities,
+ size_t num_assigned_accessibilities);
+
+ // Returns a mask containing bits from the ClangASTContext::eTypeXXX
+ // enumerations
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Namespace Declarations
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ clang::NamespaceDecl *
+ GetUniqueNamespaceDeclaration(const char *name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx);
+
+ static clang::NamespaceDecl *
+ GetUniqueNamespaceDeclaration(clang::ASTContext *ast, const char *name,
+ clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Function Types
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ clang::FunctionDecl *
+ CreateFunctionDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, const char *name,
+ const CompilerType &function_Type, int storage,
+ bool is_inline);
+
+ static CompilerType CreateFunctionType(clang::ASTContext *ast,
+ const CompilerType &result_type,
+ const CompilerType *args,
+ unsigned num_args, bool is_variadic,
+ unsigned type_quals);
+
+ CompilerType CreateFunctionType(const CompilerType &result_type,
+ const CompilerType *args, unsigned num_args,
+ bool is_variadic, unsigned type_quals) {
+ return ClangASTContext::CreateFunctionType(
+ getASTContext(), result_type, args, num_args, is_variadic, type_quals);
+ }
+
+ clang::ParmVarDecl *CreateParameterDeclaration(const char *name,
+ const CompilerType &param_type,
+ int storage);
+
+ void SetFunctionParameters(clang::FunctionDecl *function_decl,
+ clang::ParmVarDecl **params, unsigned num_params);
+
+ CompilerType CreateBlockPointerType(const CompilerType &function_type);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Array Types
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ CompilerType CreateArrayType(const CompilerType &element_type,
+ size_t element_count, bool is_vector);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Enumeration Types
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType CreateEnumerationType(const char *name,
+ clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
+ const Declaration &decl,
+ const CompilerType &integer_qual_type);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Integer type functions
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ static CompilerType GetIntTypeFromBitSize(clang::ASTContext *ast,
+ size_t bit_size, bool is_signed);
+
+ CompilerType GetPointerSizedIntType(bool is_signed) {
+ return GetPointerSizedIntType(getASTContext(), is_signed);
+ }
+
+ static CompilerType GetPointerSizedIntType(clang::ASTContext *ast,
+ bool is_signed);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Floating point functions
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ static CompilerType GetFloatTypeFromBitSize(clang::ASTContext *ast,
+ size_t bit_size);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // TypeSystem methods
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ DWARFASTParser *GetDWARFParser() override;
+ PDBASTParser *GetPDBParser();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // ClangASTContext callbacks for external source lookups.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static void CompleteTagDecl(void *baton, clang::TagDecl *);
+
+ static void CompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(void *baton,
+ clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *);
+
+ static bool LayoutRecordType(
+ void *baton, const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, uint64_t &size,
+ uint64_t &alignment,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &field_offsets,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits>
+ &base_offsets,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits>
+ &vbase_offsets);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // CompilerDecl override functions
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ConstString DeclGetName(void *opaque_decl) override;
+
+ ConstString DeclGetMangledName(void *opaque_decl) override;
+
+ CompilerDeclContext DeclGetDeclContext(void *opaque_decl) override;
+
+ CompilerType DeclGetFunctionReturnType(void *opaque_decl) override;
+
+ size_t DeclGetFunctionNumArguments(void *opaque_decl) override;
+
+ CompilerType DeclGetFunctionArgumentType(void *opaque_decl,
+ size_t arg_idx) override;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // CompilerDeclContext override functions
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ std::vector<CompilerDecl>
+ DeclContextFindDeclByName(void *opaque_decl_ctx, ConstString name,
+ const bool ignore_using_decls) override;
+
+ bool DeclContextIsStructUnionOrClass(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override;
+
+ ConstString DeclContextGetName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override;
+
+ ConstString DeclContextGetScopeQualifiedName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override;
+
+ bool DeclContextIsClassMethod(void *opaque_decl_ctx,
+ lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr,
+ bool *is_instance_method_ptr,
+ ConstString *language_object_name_ptr) override;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Clang specific clang::DeclContext functions
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ static clang::DeclContext *
+ DeclContextGetAsDeclContext(const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
+
+ static clang::ObjCMethodDecl *
+ DeclContextGetAsObjCMethodDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
+
+ static clang::CXXMethodDecl *
+ DeclContextGetAsCXXMethodDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
+
+ static clang::FunctionDecl *
+ DeclContextGetAsFunctionDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
+
+ static clang::NamespaceDecl *
+ DeclContextGetAsNamespaceDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
+
+ static ClangASTMetadata *DeclContextGetMetaData(const CompilerDeclContext &dc,
+ const void *object);
+
+ static clang::ASTContext *
+ DeclContextGetClangASTContext(const CompilerDeclContext &dc);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Tests
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ bool IsArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size,
+ bool *is_incomplete) override;
+
+ bool IsVectorType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size) override;
+
+ bool IsAggregateType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsAnonymousType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsBeingDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsCharType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsConst(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsCStringType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint32_t &length) override;
+
+ static bool IsCXXClassType(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ bool IsDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsFloatingPointType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint32_t &count,
+ bool &is_complex) override;
+
+ bool IsFunctionType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool *is_variadic_ptr) override;
+
+ uint32_t IsHomogeneousAggregate(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *base_type_ptr) override;
+
+ size_t
+ GetNumberOfFunctionArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const size_t index) override;
+
+ bool IsFunctionPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsBlockPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) override;
+
+ bool IsIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool &is_signed) override;
+
+ bool IsEnumerationType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool &is_signed) override;
+
+ static bool IsObjCClassType(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ static bool IsObjCClassTypeAndHasIVars(const CompilerType &type,
+ bool check_superclass);
+
+ static bool IsObjCObjectOrInterfaceType(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ static bool IsObjCObjectPointerType(const CompilerType &type,
+ CompilerType *target_type = nullptr);
+
+ bool IsPolymorphicClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ static bool IsClassType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
+
+ static bool IsEnumType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
+
+ bool IsPossibleDynamicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *target_type, // Can pass nullptr
+ bool check_cplusplus, bool check_objc) override;
+
+ bool IsRuntimeGeneratedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type) override;
+
+ bool IsPointerOrReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type) override;
+
+ bool IsReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type, bool *is_rvalue) override;
+
+ bool IsScalarType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsTypedefType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsVoidType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool SupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) override;
+
+ static bool GetCXXClassName(const CompilerType &type,
+ std::string &class_name);
+
+ static bool GetObjCClassName(const CompilerType &type,
+ std::string &class_name);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Type Completion
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ bool GetCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Accessors
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ ConstString GetTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ uint32_t GetTypeInfo(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_or_element_compiler_type) override;
+
+ lldb::LanguageType
+ GetMinimumLanguage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ lldb::TypeClass GetTypeClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ unsigned GetTypeQualifiers(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Creating related types
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ // Using the current type, create a new typedef to that type using
+ // "typedef_name"
+ // as the name and "decl_ctx" as the decl context.
+ static CompilerType
+ CreateTypedefType(const CompilerType &type, const char *typedef_name,
+ const CompilerDeclContext &compiler_decl_ctx);
+
+ CompilerType GetArrayElementType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint64_t *stride) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint64_t size) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetCanonicalType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType
+ GetFullyUnqualifiedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ // Returns -1 if this isn't a function of if the function doesn't have a
+ // prototype
+ // Returns a value >= 0 if there is a prototype.
+ int GetFunctionArgumentCount(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx) override;
+
+ CompilerType
+ GetFunctionReturnType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ size_t GetNumMemberFunctions(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ TypeMemberFunctionImpl
+ GetMemberFunctionAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetNonReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetPointeeType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType
+ GetLValueReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType
+ GetRValueReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType AddConstModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType AddVolatileModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType AddRestrictModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType CreateTypedef(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
const char *name,
- bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
-
- // Lookup a child member given a name. This function will match member names
- // only and will descend into "clang_type" children in search for the first
- // member in this class, or any base class that matches "name".
- // TODO: Return all matches for a given name by returning a vector<vector<uint32_t>>
- // so we catch all names that match a given child name, not just the first.
- size_t
- GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const CompilerDeclContext &decl_ctx) override;
+
+ // If the current object represents a typedef type, get the underlying type
+ CompilerType GetTypedefedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Create related types using the current type's AST
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType GetBasicTypeFromAST(lldb::BasicType basic_type) override;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Exploring the type
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ uint64_t GetByteSize(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) {
+ return (GetBitSize(type, exe_scope) + 7) / 8;
+ }
+
+ uint64_t GetBitSize(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
+
+ lldb::Encoding GetEncoding(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint64_t &count) override;
+
+ lldb::Format GetFormat(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ size_t GetTypeBitAlign(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumChildren(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetBuiltinTypeByName(const ConstString &name) override;
+
+ lldb::BasicType
+ GetBasicTypeEnumeration(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ static lldb::BasicType
+ GetBasicTypeEnumeration(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const ConstString &name);
+
+ void ForEachEnumerator(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ std::function<bool(const CompilerType &integer_type,
+ const ConstString &name,
+ const llvm::APSInt &value)> const &callback) override;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumFields(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetFieldAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx,
+ std::string &name, uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr,
+ uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr,
+ bool *is_bitfield_ptr) override;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumDirectBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumVirtualBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override;
+
+ static uint32_t GetNumPointeeChildren(clang::QualType type);
+
+ CompilerType GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, size_t idx,
+ bool transparent_pointers, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
+ bool ignore_array_bounds, std::string &child_name,
+ uint32_t &child_byte_size, int32_t &child_byte_offset,
+ uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset,
+ bool &child_is_base_class, bool &child_is_deref_of_parent,
+ ValueObject *valobj, uint64_t &language_flags) override;
+
+ // Lookup a child given a name. This function will match base class names
+ // and member member names in "clang_type" only, not descendants.
+ uint32_t GetIndexOfChildWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
const char *name,
- bool omit_empty_base_classes,
- std::vector<uint32_t>& child_indexes) override;
-
- size_t
- GetNumTemplateArguments (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetTemplateArgument (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- size_t idx,
- lldb::TemplateArgumentKind &kind) override;
-
- CompilerType
- GetTypeForFormatters (void* type) override;
-
-#define LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL UINT32_MAX
- // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL is returned by CountDeclLevels if
- // child_decl_ctx could not be found in decl_ctx.
- uint32_t
- CountDeclLevels (clang::DeclContext *frame_decl_ctx,
- clang::DeclContext *child_decl_ctx,
- ConstString *child_name = nullptr,
- CompilerType *child_type = nullptr);
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Modifying RecordType
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- static clang::FieldDecl *
- AddFieldToRecordType (const CompilerType& type,
- const char *name,
- const CompilerType &field_type,
- lldb::AccessType access,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_size);
-
- static void
- BuildIndirectFields (const CompilerType& type);
-
- static void
- SetIsPacked (const CompilerType& type);
-
- static clang::VarDecl *
- AddVariableToRecordType (const CompilerType& type,
- const char *name,
- const CompilerType &var_type,
- lldb::AccessType access);
-
- clang::CXXMethodDecl *
- AddMethodToCXXRecordType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- const char *name,
- const CompilerType &method_type,
- lldb::AccessType access,
- bool is_virtual,
- bool is_static,
- bool is_inline,
- bool is_explicit,
- bool is_attr_used,
- bool is_artificial);
-
- // C++ Base Classes
- clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *
- CreateBaseClassSpecifier (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- lldb::AccessType access,
- bool is_virtual,
- bool base_of_class);
-
- static void
- DeleteBaseClassSpecifiers (clang::CXXBaseSpecifier **base_classes,
- unsigned num_base_classes);
-
- bool
- SetBaseClassesForClassType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- clang::CXXBaseSpecifier const * const *base_classes,
- unsigned num_base_classes);
-
- static bool
- SetObjCSuperClass (const CompilerType& type,
- const CompilerType &superclass_compiler_type);
-
- static bool
- AddObjCClassProperty (const CompilerType& type,
- const char *property_name,
- const CompilerType &property_compiler_type,
- clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl,
- const char *property_setter_name,
- const char *property_getter_name,
- uint32_t property_attributes,
- ClangASTMetadata *metadata);
-
- static clang::ObjCMethodDecl *
- AddMethodToObjCObjectType (const CompilerType& type,
- const char *name, // the full symbol name as seen in the symbol table (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, "-[NString stringWithCString:]")
- const CompilerType &method_compiler_type,
- lldb::AccessType access,
- bool is_artificial,
- bool is_variadic);
-
- static bool
- SetHasExternalStorage (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool has_extern);
-
- static bool
- GetHasExternalStorage (const CompilerType &type);
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Tag Declarations
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static bool
- StartTagDeclarationDefinition (const CompilerType &type);
-
- static bool
- CompleteTagDeclarationDefinition (const CompilerType &type);
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Modifying Enumeration types
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- const CompilerType &enumerator_qual_type,
- const Declaration &decl,
- const char *name,
- int64_t enum_value,
- uint32_t enum_value_bit_size);
-
- CompilerType
- GetEnumerationIntegerType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Pointers & References
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // Call this function using the class type when you want to make a
- // member pointer type to pointee_type.
- static CompilerType
- CreateMemberPointerType (const CompilerType& type, const CompilerType &pointee_type);
-
- // Converts "s" to a floating point value and place resulting floating
- // point bytes in the "dst" buffer.
- size_t
- ConvertStringToFloatValue (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- const char *s,
- uint8_t *dst,
- size_t dst_size) override;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Dumping types
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- DumpValue (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
- Stream *s,
- lldb::Format format,
- const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset,
- size_t data_byte_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
- bool show_types,
- bool show_summary,
- bool verbose,
- uint32_t depth) override;
-
- bool
- DumpTypeValue (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- Stream *s,
- lldb::Format format,
- const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset,
- size_t data_byte_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
- ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
-
- void
- DumpSummary (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
- Stream *s,
- const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset,
- size_t data_byte_size) override;
-
- void
- DumpTypeDescription (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override; // Dump to stdout
-
- void
- DumpTypeDescription (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s) override;
-
- static void
- DumpTypeName (const CompilerType &type);
-
- static clang::EnumDecl *
- GetAsEnumDecl (const CompilerType& type);
-
- static clang::RecordDecl *
- GetAsRecordDecl (const CompilerType& type);
-
- static clang::TagDecl *
- GetAsTagDecl (const CompilerType& type);
-
- clang::CXXRecordDecl *
- GetAsCXXRecordDecl (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
-
- static clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *
- GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl (const CompilerType& type);
-
- clang::ClassTemplateDecl *
- ParseClassTemplateDecl (clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
- lldb::AccessType access_type,
- const char *parent_name,
- int tag_decl_kind,
- const ClangASTContext::TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos);
-
- clang::BlockDecl *
- CreateBlockDeclaration (clang::DeclContext *ctx);
-
- clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *
- CreateUsingDirectiveDeclaration (clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, clang::NamespaceDecl *ns_decl);
-
- clang::UsingDecl *
- CreateUsingDeclaration (clang::DeclContext *current_decl_ctx, clang::NamedDecl *target);
-
- clang::VarDecl *
- CreateVariableDeclaration (clang::DeclContext *decl_context, const char *name, clang::QualType type);
-
- static lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t
- GetOpaqueCompilerType(clang::ASTContext *ast, lldb::BasicType basic_type);
-
- static clang::QualType
- GetQualType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type)
- {
- if (type)
- return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
- return clang::QualType();
- }
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
+
+ // Lookup a child member given a name. This function will match member names
+ // only and will descend into "clang_type" children in search for the first
+ // member in this class, or any base class that matches "name".
+ // TODO: Return all matches for a given name by returning a
+ // vector<vector<uint32_t>>
+ // so we catch all names that match a given child name, not just the first.
+ size_t
+ GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *name, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
+ std::vector<uint32_t> &child_indexes) override;
+
+ size_t GetNumTemplateArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ lldb::TemplateArgumentKind &kind) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetTypeForFormatters(void *type) override;
+
+#define LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL UINT32_MAX
+ // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL is returned by CountDeclLevels if
+ // child_decl_ctx could not be found in decl_ctx.
+ uint32_t CountDeclLevels(clang::DeclContext *frame_decl_ctx,
+ clang::DeclContext *child_decl_ctx,
+ ConstString *child_name = nullptr,
+ CompilerType *child_type = nullptr);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Modifying RecordType
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static clang::FieldDecl *AddFieldToRecordType(const CompilerType &type,
+ const char *name,
+ const CompilerType &field_type,
+ lldb::AccessType access,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_size);
+
+ static void BuildIndirectFields(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ static void SetIsPacked(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ static clang::VarDecl *AddVariableToRecordType(const CompilerType &type,
+ const char *name,
+ const CompilerType &var_type,
+ lldb::AccessType access);
+
+ clang::CXXMethodDecl *
+ AddMethodToCXXRecordType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *name,
+ const CompilerType &method_type,
+ lldb::AccessType access, bool is_virtual,
+ bool is_static, bool is_inline, bool is_explicit,
+ bool is_attr_used, bool is_artificial);
+
+ // C++ Base Classes
+ clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *
+ CreateBaseClassSpecifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ lldb::AccessType access, bool is_virtual,
+ bool base_of_class);
+
+ static void DeleteBaseClassSpecifiers(clang::CXXBaseSpecifier **base_classes,
+ unsigned num_base_classes);
+
+ bool
+ SetBaseClassesForClassType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ clang::CXXBaseSpecifier const *const *base_classes,
+ unsigned num_base_classes);
+
+ static bool SetObjCSuperClass(const CompilerType &type,
+ const CompilerType &superclass_compiler_type);
+
+ static bool AddObjCClassProperty(const CompilerType &type,
+ const char *property_name,
+ const CompilerType &property_compiler_type,
+ clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl,
+ const char *property_setter_name,
+ const char *property_getter_name,
+ uint32_t property_attributes,
+ ClangASTMetadata *metadata);
+
+ static clang::ObjCMethodDecl *AddMethodToObjCObjectType(
+ const CompilerType &type,
+ const char *name, // the full symbol name as seen in the symbol table
+ // (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, "-[NString
+ // stringWithCString:]")
+ const CompilerType &method_compiler_type, lldb::AccessType access,
+ bool is_artificial, bool is_variadic);
+
+ static bool SetHasExternalStorage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool has_extern);
+
+ static bool GetHasExternalStorage(const CompilerType &type);
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Tag Declarations
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static bool StartTagDeclarationDefinition(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ static bool CompleteTagDeclarationDefinition(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Modifying Enumeration types
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const CompilerType &enumerator_qual_type, const Declaration &decl,
+ const char *name, int64_t enum_value, uint32_t enum_value_bit_size);
+
+ CompilerType GetEnumerationIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Pointers & References
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ // Call this function using the class type when you want to make a
+ // member pointer type to pointee_type.
+ static CompilerType CreateMemberPointerType(const CompilerType &type,
+ const CompilerType &pointee_type);
+
+ // Converts "s" to a floating point value and place resulting floating
+ // point bytes in the "dst" buffer.
+ size_t ConvertStringToFloatValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *s, uint8_t *dst,
+ size_t dst_size) override;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Dumping types
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void DumpValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
+ Stream *s, lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
+ bool show_types, bool show_summary, bool verbose,
+ uint32_t depth) override;
+
+ bool DumpTypeValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s,
+ lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
+ ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
+
+ void DumpSummary(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
+ Stream *s, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size) override;
+
+ void DumpTypeDescription(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override; // Dump to stdout
+
+ void DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ Stream *s) override;
+
+ static void DumpTypeName(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ static clang::EnumDecl *GetAsEnumDecl(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ static clang::RecordDecl *GetAsRecordDecl(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ static clang::TagDecl *GetAsTagDecl(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ clang::CXXRecordDecl *GetAsCXXRecordDecl(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
+
+ static clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *
+ GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ clang::ClassTemplateDecl *ParseClassTemplateDecl(
+ clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, lldb::AccessType access_type,
+ const char *parent_name, int tag_decl_kind,
+ const ClangASTContext::TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos);
+
+ clang::BlockDecl *CreateBlockDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *ctx);
+
+ clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *
+ CreateUsingDirectiveDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
+ clang::NamespaceDecl *ns_decl);
+
+ clang::UsingDecl *CreateUsingDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *current_decl_ctx,
+ clang::NamedDecl *target);
+
+ clang::VarDecl *CreateVariableDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *decl_context,
+ const char *name,
+ clang::QualType type);
+
+ static lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t
+ GetOpaqueCompilerType(clang::ASTContext *ast, lldb::BasicType basic_type);
- static clang::QualType
- GetCanonicalQualType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type)
- {
- if (type)
- return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type).getCanonicalType();
- return clang::QualType();
- }
+ static clang::QualType GetQualType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) {
+ if (type)
+ return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
+ return clang::QualType();
+ }
+
+ static clang::QualType
+ GetCanonicalQualType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) {
+ if (type)
+ return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type).getCanonicalType();
+ return clang::QualType();
+ }
+
+ clang::DeclarationName
+ GetDeclarationName(const char *name, const CompilerType &function_clang_type);
protected:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Classes that inherit from ClangASTContext can see and modify these
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // clang-format off
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Classes that inherit from ClangASTContext can see and modify these
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // clang-format off
std::string m_target_triple;
std::unique_ptr<clang::ASTContext> m_ast_ap;
std::unique_ptr<clang::LangOptions> m_language_options_ap;
@@ -1216,43 +994,46 @@ protected:
uint32_t m_pointer_byte_size;
bool m_ast_owned;
bool m_can_evaluate_expressions;
- // clang-format on
+ // clang-format on
private:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // For ClangASTContext only
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ClangASTContext(const ClangASTContext&);
- const ClangASTContext& operator=(const ClangASTContext&);
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // For ClangASTContext only
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ClangASTContext(const ClangASTContext &);
+ const ClangASTContext &operator=(const ClangASTContext &);
};
-class ClangASTContextForExpressions : public ClangASTContext
-{
+class ClangASTContextForExpressions : public ClangASTContext {
public:
- ClangASTContextForExpressions (Target &target);
-
- ~ClangASTContextForExpressions() override = default;
-
- UserExpression *
- GetUserExpression (const char *expr,
- const char *expr_prefix,
- lldb::LanguageType language,
- Expression::ResultType desired_type,
- const EvaluateExpressionOptions &options) override;
-
- FunctionCaller *
- GetFunctionCaller (const CompilerType &return_type,
- const Address& function_address,
- const ValueList &arg_value_list,
- const char *name) override;
-
- UtilityFunction *
- GetUtilityFunction(const char *text, const char *name) override;
-
- PersistentExpressionState *
- GetPersistentExpressionState() override;
+ ClangASTContextForExpressions(Target &target);
+
+ ~ClangASTContextForExpressions() override = default;
+
+ UserExpression *
+ GetUserExpression(llvm::StringRef expr, llvm::StringRef prefix,
+ lldb::LanguageType language,
+ Expression::ResultType desired_type,
+ const EvaluateExpressionOptions &options) override;
+
+ FunctionCaller *GetFunctionCaller(const CompilerType &return_type,
+ const Address &function_address,
+ const ValueList &arg_value_list,
+ const char *name) override;
+
+ UtilityFunction *GetUtilityFunction(const char *text,
+ const char *name) override;
+
+ PersistentExpressionState *GetPersistentExpressionState() override;
+
private:
- lldb::TargetWP m_target_wp;
- lldb::ClangPersistentVariablesUP m_persistent_variables; ///< These are the persistent variables associated with this process for the expression parser.
+ lldb::TargetWP m_target_wp;
+ lldb::ClangPersistentVariablesUP m_persistent_variables; ///< These are the
+ ///persistent
+ ///variables
+ ///associated with
+ ///this process for
+ ///the expression
+ ///parser.
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangASTImporter.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangASTImporter.h
index 0ea7308d9541..6823ad748282 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangASTImporter.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangASTImporter.h
@@ -26,399 +26,325 @@
#include "clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h"
// Project includes
-#include "lldb/lldb-types.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerDeclContext.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-types.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
namespace lldb_private {
-
-class ClangASTMetrics
-{
+
+class ClangASTMetrics {
public:
- static void DumpCounters (Log *log);
- static void ClearLocalCounters ()
- {
- local_counters = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
- }
-
- static void RegisterVisibleQuery ()
- {
- ++global_counters.m_visible_query_count;
- ++local_counters.m_visible_query_count;
- }
-
- static void RegisterLexicalQuery ()
- {
- ++global_counters.m_lexical_query_count;
- ++local_counters.m_lexical_query_count;
- }
-
- static void RegisterLLDBImport ()
- {
- ++global_counters.m_lldb_import_count;
- ++local_counters.m_lldb_import_count;
- }
-
- static void RegisterClangImport ()
- {
- ++global_counters.m_clang_import_count;
- ++local_counters.m_clang_import_count;
- }
-
- static void RegisterDeclCompletion ()
- {
- ++global_counters.m_decls_completed_count;
- ++local_counters.m_decls_completed_count;
- }
-
- static void RegisterRecordLayout ()
- {
- ++global_counters.m_record_layout_count;
- ++local_counters.m_record_layout_count;
- }
-
+ static void DumpCounters(Log *log);
+ static void ClearLocalCounters() { local_counters = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; }
+
+ static void RegisterVisibleQuery() {
+ ++global_counters.m_visible_query_count;
+ ++local_counters.m_visible_query_count;
+ }
+
+ static void RegisterLexicalQuery() {
+ ++global_counters.m_lexical_query_count;
+ ++local_counters.m_lexical_query_count;
+ }
+
+ static void RegisterLLDBImport() {
+ ++global_counters.m_lldb_import_count;
+ ++local_counters.m_lldb_import_count;
+ }
+
+ static void RegisterClangImport() {
+ ++global_counters.m_clang_import_count;
+ ++local_counters.m_clang_import_count;
+ }
+
+ static void RegisterDeclCompletion() {
+ ++global_counters.m_decls_completed_count;
+ ++local_counters.m_decls_completed_count;
+ }
+
+ static void RegisterRecordLayout() {
+ ++global_counters.m_record_layout_count;
+ ++local_counters.m_record_layout_count;
+ }
+
private:
- struct Counters
- {
- uint64_t m_visible_query_count;
- uint64_t m_lexical_query_count;
- uint64_t m_lldb_import_count;
- uint64_t m_clang_import_count;
- uint64_t m_decls_completed_count;
- uint64_t m_record_layout_count;
- };
-
- static Counters global_counters;
- static Counters local_counters;
-
- static void DumpCounters (Log *log, Counters &counters);
+ struct Counters {
+ uint64_t m_visible_query_count;
+ uint64_t m_lexical_query_count;
+ uint64_t m_lldb_import_count;
+ uint64_t m_clang_import_count;
+ uint64_t m_decls_completed_count;
+ uint64_t m_record_layout_count;
+ };
+
+ static Counters global_counters;
+ static Counters local_counters;
+
+ static void DumpCounters(Log *log, Counters &counters);
};
-class ClangASTImporter
-{
+class ClangASTImporter {
public:
- struct LayoutInfo
- {
- LayoutInfo() : bit_size(0), alignment(0), field_offsets(), base_offsets(), vbase_offsets() {}
- uint64_t bit_size;
- uint64_t alignment;
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> field_offsets;
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> base_offsets;
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> vbase_offsets;
- };
-
- ClangASTImporter () :
- m_file_manager(clang::FileSystemOptions())
- {
+ struct LayoutInfo {
+ LayoutInfo()
+ : bit_size(0), alignment(0), field_offsets(), base_offsets(),
+ vbase_offsets() {}
+ uint64_t bit_size;
+ uint64_t alignment;
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> field_offsets;
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> base_offsets;
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits>
+ vbase_offsets;
+ };
+
+ ClangASTImporter() : m_file_manager(clang::FileSystemOptions()) {}
+
+ clang::QualType CopyType(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx,
+ clang::ASTContext *src_ctx, clang::QualType type);
+
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t CopyType(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx,
+ clang::ASTContext *src_ctx,
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
+
+ CompilerType CopyType(ClangASTContext &dst, const CompilerType &src_type);
+
+ clang::Decl *CopyDecl(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx, clang::ASTContext *src_ctx,
+ clang::Decl *decl);
+
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t DeportType(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx,
+ clang::ASTContext *src_ctx,
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
+
+ clang::Decl *DeportDecl(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx,
+ clang::ASTContext *src_ctx, clang::Decl *decl);
+
+ void InsertRecordDecl(clang::RecordDecl *decl, const LayoutInfo &layout);
+
+ bool LayoutRecordType(
+ const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, uint64_t &bit_size,
+ uint64_t &alignment,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &field_offsets,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits>
+ &base_offsets,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits>
+ &vbase_offsets);
+
+ bool CanImport(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ bool Import(const CompilerType &type);
+
+ bool CompleteType(const CompilerType &compiler_type);
+
+ void CompleteDecl(clang::Decl *decl);
+
+ bool CompleteTagDecl(clang::TagDecl *decl);
+
+ bool CompleteTagDeclWithOrigin(clang::TagDecl *decl, clang::TagDecl *origin);
+
+ bool CompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl);
+
+ bool CompleteAndFetchChildren(clang::QualType type);
+
+ bool RequireCompleteType(clang::QualType type);
+
+ bool ResolveDeclOrigin(const clang::Decl *decl, clang::Decl **original_decl,
+ clang::ASTContext **original_ctx) {
+ DeclOrigin origin = GetDeclOrigin(decl);
+
+ if (original_decl)
+ *original_decl = origin.decl;
+
+ if (original_ctx)
+ *original_ctx = origin.ctx;
+
+ return origin.Valid();
+ }
+
+ void SetDeclOrigin(const clang::Decl *decl, clang::Decl *original_decl);
+
+ ClangASTMetadata *GetDeclMetadata(const clang::Decl *decl);
+
+ //
+ // Namespace maps
+ //
+
+ typedef std::vector<std::pair<lldb::ModuleSP, CompilerDeclContext>>
+ NamespaceMap;
+ typedef std::shared_ptr<NamespaceMap> NamespaceMapSP;
+
+ void RegisterNamespaceMap(const clang::NamespaceDecl *decl,
+ NamespaceMapSP &namespace_map);
+
+ NamespaceMapSP GetNamespaceMap(const clang::NamespaceDecl *decl);
+
+ void BuildNamespaceMap(const clang::NamespaceDecl *decl);
+
+ //
+ // Completers for maps
+ //
+
+ class MapCompleter {
+ public:
+ virtual ~MapCompleter();
+
+ virtual void CompleteNamespaceMap(NamespaceMapSP &namespace_map,
+ const ConstString &name,
+ NamespaceMapSP &parent_map) const = 0;
+ };
+
+ void InstallMapCompleter(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx,
+ MapCompleter &completer) {
+ ASTContextMetadataSP context_md;
+ ContextMetadataMap::iterator context_md_iter = m_metadata_map.find(dst_ctx);
+
+ if (context_md_iter == m_metadata_map.end()) {
+ context_md = ASTContextMetadataSP(new ASTContextMetadata(dst_ctx));
+ m_metadata_map[dst_ctx] = context_md;
+ } else {
+ context_md = context_md_iter->second;
}
-
- clang::QualType
- CopyType (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx,
- clang::ASTContext *src_ctx,
- clang::QualType type);
-
- lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t
- CopyType (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx,
- clang::ASTContext *src_ctx,
- lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
-
- CompilerType
- CopyType (ClangASTContext &dst,
- const CompilerType &src_type);
-
- clang::Decl *
- CopyDecl (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx,
- clang::ASTContext *src_ctx,
- clang::Decl *decl);
-
- lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t
- DeportType (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx,
- clang::ASTContext *src_ctx,
- lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
-
- clang::Decl *
- DeportDecl (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx,
- clang::ASTContext *src_ctx,
- clang::Decl *decl);
- void
- InsertRecordDecl(clang::RecordDecl *decl, const LayoutInfo &layout);
+ context_md->m_map_completer = &completer;
+ }
- bool
- LayoutRecordType(const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, uint64_t &bit_size, uint64_t &alignment,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &field_offsets,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> &base_offsets,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> &vbase_offsets);
+ void ForgetDestination(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx);
+ void ForgetSource(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx, clang::ASTContext *src_ctx);
- bool
- CanImport(const CompilerType &type);
+private:
+ struct DeclOrigin {
+ DeclOrigin() : ctx(nullptr), decl(nullptr) {}
- bool
- Import(const CompilerType &type);
+ DeclOrigin(clang::ASTContext *_ctx, clang::Decl *_decl)
+ : ctx(_ctx), decl(_decl) {}
- bool
- CompleteType(const CompilerType &compiler_type);
+ DeclOrigin(const DeclOrigin &rhs) {
+ ctx = rhs.ctx;
+ decl = rhs.decl;
+ }
- void
- CompleteDecl(clang::Decl *decl);
-
- bool
- CompleteTagDecl (clang::TagDecl *decl);
-
- bool
- CompleteTagDeclWithOrigin (clang::TagDecl *decl, clang::TagDecl *origin);
-
- bool
- CompleteObjCInterfaceDecl (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl);
-
- bool
- CompleteAndFetchChildren (clang::QualType type);
-
- bool
- RequireCompleteType (clang::QualType type);
-
- bool
- ResolveDeclOrigin (const clang::Decl *decl, clang::Decl **original_decl, clang::ASTContext **original_ctx)
- {
- DeclOrigin origin = GetDeclOrigin(decl);
-
- if (original_decl)
- *original_decl = origin.decl;
-
- if (original_ctx)
- *original_ctx = origin.ctx;
-
- return origin.Valid();
+ void operator=(const DeclOrigin &rhs) {
+ ctx = rhs.ctx;
+ decl = rhs.decl;
}
-
- void
- SetDeclOrigin (const clang::Decl *decl, clang::Decl *original_decl);
-
- ClangASTMetadata *
- GetDeclMetadata (const clang::Decl *decl);
-
- //
- // Namespace maps
- //
-
- typedef std::vector < std::pair<lldb::ModuleSP, CompilerDeclContext> > NamespaceMap;
- typedef std::shared_ptr<NamespaceMap> NamespaceMapSP;
-
- void RegisterNamespaceMap (const clang::NamespaceDecl *decl,
- NamespaceMapSP &namespace_map);
-
- NamespaceMapSP GetNamespaceMap (const clang::NamespaceDecl *decl);
-
- void BuildNamespaceMap (const clang::NamespaceDecl *decl);
-
+
+ bool Valid() { return (ctx != nullptr || decl != nullptr); }
+
+ clang::ASTContext *ctx;
+ clang::Decl *decl;
+ };
+
+ typedef std::map<const clang::Decl *, DeclOrigin> OriginMap;
+
+ class Minion : public clang::ASTImporter {
+ public:
+ Minion(ClangASTImporter &master, clang::ASTContext *target_ctx,
+ clang::ASTContext *source_ctx)
+ : clang::ASTImporter(*target_ctx, master.m_file_manager, *source_ctx,
+ master.m_file_manager, true /*minimal*/),
+ m_decls_to_deport(nullptr), m_decls_already_deported(nullptr),
+ m_master(master), m_source_ctx(source_ctx) {}
+
+ // A call to "InitDeportWorkQueues" puts the minion into deport mode.
+ // In deport mode, every copied Decl that could require completion is
+ // recorded and placed into the decls_to_deport set.
//
- // Completers for maps
+ // A call to "ExecuteDeportWorkQueues" completes all the Decls that
+ // are in decls_to_deport, adding any Decls it sees along the way that
+ // it hasn't already deported. It proceeds until decls_to_deport is
+ // empty.
//
-
- class MapCompleter
- {
- public:
- virtual ~MapCompleter ();
-
- virtual void CompleteNamespaceMap (NamespaceMapSP &namespace_map,
- const ConstString &name,
- NamespaceMapSP &parent_map) const = 0;
- };
-
- void InstallMapCompleter (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx, MapCompleter &completer)
- {
- ASTContextMetadataSP context_md;
- ContextMetadataMap::iterator context_md_iter = m_metadata_map.find(dst_ctx);
-
- if (context_md_iter == m_metadata_map.end())
- {
- context_md = ASTContextMetadataSP(new ASTContextMetadata(dst_ctx));
- m_metadata_map[dst_ctx] = context_md;
- }
- else
- {
- context_md = context_md_iter->second;
- }
-
- context_md->m_map_completer = &completer;
- }
-
- void ForgetDestination (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx);
- void ForgetSource (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx, clang::ASTContext *src_ctx);
+ // These calls must be paired. Leaving a minion in deport mode or
+ // trying to start deport minion with a new pair of queues will result
+ // in an assertion failure.
-private:
- struct DeclOrigin
- {
- DeclOrigin () :
- ctx(nullptr),
- decl(nullptr)
- {
- }
-
- DeclOrigin (clang::ASTContext *_ctx,
- clang::Decl *_decl) :
- ctx(_ctx),
- decl(_decl)
- {
- }
-
- DeclOrigin (const DeclOrigin &rhs)
- {
- ctx = rhs.ctx;
- decl = rhs.decl;
- }
-
- void operator= (const DeclOrigin &rhs)
- {
- ctx = rhs.ctx;
- decl = rhs.decl;
- }
-
- bool
- Valid ()
- {
- return (ctx != nullptr || decl != nullptr);
- }
-
- clang::ASTContext *ctx;
- clang::Decl *decl;
- };
-
- typedef std::map<const clang::Decl *, DeclOrigin> OriginMap;
-
- class Minion : public clang::ASTImporter
- {
- public:
- Minion (ClangASTImporter &master,
- clang::ASTContext *target_ctx,
- clang::ASTContext *source_ctx) :
- clang::ASTImporter(*target_ctx,
- master.m_file_manager,
- *source_ctx,
- master.m_file_manager,
- true /*minimal*/),
- m_decls_to_deport(nullptr),
- m_decls_already_deported(nullptr),
- m_master(master),
- m_source_ctx(source_ctx)
- {
- }
-
- // A call to "InitDeportWorkQueues" puts the minion into deport mode.
- // In deport mode, every copied Decl that could require completion is
- // recorded and placed into the decls_to_deport set.
- //
- // A call to "ExecuteDeportWorkQueues" completes all the Decls that
- // are in decls_to_deport, adding any Decls it sees along the way that
- // it hasn't already deported. It proceeds until decls_to_deport is
- // empty.
- //
- // These calls must be paired. Leaving a minion in deport mode or
- // trying to start deport minion with a new pair of queues will result
- // in an assertion failure.
-
- void InitDeportWorkQueues (std::set<clang::NamedDecl *> *decls_to_deport,
- std::set<clang::NamedDecl *> *decls_already_deported);
- void ExecuteDeportWorkQueues ();
-
- void ImportDefinitionTo (clang::Decl *to, clang::Decl *from);
-
- clang::Decl *Imported(clang::Decl *from, clang::Decl *to) override;
-
- clang::Decl *GetOriginalDecl(clang::Decl *To) override;
-
- std::set<clang::NamedDecl *> *m_decls_to_deport;
- std::set<clang::NamedDecl *> *m_decls_already_deported;
- ClangASTImporter &m_master;
- clang::ASTContext *m_source_ctx;
- };
-
- typedef std::shared_ptr<Minion> MinionSP;
- typedef std::map<clang::ASTContext *, MinionSP> MinionMap;
- typedef std::map<const clang::NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceMapSP> NamespaceMetaMap;
-
- struct ASTContextMetadata
- {
- ASTContextMetadata(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx) :
- m_dst_ctx (dst_ctx),
- m_minions (),
- m_origins (),
- m_namespace_maps (),
- m_map_completer (nullptr)
- {
- }
-
- clang::ASTContext *m_dst_ctx;
- MinionMap m_minions;
- OriginMap m_origins;
-
- NamespaceMetaMap m_namespace_maps;
- MapCompleter *m_map_completer;
- };
-
- typedef std::shared_ptr<ASTContextMetadata> ASTContextMetadataSP;
- typedef std::map<const clang::ASTContext *, ASTContextMetadataSP> ContextMetadataMap;
-
- ContextMetadataMap m_metadata_map;
-
- ASTContextMetadataSP
- GetContextMetadata (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx)
- {
- ContextMetadataMap::iterator context_md_iter = m_metadata_map.find(dst_ctx);
-
- if (context_md_iter == m_metadata_map.end())
- {
- ASTContextMetadataSP context_md = ASTContextMetadataSP(new ASTContextMetadata(dst_ctx));
- m_metadata_map[dst_ctx] = context_md;
- return context_md;
- }
- else
- {
- return context_md_iter->second;
- }
- }
-
- ASTContextMetadataSP
- MaybeGetContextMetadata (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx)
- {
- ContextMetadataMap::iterator context_md_iter = m_metadata_map.find(dst_ctx);
-
- if (context_md_iter != m_metadata_map.end())
- return context_md_iter->second;
- else
- return ASTContextMetadataSP();
+ void
+ InitDeportWorkQueues(std::set<clang::NamedDecl *> *decls_to_deport,
+ std::set<clang::NamedDecl *> *decls_already_deported);
+ void ExecuteDeportWorkQueues();
+
+ void ImportDefinitionTo(clang::Decl *to, clang::Decl *from);
+
+ clang::Decl *Imported(clang::Decl *from, clang::Decl *to) override;
+
+ clang::Decl *GetOriginalDecl(clang::Decl *To) override;
+
+ std::set<clang::NamedDecl *> *m_decls_to_deport;
+ std::set<clang::NamedDecl *> *m_decls_already_deported;
+ ClangASTImporter &m_master;
+ clang::ASTContext *m_source_ctx;
+ };
+
+ typedef std::shared_ptr<Minion> MinionSP;
+ typedef std::map<clang::ASTContext *, MinionSP> MinionMap;
+ typedef std::map<const clang::NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceMapSP>
+ NamespaceMetaMap;
+
+ struct ASTContextMetadata {
+ ASTContextMetadata(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx)
+ : m_dst_ctx(dst_ctx), m_minions(), m_origins(), m_namespace_maps(),
+ m_map_completer(nullptr) {}
+
+ clang::ASTContext *m_dst_ctx;
+ MinionMap m_minions;
+ OriginMap m_origins;
+
+ NamespaceMetaMap m_namespace_maps;
+ MapCompleter *m_map_completer;
+ };
+
+ typedef std::shared_ptr<ASTContextMetadata> ASTContextMetadataSP;
+ typedef std::map<const clang::ASTContext *, ASTContextMetadataSP>
+ ContextMetadataMap;
+
+ ContextMetadataMap m_metadata_map;
+
+ ASTContextMetadataSP GetContextMetadata(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx) {
+ ContextMetadataMap::iterator context_md_iter = m_metadata_map.find(dst_ctx);
+
+ if (context_md_iter == m_metadata_map.end()) {
+ ASTContextMetadataSP context_md =
+ ASTContextMetadataSP(new ASTContextMetadata(dst_ctx));
+ m_metadata_map[dst_ctx] = context_md;
+ return context_md;
+ } else {
+ return context_md_iter->second;
}
-
- MinionSP
- GetMinion (clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx, clang::ASTContext *src_ctx)
- {
- ASTContextMetadataSP context_md = GetContextMetadata(dst_ctx);
-
- MinionMap &minions = context_md->m_minions;
- MinionMap::iterator minion_iter = minions.find(src_ctx);
-
- if (minion_iter == minions.end())
- {
- MinionSP minion = MinionSP(new Minion(*this, dst_ctx, src_ctx));
- minions[src_ctx] = minion;
- return minion;
- }
- else
- {
- return minion_iter->second;
- }
+ }
+
+ ASTContextMetadataSP MaybeGetContextMetadata(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx) {
+ ContextMetadataMap::iterator context_md_iter = m_metadata_map.find(dst_ctx);
+
+ if (context_md_iter != m_metadata_map.end())
+ return context_md_iter->second;
+ else
+ return ASTContextMetadataSP();
+ }
+
+ MinionSP GetMinion(clang::ASTContext *dst_ctx, clang::ASTContext *src_ctx) {
+ ASTContextMetadataSP context_md = GetContextMetadata(dst_ctx);
+
+ MinionMap &minions = context_md->m_minions;
+ MinionMap::iterator minion_iter = minions.find(src_ctx);
+
+ if (minion_iter == minions.end()) {
+ MinionSP minion = MinionSP(new Minion(*this, dst_ctx, src_ctx));
+ minions[src_ctx] = minion;
+ return minion;
+ } else {
+ return minion_iter->second;
}
-
- DeclOrigin
- GetDeclOrigin (const clang::Decl *decl);
-
- clang::FileManager m_file_manager;
- typedef llvm::DenseMap<const clang::RecordDecl *, LayoutInfo> RecordDeclToLayoutMap;
-
- RecordDeclToLayoutMap m_record_decl_to_layout_map;
+ }
+
+ DeclOrigin GetDeclOrigin(const clang::Decl *decl);
+
+ clang::FileManager m_file_manager;
+ typedef llvm::DenseMap<const clang::RecordDecl *, LayoutInfo>
+ RecordDeclToLayoutMap;
+
+ RecordDeclToLayoutMap m_record_decl_to_layout_map;
};
-
+
} // namespace lldb_private
#endif // liblldb_ClangASTImporter_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks.h
index 5a00aa0072ab..61bbc122dd5f 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks.h
@@ -15,139 +15,131 @@
// C++ Includes
// Other libraries and framework includes
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
// Project includes
-#include "lldb/lldb-enumerations.h"
#include "lldb/Core/ClangForward.h"
-#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCommon.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-enumerations.h"
namespace lldb_private {
-class ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks : public ClangExternalASTSourceCommon
-{
+class ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks : public ClangExternalASTSourceCommon {
public:
- typedef void (*CompleteTagDeclCallback)(void *baton, clang::TagDecl *);
- typedef void (*CompleteObjCInterfaceDeclCallback)(void *baton, clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *);
- typedef void (*FindExternalVisibleDeclsByNameCallback)(void *baton, const clang::DeclContext *DC, clang::DeclarationName Name, llvm::SmallVectorImpl <clang::NamedDecl *> *results);
- typedef bool (*LayoutRecordTypeCallback)(
- void *baton, const clang::RecordDecl *Record, uint64_t &Size, uint64_t &Alignment,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &FieldOffsets,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> &BaseOffsets,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> &VirtualBaseOffsets);
-
- ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks (CompleteTagDeclCallback tag_decl_callback,
- CompleteObjCInterfaceDeclCallback objc_decl_callback,
- FindExternalVisibleDeclsByNameCallback find_by_name_callback,
- LayoutRecordTypeCallback layout_record_type_callback,
- void *callback_baton) :
- m_callback_tag_decl (tag_decl_callback),
- m_callback_objc_decl (objc_decl_callback),
- m_callback_find_by_name (find_by_name_callback),
- m_callback_layout_record_type (layout_record_type_callback),
- m_callback_baton (callback_baton)
- {
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // clang::ExternalASTSource
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- clang::Decl *
- GetExternalDecl(uint32_t ID) override
- {
- // This method only needs to be implemented if the AST source ever
- // passes back decl sets as VisibleDeclaration objects.
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- clang::Stmt *
- GetExternalDeclStmt(uint64_t Offset) override
- {
- // This operation is meant to be used via a LazyOffsetPtr. It only
- // needs to be implemented if the AST source uses methods like
- // FunctionDecl::setLazyBody when building decls.
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- clang::Selector
- GetExternalSelector(uint32_t ID) override
- {
- // This operation only needs to be implemented if the AST source
- // returns non-zero for GetNumKnownSelectors().
- return clang::Selector();
- }
-
- uint32_t
- GetNumExternalSelectors() override
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *
- GetExternalCXXBaseSpecifiers(uint64_t Offset) override
- {
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- virtual void
- MaterializeVisibleDecls (const clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx)
- {
- }
-
- void
- FindExternalLexicalDecls(const clang::DeclContext *DC,
- llvm::function_ref<bool(clang::Decl::Kind)> IsKindWeWant,
- llvm::SmallVectorImpl<clang::Decl *> &Result) override;
-
- bool FindExternalVisibleDeclsByName(const clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, clang::DeclarationName decl_name) override;
-
- void CompleteType(clang::TagDecl *tag_decl) override;
-
- void CompleteType(clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *objc_decl) override;
-
- bool layoutRecordType(const clang::RecordDecl *Record, uint64_t &Size, uint64_t &Alignment,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &FieldOffsets,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> &BaseOffsets,
- llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> &VirtualBaseOffsets) override;
-
- void
- SetExternalSourceCallbacks (CompleteTagDeclCallback tag_decl_callback,
- CompleteObjCInterfaceDeclCallback objc_decl_callback,
- FindExternalVisibleDeclsByNameCallback find_by_name_callback,
- LayoutRecordTypeCallback layout_record_type_callback,
- void *callback_baton)
- {
- m_callback_tag_decl = tag_decl_callback;
- m_callback_objc_decl = objc_decl_callback;
- m_callback_find_by_name = find_by_name_callback;
- m_callback_layout_record_type = layout_record_type_callback;
- m_callback_baton = callback_baton;
- }
-
- void
- RemoveExternalSourceCallbacks (void *callback_baton)
- {
- if (callback_baton == m_callback_baton)
- {
- m_callback_tag_decl = nullptr;
- m_callback_objc_decl = nullptr;
- m_callback_find_by_name = nullptr;
- m_callback_layout_record_type = nullptr;
- }
+ typedef void (*CompleteTagDeclCallback)(void *baton, clang::TagDecl *);
+ typedef void (*CompleteObjCInterfaceDeclCallback)(void *baton,
+ clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *);
+ typedef void (*FindExternalVisibleDeclsByNameCallback)(
+ void *baton, const clang::DeclContext *DC, clang::DeclarationName Name,
+ llvm::SmallVectorImpl<clang::NamedDecl *> *results);
+ typedef bool (*LayoutRecordTypeCallback)(
+ void *baton, const clang::RecordDecl *Record, uint64_t &Size,
+ uint64_t &Alignment,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &FieldOffsets,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits>
+ &BaseOffsets,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits>
+ &VirtualBaseOffsets);
+
+ ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks(
+ CompleteTagDeclCallback tag_decl_callback,
+ CompleteObjCInterfaceDeclCallback objc_decl_callback,
+ FindExternalVisibleDeclsByNameCallback find_by_name_callback,
+ LayoutRecordTypeCallback layout_record_type_callback,
+ void *callback_baton)
+ : m_callback_tag_decl(tag_decl_callback),
+ m_callback_objc_decl(objc_decl_callback),
+ m_callback_find_by_name(find_by_name_callback),
+ m_callback_layout_record_type(layout_record_type_callback),
+ m_callback_baton(callback_baton) {}
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // clang::ExternalASTSource
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ clang::Decl *GetExternalDecl(uint32_t ID) override {
+ // This method only needs to be implemented if the AST source ever
+ // passes back decl sets as VisibleDeclaration objects.
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ clang::Stmt *GetExternalDeclStmt(uint64_t Offset) override {
+ // This operation is meant to be used via a LazyOffsetPtr. It only
+ // needs to be implemented if the AST source uses methods like
+ // FunctionDecl::setLazyBody when building decls.
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ clang::Selector GetExternalSelector(uint32_t ID) override {
+ // This operation only needs to be implemented if the AST source
+ // returns non-zero for GetNumKnownSelectors().
+ return clang::Selector();
+ }
+
+ uint32_t GetNumExternalSelectors() override { return 0; }
+
+ clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *
+ GetExternalCXXBaseSpecifiers(uint64_t Offset) override {
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ virtual void MaterializeVisibleDecls(const clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx) {}
+
+ void FindExternalLexicalDecls(
+ const clang::DeclContext *DC,
+ llvm::function_ref<bool(clang::Decl::Kind)> IsKindWeWant,
+ llvm::SmallVectorImpl<clang::Decl *> &Result) override;
+
+ bool
+ FindExternalVisibleDeclsByName(const clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx,
+ clang::DeclarationName decl_name) override;
+
+ void CompleteType(clang::TagDecl *tag_decl) override;
+
+ void CompleteType(clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *objc_decl) override;
+
+ bool layoutRecordType(
+ const clang::RecordDecl *Record, uint64_t &Size, uint64_t &Alignment,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &FieldOffsets,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits>
+ &BaseOffsets,
+ llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits>
+ &VirtualBaseOffsets) override;
+
+ void SetExternalSourceCallbacks(
+ CompleteTagDeclCallback tag_decl_callback,
+ CompleteObjCInterfaceDeclCallback objc_decl_callback,
+ FindExternalVisibleDeclsByNameCallback find_by_name_callback,
+ LayoutRecordTypeCallback layout_record_type_callback,
+ void *callback_baton) {
+ m_callback_tag_decl = tag_decl_callback;
+ m_callback_objc_decl = objc_decl_callback;
+ m_callback_find_by_name = find_by_name_callback;
+ m_callback_layout_record_type = layout_record_type_callback;
+ m_callback_baton = callback_baton;
+ }
+
+ void RemoveExternalSourceCallbacks(void *callback_baton) {
+ if (callback_baton == m_callback_baton) {
+ m_callback_tag_decl = nullptr;
+ m_callback_objc_decl = nullptr;
+ m_callback_find_by_name = nullptr;
+ m_callback_layout_record_type = nullptr;
}
+ }
protected:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Classes that inherit from ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks can see and modify these
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompleteTagDeclCallback m_callback_tag_decl;
- CompleteObjCInterfaceDeclCallback m_callback_objc_decl;
- FindExternalVisibleDeclsByNameCallback m_callback_find_by_name;
- LayoutRecordTypeCallback m_callback_layout_record_type;
- void * m_callback_baton;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Classes that inherit from ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks can see and
+ // modify these
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompleteTagDeclCallback m_callback_tag_decl;
+ CompleteObjCInterfaceDeclCallback m_callback_objc_decl;
+ FindExternalVisibleDeclsByNameCallback m_callback_find_by_name;
+ LayoutRecordTypeCallback m_callback_layout_record_type;
+ void *m_callback_baton;
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCommon.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCommon.h
index 711be42c15fb..3e700ba2439c 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCommon.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangExternalASTSourceCommon.h
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
#ifndef liblldb_ClangExternalASTSourceCommon_h
#define liblldb_ClangExternalASTSourceCommon_h
-// Clang headers like to use NDEBUG inside of them to enable/disable debug
+// Clang headers like to use NDEBUG inside of them to enable/disable debug
// related features using "#ifndef NDEBUG" preprocessor blocks to do one thing
// or another. This is bad because it means that if clang was built in release
// mode, it assumes that you are building in release mode which is not always
@@ -40,150 +40,107 @@
#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
// Project includes
+#include "lldb/Core/dwarf.h"
#include "lldb/lldb-defines.h"
#include "lldb/lldb-enumerations.h"
-#include "lldb/Core/dwarf.h"
namespace lldb_private {
-class ClangASTMetadata
-{
+class ClangASTMetadata {
public:
- ClangASTMetadata () :
- m_user_id(0),
- m_union_is_user_id(false),
- m_union_is_isa_ptr(false),
- m_has_object_ptr(false),
- m_is_self (false),
- m_is_dynamic_cxx (true)
- {
- }
-
- bool
- GetIsDynamicCXXType () const
- {
- return m_is_dynamic_cxx;
- }
-
- void
- SetIsDynamicCXXType (bool b)
- {
- m_is_dynamic_cxx = b;
+ ClangASTMetadata()
+ : m_user_id(0), m_union_is_user_id(false), m_union_is_isa_ptr(false),
+ m_has_object_ptr(false), m_is_self(false), m_is_dynamic_cxx(true) {}
+
+ bool GetIsDynamicCXXType() const { return m_is_dynamic_cxx; }
+
+ void SetIsDynamicCXXType(bool b) { m_is_dynamic_cxx = b; }
+
+ void SetUserID(lldb::user_id_t user_id) {
+ m_user_id = user_id;
+ m_union_is_user_id = true;
+ m_union_is_isa_ptr = false;
+ }
+
+ lldb::user_id_t GetUserID() const {
+ if (m_union_is_user_id)
+ return m_user_id;
+ else
+ return LLDB_INVALID_UID;
+ }
+
+ void SetISAPtr(uint64_t isa_ptr) {
+ m_isa_ptr = isa_ptr;
+ m_union_is_user_id = false;
+ m_union_is_isa_ptr = true;
+ }
+
+ uint64_t GetISAPtr() const {
+ if (m_union_is_isa_ptr)
+ return m_isa_ptr;
+ else
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ void SetObjectPtrName(const char *name) {
+ m_has_object_ptr = true;
+ if (strcmp(name, "self") == 0)
+ m_is_self = true;
+ else if (strcmp(name, "this") == 0)
+ m_is_self = false;
+ else
+ m_has_object_ptr = false;
+ }
+
+ lldb::LanguageType GetObjectPtrLanguage() const {
+ if (m_has_object_ptr) {
+ if (m_is_self)
+ return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC;
+ else
+ return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus;
}
+ return lldb::eLanguageTypeUnknown;
+ }
- void
- SetUserID (lldb::user_id_t user_id)
- {
- m_user_id = user_id;
- m_union_is_user_id = true;
- m_union_is_isa_ptr = false;
- }
+ const char *GetObjectPtrName() const {
+ if (m_has_object_ptr) {
+ if (m_is_self)
+ return "self";
+ else
+ return "this";
+ } else
+ return nullptr;
+ }
- lldb::user_id_t
- GetUserID () const
- {
- if (m_union_is_user_id)
- return m_user_id;
- else
- return LLDB_INVALID_UID;
- }
+ bool HasObjectPtr() const { return m_has_object_ptr; }
- void
- SetISAPtr (uint64_t isa_ptr)
- {
- m_isa_ptr = isa_ptr;
- m_union_is_user_id = false;
- m_union_is_isa_ptr = true;
- }
-
- uint64_t
- GetISAPtr () const
- {
- if (m_union_is_isa_ptr)
- return m_isa_ptr;
- else
- return 0;
- }
-
- void
- SetObjectPtrName(const char *name)
- {
- m_has_object_ptr = true;
- if (strcmp (name, "self") == 0)
- m_is_self = true;
- else if (strcmp (name, "this") == 0)
- m_is_self = false;
- else
- m_has_object_ptr = false;
- }
-
- lldb::LanguageType
- GetObjectPtrLanguage () const
- {
- if (m_has_object_ptr)
- {
- if (m_is_self)
- return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC;
- else
- return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus;
- }
- return lldb::eLanguageTypeUnknown;
- }
+ void Dump(Stream *s);
- const char *
- GetObjectPtrName() const
- {
- if (m_has_object_ptr)
- {
- if (m_is_self)
- return "self";
- else
- return "this";
- }
- else
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- bool
- HasObjectPtr() const
- {
- return m_has_object_ptr;
- }
-
- void
- Dump (Stream *s);
-
private:
- union
- {
- lldb::user_id_t m_user_id;
- uint64_t m_isa_ptr;
- };
-
- bool m_union_is_user_id : 1,
- m_union_is_isa_ptr : 1,
- m_has_object_ptr : 1,
- m_is_self : 1,
- m_is_dynamic_cxx : 1;
+ union {
+ lldb::user_id_t m_user_id;
+ uint64_t m_isa_ptr;
+ };
+
+ bool m_union_is_user_id : 1, m_union_is_isa_ptr : 1, m_has_object_ptr : 1,
+ m_is_self : 1, m_is_dynamic_cxx : 1;
};
-class ClangExternalASTSourceCommon : public clang::ExternalASTSource
-{
+class ClangExternalASTSourceCommon : public clang::ExternalASTSource {
public:
- ClangExternalASTSourceCommon();
- ~ClangExternalASTSourceCommon() override;
-
- ClangASTMetadata *GetMetadata(const void *object);
- void SetMetadata(const void *object, ClangASTMetadata &metadata);
- bool HasMetadata(const void *object);
-
- static ClangExternalASTSourceCommon *
- Lookup(clang::ExternalASTSource *source);
-
-private:
- typedef llvm::DenseMap<const void *, ClangASTMetadata> MetadataMap;
-
- MetadataMap m_metadata;
+ ClangExternalASTSourceCommon();
+ ~ClangExternalASTSourceCommon() override;
+
+ ClangASTMetadata *GetMetadata(const void *object);
+ void SetMetadata(const void *object, ClangASTMetadata &metadata);
+ bool HasMetadata(const void *object);
+
+ static ClangExternalASTSourceCommon *Lookup(clang::ExternalASTSource *source);
+
+private:
+ typedef llvm::DenseMap<const void *, ClangASTMetadata> MetadataMap;
+
+ MetadataMap m_metadata;
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangUtil.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangUtil.h
index ee9ff5678d79..cb380221152a 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangUtil.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/ClangUtil.h
@@ -16,21 +16,15 @@
#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h"
-namespace lldb_private
-{
-struct ClangUtil
-{
- static bool
- IsClangType(const CompilerType &ct);
+namespace lldb_private {
+struct ClangUtil {
+ static bool IsClangType(const CompilerType &ct);
- static clang::QualType
- GetQualType(const CompilerType &ct);
+ static clang::QualType GetQualType(const CompilerType &ct);
- static clang::QualType
- GetCanonicalQualType(const CompilerType &ct);
+ static clang::QualType GetCanonicalQualType(const CompilerType &ct);
- static CompilerType
- RemoveFastQualifiers(const CompilerType &ct);
+ static CompilerType RemoveFastQualifiers(const CompilerType &ct);
};
}
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/CompactUnwindInfo.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/CompactUnwindInfo.h
index 6bf65a223471..133a886812b3 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/CompactUnwindInfo.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/CompactUnwindInfo.h
@@ -21,141 +21,156 @@
namespace lldb_private {
-// Compact Unwind info is an unwind format used on Darwin. The unwind instructions
-// for typical compiler-generated functions can be expressed in a 32-bit encoding.
-// The format includes a two-level index so the unwind information for a function
+// Compact Unwind info is an unwind format used on Darwin. The unwind
+// instructions
+// for typical compiler-generated functions can be expressed in a 32-bit
+// encoding.
+// The format includes a two-level index so the unwind information for a
+// function
// can be found by two binary searches in the section. It can represent both
// stack frames that use a frame-pointer register and frameless functions, on
-// i386/x86_64 for instance. When a function is too complex to be represented in
+// i386/x86_64 for instance. When a function is too complex to be represented
+// in
// the compact unwind format, it calls out to eh_frame unwind instructions.
-// On Mac OS X / iOS, a function will have either a compact unwind representation
-// or an eh_frame representation. If lldb is going to benefit from the compiler's
-// description about saved register locations, it must be able to read both
+// On Mac OS X / iOS, a function will have either a compact unwind
+// representation
+// or an eh_frame representation. If lldb is going to benefit from the
+// compiler's
+// description about saved register locations, it must be able to read both
// sources of information.
-class CompactUnwindInfo
-{
+class CompactUnwindInfo {
public:
+ CompactUnwindInfo(ObjectFile &objfile, lldb::SectionSP &section);
- CompactUnwindInfo (ObjectFile& objfile,
- lldb::SectionSP& section);
+ ~CompactUnwindInfo();
- ~CompactUnwindInfo();
+ bool GetUnwindPlan(Target &target, Address addr, UnwindPlan &unwind_plan);
- bool
- GetUnwindPlan (Target &target, Address addr, UnwindPlan& unwind_plan);
-
- bool
- IsValid (const lldb::ProcessSP &process_sp);
+ bool IsValid(const lldb::ProcessSP &process_sp);
private:
-
-
- // The top level index entries of the compact unwind info
- // (internal representation of struct unwind_info_section_header_index_entry)
- // There are relatively few of these (one per 500/1000 functions, depending on format) so
- // creating them on first scan will not be too costly.
- struct UnwindIndex
- {
- uint32_t function_offset; // The offset of the first function covered by this index
- uint32_t second_level; // The offset (inside unwind_info sect) to the second level page for this index
- // (either UNWIND_SECOND_LEVEL_REGULAR or UNWIND_SECOND_LEVEL_COMPRESSED)
- uint32_t lsda_array_start;// The offset (inside unwind_info sect) LSDA array for this index
- uint32_t lsda_array_end; // The offset to the LSDA array for the NEXT index
- bool sentinal_entry; // There is an empty index at the end which provides the upper bound of
- // function addresses that are described
-
- UnwindIndex() :
- function_offset (0),
- second_level (0),
- lsda_array_start(0),
- lsda_array_end(0),
- sentinal_entry (false)
- { }
-
- bool
- operator< (const CompactUnwindInfo::UnwindIndex& rhs) const
- {
- return function_offset < rhs.function_offset;
- }
-
- bool
- operator== (const CompactUnwindInfo::UnwindIndex& rhs) const
- {
- return function_offset == rhs.function_offset;
- }
-
- };
-
- // An internal object used to store the information we retrieve about a function --
- // the encoding bits and possibly the LSDA/personality function.
- struct FunctionInfo
- {
- uint32_t encoding; // compact encoding 32-bit value for this function
- Address lsda_address; // the address of the LSDA data for this function
- Address personality_ptr_address; // the address where the personality routine addr can be found
-
- uint32_t valid_range_offset_start; // first offset that this encoding is valid for (start of the function)
- uint32_t valid_range_offset_end; // the offset of the start of the next function
- FunctionInfo () : encoding(0), lsda_address(), personality_ptr_address(), valid_range_offset_start(0), valid_range_offset_end(0) { }
- };
-
- struct UnwindHeader
- {
- uint32_t version;
- uint32_t common_encodings_array_offset;
- uint32_t common_encodings_array_count;
- uint32_t personality_array_offset;
- uint32_t personality_array_count;
-
- UnwindHeader () : common_encodings_array_offset (0), common_encodings_array_count (0), personality_array_offset (0), personality_array_count (0) { }
- };
-
- void
- ScanIndex(const lldb::ProcessSP &process_sp);
-
- bool
- GetCompactUnwindInfoForFunction (Target &target, Address address, FunctionInfo &unwind_info);
-
- lldb::offset_t
- BinarySearchRegularSecondPage (uint32_t entry_page_offset, uint32_t entry_count, uint32_t function_offset, uint32_t *entry_func_start_offset, uint32_t *entry_func_end_offset);
-
+ // The top level index entries of the compact unwind info
+ // (internal representation of struct
+ // unwind_info_section_header_index_entry)
+ // There are relatively few of these (one per 500/1000 functions, depending on
+ // format) so
+ // creating them on first scan will not be too costly.
+ struct UnwindIndex {
+ uint32_t function_offset; // The offset of the first function covered by
+ // this index
+ uint32_t second_level; // The offset (inside unwind_info sect) to the second
+ // level page for this index
+ // (either UNWIND_SECOND_LEVEL_REGULAR or UNWIND_SECOND_LEVEL_COMPRESSED)
+ uint32_t lsda_array_start; // The offset (inside unwind_info sect) LSDA
+ // array for this index
+ uint32_t lsda_array_end; // The offset to the LSDA array for the NEXT index
+ bool sentinal_entry; // There is an empty index at the end which provides
+ // the upper bound of
+ // function addresses that are described
+
+ UnwindIndex()
+ : function_offset(0), second_level(0), lsda_array_start(0),
+ lsda_array_end(0), sentinal_entry(false) {}
+
+ bool operator<(const CompactUnwindInfo::UnwindIndex &rhs) const {
+ return function_offset < rhs.function_offset;
+ }
+
+ bool operator==(const CompactUnwindInfo::UnwindIndex &rhs) const {
+ return function_offset == rhs.function_offset;
+ }
+ };
+
+ // An internal object used to store the information we retrieve about a
+ // function --
+ // the encoding bits and possibly the LSDA/personality function.
+ struct FunctionInfo {
+ uint32_t encoding; // compact encoding 32-bit value for this function
+ Address lsda_address; // the address of the LSDA data for this function
+ Address personality_ptr_address; // the address where the personality
+ // routine addr can be found
+
+ uint32_t valid_range_offset_start; // first offset that this encoding is
+ // valid for (start of the function)
uint32_t
- BinarySearchCompressedSecondPage (uint32_t entry_page_offset, uint32_t entry_count, uint32_t function_offset_to_find, uint32_t function_offset_base, uint32_t *entry_func_start_offset, uint32_t *entry_func_end_offset);
-
- uint32_t
- GetLSDAForFunctionOffset (uint32_t lsda_offset, uint32_t lsda_count, uint32_t function_offset);
-
- bool
- CreateUnwindPlan_x86_64 (Target &target, FunctionInfo &function_info, UnwindPlan &unwind_plan, Address pc_or_function_start);
-
- bool
- CreateUnwindPlan_i386 (Target &target, FunctionInfo &function_info, UnwindPlan &unwind_plan, Address pc_or_function_start);
-
- bool
- CreateUnwindPlan_arm64 (Target &target, FunctionInfo &function_info, UnwindPlan &unwind_plan, Address pc_or_function_start);
-
- bool
- CreateUnwindPlan_armv7 (Target &target, FunctionInfo &function_info, UnwindPlan &unwind_plan, Address pc_or_function_start);
-
- ObjectFile &m_objfile;
- lldb::SectionSP m_section_sp;
- lldb::DataBufferSP m_section_contents_if_encrypted; // if the binary is encrypted, read the sect contents
- // out of live memory and cache them here
- std::mutex m_mutex;
- std::vector<UnwindIndex> m_indexes;
-
- LazyBool m_indexes_computed; // eLazyBoolYes once we've tried to parse the unwind info
- // eLazyBoolNo means we cannot parse the unwind info & should not retry
- // eLazyBoolCalculate means we haven't tried to parse it yet
-
- DataExtractor m_unwindinfo_data;
- bool m_unwindinfo_data_computed; // true once we've mapped in the unwindinfo data
-
- UnwindHeader m_unwind_header;
+ valid_range_offset_end; // the offset of the start of the next function
+ FunctionInfo()
+ : encoding(0), lsda_address(), personality_ptr_address(),
+ valid_range_offset_start(0), valid_range_offset_end(0) {}
+ };
+
+ struct UnwindHeader {
+ uint32_t version;
+ uint32_t common_encodings_array_offset;
+ uint32_t common_encodings_array_count;
+ uint32_t personality_array_offset;
+ uint32_t personality_array_count;
+
+ UnwindHeader()
+ : common_encodings_array_offset(0), common_encodings_array_count(0),
+ personality_array_offset(0), personality_array_count(0) {}
+ };
+
+ void ScanIndex(const lldb::ProcessSP &process_sp);
+
+ bool GetCompactUnwindInfoForFunction(Target &target, Address address,
+ FunctionInfo &unwind_info);
+
+ lldb::offset_t
+ BinarySearchRegularSecondPage(uint32_t entry_page_offset,
+ uint32_t entry_count, uint32_t function_offset,
+ uint32_t *entry_func_start_offset,
+ uint32_t *entry_func_end_offset);
+
+ uint32_t BinarySearchCompressedSecondPage(uint32_t entry_page_offset,
+ uint32_t entry_count,
+ uint32_t function_offset_to_find,
+ uint32_t function_offset_base,
+ uint32_t *entry_func_start_offset,
+ uint32_t *entry_func_end_offset);
+
+ uint32_t GetLSDAForFunctionOffset(uint32_t lsda_offset, uint32_t lsda_count,
+ uint32_t function_offset);
+
+ bool CreateUnwindPlan_x86_64(Target &target, FunctionInfo &function_info,
+ UnwindPlan &unwind_plan,
+ Address pc_or_function_start);
+
+ bool CreateUnwindPlan_i386(Target &target, FunctionInfo &function_info,
+ UnwindPlan &unwind_plan,
+ Address pc_or_function_start);
+
+ bool CreateUnwindPlan_arm64(Target &target, FunctionInfo &function_info,
+ UnwindPlan &unwind_plan,
+ Address pc_or_function_start);
+
+ bool CreateUnwindPlan_armv7(Target &target, FunctionInfo &function_info,
+ UnwindPlan &unwind_plan,
+ Address pc_or_function_start);
+
+ ObjectFile &m_objfile;
+ lldb::SectionSP m_section_sp;
+ lldb::DataBufferSP m_section_contents_if_encrypted; // if the binary is
+ // encrypted, read the
+ // sect contents
+ // out of live memory and cache them here
+ std::mutex m_mutex;
+ std::vector<UnwindIndex> m_indexes;
+
+ LazyBool m_indexes_computed; // eLazyBoolYes once we've tried to parse the
+ // unwind info
+ // eLazyBoolNo means we cannot parse the unwind info & should not retry
+ // eLazyBoolCalculate means we haven't tried to parse it yet
+
+ DataExtractor m_unwindinfo_data;
+ bool m_unwindinfo_data_computed; // true once we've mapped in the unwindinfo
+ // data
+
+ UnwindHeader m_unwind_header;
};
} // namespace lldb_private
-#endif // liblldb_CompactUnwindInfo_h_
+#endif // liblldb_CompactUnwindInfo_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/CompileUnit.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/CompileUnit.h
index 2f596f89ec5f..8465f3bb5777 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/CompileUnit.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/CompileUnit.h
@@ -10,13 +10,13 @@
#ifndef liblldb_CompUnit_h_
#define liblldb_CompUnit_h_
-#include "lldb/lldb-enumerations.h"
-#include "lldb/Symbol/DebugMacros.h"
-#include "lldb/Symbol/Function.h"
#include "lldb/Core/FileSpecList.h"
#include "lldb/Core/ModuleChild.h"
#include "lldb/Core/Stream.h"
#include "lldb/Core/UserID.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/DebugMacros.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/Function.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-enumerations.h"
namespace lldb_private {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -32,445 +32,433 @@ namespace lldb_private {
/// variables, support file list (include files and inlined source
/// files), and a line table.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class CompileUnit :
- public std::enable_shared_from_this<CompileUnit>,
- public ModuleChild,
- public FileSpec,
- public UserID,
- public SymbolContextScope
-{
+class CompileUnit : public std::enable_shared_from_this<CompileUnit>,
+ public ModuleChild,
+ public FileSpec,
+ public UserID,
+ public SymbolContextScope {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with a module, path, UID and language.
- ///
- /// Initialize the compile unit given the owning \a module, a path
- /// to convert into a FileSpec, the SymbolFile plug-in supplied
- /// \a uid, and the source language type.
- ///
- /// @param[in] module
- /// The parent module that owns this compile unit. This value
- /// must be a valid pointer value.
- ///
- /// @param[in] user_data
- /// User data where the SymbolFile parser can store data.
- ///
- /// @param[in] pathname
- /// The path to the source file for this compile unit.
- ///
- /// @param[in] uid
- /// The user ID of the compile unit. This value is supplied by
- /// the SymbolFile plug-in and should be a value that allows
- /// the SymbolFile plug-in to easily locate and parse additional
- /// information for the compile unit.
- ///
- /// @param[in] language
- /// A language enumeration type that describes the main language
- /// of this compile unit.
- ///
- /// @param[in] is_optimized
- /// A value that can initialized with eLazyBoolYes, eLazyBoolNo
- /// or eLazyBoolCalculate. If set to eLazyBoolCalculate, then
- /// an extra call into SymbolVendor will be made to calculate if
- /// the compile unit is optimized will be made when
- /// CompileUnit::GetIsOptimized() is called.
- ///
- /// @see lldb::LanguageType
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompileUnit(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp, void *user_data, const char *pathname, lldb::user_id_t uid,
- lldb::LanguageType language, lldb_private::LazyBool is_optimized);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with a module, file spec, UID and language.
- ///
- /// Initialize the compile unit given the owning \a module, a path
- /// to convert into a FileSpec, the SymbolFile plug-in supplied
- /// \a uid, and the source language type.
- ///
- /// @param[in] module
- /// The parent module that owns this compile unit. This value
- /// must be a valid pointer value.
- ///
- /// @param[in] user_data
- /// User data where the SymbolFile parser can store data.
- ///
- /// @param[in] file_spec
- /// The file specification for the source file of this compile
- /// unit.
- ///
- /// @param[in] uid
- /// The user ID of the compile unit. This value is supplied by
- /// the SymbolFile plug-in and should be a value that allows
- /// the plug-in to easily locate and parse
- /// additional information for the compile unit.
- ///
- /// @param[in] language
- /// A language enumeration type that describes the main language
- /// of this compile unit.
- ///
- /// @param[in] is_optimized
- /// A value that can initialized with eLazyBoolYes, eLazyBoolNo
- /// or eLazyBoolCalculate. If set to eLazyBoolCalculate, then
- /// an extra call into SymbolVendor will be made to calculate if
- /// the compile unit is optimized will be made when
- /// CompileUnit::GetIsOptimized() is called.
- ///
- /// @see lldb::LanguageType
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompileUnit(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp, void *user_data, const FileSpec &file_spec, lldb::user_id_t uid,
- lldb::LanguageType language, lldb_private::LazyBool is_optimized);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Destructor
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ~CompileUnit() override;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Add a function to this compile unit.
- ///
- /// Typically called by the SymbolFile plug-ins as they partially
- /// parse the debug information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] function_sp
- /// A shared pointer to the Function object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- AddFunction(lldb::FunctionSP& function_sp);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext*)
- ///
- /// @see SymbolContextScope
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext* sc) override;
-
- lldb::ModuleSP
- CalculateSymbolContextModule() override;
-
- CompileUnit *
- CalculateSymbolContextCompileUnit() override;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::DumpSymbolContext(Stream*)
- ///
- /// @see SymbolContextScope
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- DumpSymbolContext(Stream *s) override;
-
- lldb::LanguageType
- GetLanguage();
-
- void
- SetLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language)
- {
- m_flags.Set(flagsParsedLanguage);
- m_language = language;
- }
-
- void
- GetDescription(Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get a shared pointer to a function in this compile unit by
- /// index.
- ///
- /// Typically called when iterating though all functions in a
- /// compile unit after all functions have been parsed. This provides
- /// raw access to the function shared pointer list and will not
- /// cause the SymbolFile plug-in to parse any unparsed functions.
- ///
- /// @param[in] idx
- /// An index into the function list.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A shared pointer to a function that might contain a NULL
- /// Function class pointer.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- lldb::FunctionSP
- GetFunctionAtIndex (size_t idx);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump the compile unit contents to the stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- ///
- /// @param[in] show_context
- /// If \b true, variables will dump their symbol context
- /// information.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Dump (Stream *s, bool show_context) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Find the line entry by line and optional inlined file spec.
- ///
- /// Finds the first line entry that has an index greater than
- /// \a start_idx that matches \a line. If \a file_spec_ptr
- /// is NULL, then the search matches line entries whose file matches
- /// the file for the compile unit. If \a file_spec_ptr is
- /// not NULL, line entries must match the specified file spec (for
- /// inlined line table entries).
- ///
- /// Multiple calls to this function can find all entries that match
- /// a given file and line by starting with \a start_idx equal to zero,
- /// and calling this function back with the return value + 1.
- ///
- /// @param[in] start_idx
- /// The zero based index at which to start looking for matches.
- ///
- /// @param[in] line
- /// The line number to search for.
- ///
- /// @param[in] file_spec_ptr
- /// If non-NULL search for entries that match this file spec,
- /// else if NULL, search for line entries that match the compile
- /// unit file.
- ///
- /// @param[in] exact
- /// If \btrue match only if there is a line table entry for this line number.
- /// If \bfalse, find the line table entry equal to or after this line number.
- ///
- /// @param[out] line_entry
- /// If non-NULL, a copy of the line entry that was found.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The zero based index of a matching line entry, or UINT32_MAX
- /// if no matching line entry is found.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- uint32_t
- FindLineEntry (uint32_t start_idx,
- uint32_t line,
- const FileSpec* file_spec_ptr,
- bool exact,
- LineEntry *line_entry);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the line table for the compile unit.
- ///
- /// Called by clients and the SymbolFile plug-in. The SymbolFile
- /// plug-ins use this function to determine if the line table has
- /// be parsed yet. Clients use this function to get the line table
- /// from a compile unit.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The line table object pointer, or NULL if this line table
- /// hasn't been parsed yet.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- LineTable*
- GetLineTable ();
-
- DebugMacros*
- GetDebugMacros ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the compile unit's support file list.
- ///
- /// The support file list is used by the line table, and any objects
- /// that have valid Declaration objects.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A support file list object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- FileSpecList&
- GetSupportFiles ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the compile unit's imported module list.
- ///
- /// This reports all the imports that the compile unit made,
- /// including the current module.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A list of imported module names.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- const std::vector<ConstString> &
- GetImportedModules ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the SymbolFile plug-in user data.
- ///
- /// SymbolFile plug-ins can store user data to internal state or
- /// objects to quickly allow them to parse more information for a
- /// given object.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The user data stored with the CompileUnit when it was
- /// constructed.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void *
- GetUserData () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the variable list for a compile unit.
- ///
- /// Called by clients to get the variable list for a compile unit.
- /// The variable list will contain all global and static variables
- /// that were defined at the compile unit level.
- ///
- /// @param[in] can_create
- /// If \b true, the variable list will be parsed on demand. If
- /// \b false, the current variable list will be returned even
- /// if it contains a NULL VariableList object (typically
- /// called by dumping routines that want to display only what
- /// has currently been parsed).
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A shared pointer to a variable list, that can contain NULL
- /// VariableList pointer if there are no global or static
- /// variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- lldb::VariableListSP
- GetVariableList (bool can_create);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Finds a function by user ID.
- ///
- /// Typically used by SymbolFile plug-ins when partially parsing
- /// the debug information to see if the function has been parsed
- /// yet.
- ///
- /// @param[in] uid
- /// The user ID of the function to find. This value is supplied
- /// by the SymbolFile plug-in and should be a value that
- /// allows the plug-in to easily locate and parse additional
- /// information in the function.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A shared pointer to the function object that might contain
- /// a NULL Function pointer.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- lldb::FunctionSP
- FindFunctionByUID (lldb::user_id_t uid);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Set the line table for the compile unit.
- ///
- /// Called by the SymbolFile plug-in when if first parses the line
- /// table and hands ownership of the line table to this object. The
- /// compile unit owns the line table object and will delete the
- /// object when it is deleted.
- ///
- /// @param[in] line_table
- /// A line table object pointer that this object now owns.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- SetLineTable(LineTable* line_table);
-
- void
- SetDebugMacros(const DebugMacrosSP &debug_macros);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Set accessor for the variable list.
- ///
- /// Called by the SymbolFile plug-ins after they have parsed the
- /// variable lists and are ready to hand ownership of the list over
- /// to this object.
- ///
- /// @param[in] variable_list_sp
- /// A shared pointer to a VariableList.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- SetVariableList (lldb::VariableListSP& variable_list_sp);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Resolve symbol contexts by file and line.
- ///
- /// Given a file in \a file_spec, and a line number, find all
- /// instances and append them to the supplied symbol context list
- /// \a sc_list.
- ///
- /// @param[in] file_spec
- /// A file specification. If \a file_spec contains no directory
- /// information, only the basename will be used when matching
- /// contexts. If the directory in \a file_spec is valid, a
- /// complete file specification match will be performed.
- ///
- /// @param[in] line
- /// The line number to match against the compile unit's line
- /// tables.
- ///
- /// @param[in] check_inlines
- /// If \b true this function will also match any inline
- /// file and line matches. If \b false, the compile unit's
- /// file specification must match \a file_spec for any matches
- /// to be returned.
- ///
- /// @param[in] exact
- /// If true, only resolve the context if \a line exists in the line table.
- /// If false, resolve the context to the closest line greater than \a line
- /// in the line table.
- ///
- /// @param[in] resolve_scope
- /// For each matching line entry, this bitfield indicates what
- /// values within each SymbolContext that gets added to \a
- /// sc_list will be resolved. See the SymbolContext::Scope
- /// enumeration for a list of all available bits that can be
- /// resolved. Only SymbolContext entries that can be resolved
- /// using a LineEntry base address will be able to be resolved.
- ///
- /// @param[out] sc_list
- /// A SymbolContext list class that will get any matching
- /// entries appended to.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of new matches that were added to \a sc_list.
- ///
- /// @see enum SymbolContext::Scope
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- uint32_t
- ResolveSymbolContext (const FileSpec& file_spec,
- uint32_t line,
- bool check_inlines,
- bool exact,
- uint32_t resolve_scope,
- SymbolContextList &sc_list);
-
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get whether compiler optimizations were enabled for this compile unit
- ///
- /// "optimized" means that the debug experience may be difficult
- /// for the user to understand. Variables may not be available when
- /// the developer would expect them, stepping through the source lines
- /// in the function may appear strange, etc.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns 'true' if this compile unit was compiled with
- /// optimization. 'false' indicates that either the optimization
- /// is unknown, or this compile unit was built without optimization.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- GetIsOptimized ();
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with a module, path, UID and language.
+ ///
+ /// Initialize the compile unit given the owning \a module, a path
+ /// to convert into a FileSpec, the SymbolFile plug-in supplied
+ /// \a uid, and the source language type.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] module
+ /// The parent module that owns this compile unit. This value
+ /// must be a valid pointer value.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] user_data
+ /// User data where the SymbolFile parser can store data.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] pathname
+ /// The path to the source file for this compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] uid
+ /// The user ID of the compile unit. This value is supplied by
+ /// the SymbolFile plug-in and should be a value that allows
+ /// the SymbolFile plug-in to easily locate and parse additional
+ /// information for the compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] language
+ /// A language enumeration type that describes the main language
+ /// of this compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] is_optimized
+ /// A value that can initialized with eLazyBoolYes, eLazyBoolNo
+ /// or eLazyBoolCalculate. If set to eLazyBoolCalculate, then
+ /// an extra call into SymbolVendor will be made to calculate if
+ /// the compile unit is optimized will be made when
+ /// CompileUnit::GetIsOptimized() is called.
+ ///
+ /// @see lldb::LanguageType
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompileUnit(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp, void *user_data,
+ const char *pathname, lldb::user_id_t uid,
+ lldb::LanguageType language, lldb_private::LazyBool is_optimized);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with a module, file spec, UID and language.
+ ///
+ /// Initialize the compile unit given the owning \a module, a path
+ /// to convert into a FileSpec, the SymbolFile plug-in supplied
+ /// \a uid, and the source language type.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] module
+ /// The parent module that owns this compile unit. This value
+ /// must be a valid pointer value.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] user_data
+ /// User data where the SymbolFile parser can store data.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] file_spec
+ /// The file specification for the source file of this compile
+ /// unit.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] uid
+ /// The user ID of the compile unit. This value is supplied by
+ /// the SymbolFile plug-in and should be a value that allows
+ /// the plug-in to easily locate and parse
+ /// additional information for the compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] language
+ /// A language enumeration type that describes the main language
+ /// of this compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] is_optimized
+ /// A value that can initialized with eLazyBoolYes, eLazyBoolNo
+ /// or eLazyBoolCalculate. If set to eLazyBoolCalculate, then
+ /// an extra call into SymbolVendor will be made to calculate if
+ /// the compile unit is optimized will be made when
+ /// CompileUnit::GetIsOptimized() is called.
+ ///
+ /// @see lldb::LanguageType
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompileUnit(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp, void *user_data,
+ const FileSpec &file_spec, lldb::user_id_t uid,
+ lldb::LanguageType language, lldb_private::LazyBool is_optimized);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Destructor
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ~CompileUnit() override;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Add a function to this compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// Typically called by the SymbolFile plug-ins as they partially
+ /// parse the debug information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] function_sp
+ /// A shared pointer to the Function object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void AddFunction(lldb::FunctionSP &function_sp);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext*)
+ ///
+ /// @see SymbolContextScope
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext *sc) override;
+
+ lldb::ModuleSP CalculateSymbolContextModule() override;
+
+ CompileUnit *CalculateSymbolContextCompileUnit() override;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::DumpSymbolContext(Stream*)
+ ///
+ /// @see SymbolContextScope
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void DumpSymbolContext(Stream *s) override;
+
+ lldb::LanguageType GetLanguage();
+
+ void SetLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) {
+ m_flags.Set(flagsParsedLanguage);
+ m_language = language;
+ }
+
+ void GetDescription(Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get a shared pointer to a function in this compile unit by
+ /// index.
+ ///
+ /// Typically called when iterating though all functions in a
+ /// compile unit after all functions have been parsed. This provides
+ /// raw access to the function shared pointer list and will not
+ /// cause the SymbolFile plug-in to parse any unparsed functions.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] idx
+ /// An index into the function list.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A shared pointer to a function that might contain a NULL
+ /// Function class pointer.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ lldb::FunctionSP GetFunctionAtIndex(size_t idx);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump the compile unit contents to the stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] show_context
+ /// If \b true, variables will dump their symbol context
+ /// information.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Dump(Stream *s, bool show_context) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Find the line entry by line and optional inlined file spec.
+ ///
+ /// Finds the first line entry that has an index greater than
+ /// \a start_idx that matches \a line. If \a file_spec_ptr
+ /// is NULL, then the search matches line entries whose file matches
+ /// the file for the compile unit. If \a file_spec_ptr is
+ /// not NULL, line entries must match the specified file spec (for
+ /// inlined line table entries).
+ ///
+ /// Multiple calls to this function can find all entries that match
+ /// a given file and line by starting with \a start_idx equal to zero,
+ /// and calling this function back with the return value + 1.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] start_idx
+ /// The zero based index at which to start looking for matches.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] line
+ /// The line number to search for.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] file_spec_ptr
+ /// If non-NULL search for entries that match this file spec,
+ /// else if NULL, search for line entries that match the compile
+ /// unit file.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] exact
+ /// If \btrue match only if there is a line table entry for this line
+ /// number.
+ /// If \bfalse, find the line table entry equal to or after this line
+ /// number.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] line_entry
+ /// If non-NULL, a copy of the line entry that was found.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The zero based index of a matching line entry, or UINT32_MAX
+ /// if no matching line entry is found.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t FindLineEntry(uint32_t start_idx, uint32_t line,
+ const FileSpec *file_spec_ptr, bool exact,
+ LineEntry *line_entry);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the line table for the compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// Called by clients and the SymbolFile plug-in. The SymbolFile
+ /// plug-ins use this function to determine if the line table has
+ /// be parsed yet. Clients use this function to get the line table
+ /// from a compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The line table object pointer, or NULL if this line table
+ /// hasn't been parsed yet.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ LineTable *GetLineTable();
+
+ DebugMacros *GetDebugMacros();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the compile unit's support file list.
+ ///
+ /// The support file list is used by the line table, and any objects
+ /// that have valid Declaration objects.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A support file list object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ FileSpecList &GetSupportFiles();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the compile unit's imported module list.
+ ///
+ /// This reports all the imports that the compile unit made,
+ /// including the current module.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A list of imported module names.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ const std::vector<ConstString> &GetImportedModules();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the SymbolFile plug-in user data.
+ ///
+ /// SymbolFile plug-ins can store user data to internal state or
+ /// objects to quickly allow them to parse more information for a
+ /// given object.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The user data stored with the CompileUnit when it was
+ /// constructed.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void *GetUserData() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the variable list for a compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// Called by clients to get the variable list for a compile unit.
+ /// The variable list will contain all global and static variables
+ /// that were defined at the compile unit level.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] can_create
+ /// If \b true, the variable list will be parsed on demand. If
+ /// \b false, the current variable list will be returned even
+ /// if it contains a NULL VariableList object (typically
+ /// called by dumping routines that want to display only what
+ /// has currently been parsed).
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A shared pointer to a variable list, that can contain NULL
+ /// VariableList pointer if there are no global or static
+ /// variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ lldb::VariableListSP GetVariableList(bool can_create);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Finds a function by user ID.
+ ///
+ /// Typically used by SymbolFile plug-ins when partially parsing
+ /// the debug information to see if the function has been parsed
+ /// yet.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] uid
+ /// The user ID of the function to find. This value is supplied
+ /// by the SymbolFile plug-in and should be a value that
+ /// allows the plug-in to easily locate and parse additional
+ /// information in the function.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A shared pointer to the function object that might contain
+ /// a NULL Function pointer.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ lldb::FunctionSP FindFunctionByUID(lldb::user_id_t uid);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Set the line table for the compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// Called by the SymbolFile plug-in when if first parses the line
+ /// table and hands ownership of the line table to this object. The
+ /// compile unit owns the line table object and will delete the
+ /// object when it is deleted.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] line_table
+ /// A line table object pointer that this object now owns.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void SetLineTable(LineTable *line_table);
+
+ void SetDebugMacros(const DebugMacrosSP &debug_macros);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Set accessor for the variable list.
+ ///
+ /// Called by the SymbolFile plug-ins after they have parsed the
+ /// variable lists and are ready to hand ownership of the list over
+ /// to this object.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] variable_list_sp
+ /// A shared pointer to a VariableList.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void SetVariableList(lldb::VariableListSP &variable_list_sp);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Resolve symbol contexts by file and line.
+ ///
+ /// Given a file in \a file_spec, and a line number, find all
+ /// instances and append them to the supplied symbol context list
+ /// \a sc_list.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] file_spec
+ /// A file specification. If \a file_spec contains no directory
+ /// information, only the basename will be used when matching
+ /// contexts. If the directory in \a file_spec is valid, a
+ /// complete file specification match will be performed.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] line
+ /// The line number to match against the compile unit's line
+ /// tables.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] check_inlines
+ /// If \b true this function will also match any inline
+ /// file and line matches. If \b false, the compile unit's
+ /// file specification must match \a file_spec for any matches
+ /// to be returned.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] exact
+ /// If true, only resolve the context if \a line exists in the line table.
+ /// If false, resolve the context to the closest line greater than \a line
+ /// in the line table.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] resolve_scope
+ /// For each matching line entry, this bitfield indicates what
+ /// values within each SymbolContext that gets added to \a
+ /// sc_list will be resolved. See the SymbolContext::Scope
+ /// enumeration for a list of all available bits that can be
+ /// resolved. Only SymbolContext entries that can be resolved
+ /// using a LineEntry base address will be able to be resolved.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] sc_list
+ /// A SymbolContext list class that will get any matching
+ /// entries appended to.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of new matches that were added to \a sc_list.
+ ///
+ /// @see enum SymbolContext::Scope
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t ResolveSymbolContext(const FileSpec &file_spec, uint32_t line,
+ bool check_inlines, bool exact,
+ uint32_t resolve_scope,
+ SymbolContextList &sc_list);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get whether compiler optimizations were enabled for this compile unit
+ ///
+ /// "optimized" means that the debug experience may be difficult
+ /// for the user to understand. Variables may not be available when
+ /// the developer would expect them, stepping through the source lines
+ /// in the function may appear strange, etc.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns 'true' if this compile unit was compiled with
+ /// optimization. 'false' indicates that either the optimization
+ /// is unknown, or this compile unit was built without optimization.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool GetIsOptimized();
protected:
- void *m_user_data; ///< User data for the SymbolFile parser to store information into.
- lldb::LanguageType m_language; ///< The programming language enumeration value.
- Flags m_flags; ///< Compile unit flags that help with partial parsing.
- std::vector<lldb::FunctionSP> m_functions; ///< The sparsely populated list of shared pointers to functions
- ///< that gets populated as functions get partially parsed.
- std::vector<ConstString> m_imported_modules; ///< All modules, including the current module, imported by this
- ///< compile unit.
- FileSpecList m_support_files; ///< Files associated with this compile unit's line table and declarations.
- std::unique_ptr<LineTable> m_line_table_ap; ///< Line table that will get parsed on demand.
- DebugMacrosSP m_debug_macros_sp; ///< Debug macros that will get parsed on demand.
- lldb::VariableListSP m_variables; ///< Global and static variable list that will get parsed on demand.
- lldb_private::LazyBool m_is_optimized; /// eLazyBoolYes if this compile unit was compiled with optimization.
+ void *m_user_data; ///< User data for the SymbolFile parser to store
+ ///information into.
+ lldb::LanguageType
+ m_language; ///< The programming language enumeration value.
+ Flags m_flags; ///< Compile unit flags that help with partial parsing.
+ std::vector<lldb::FunctionSP> m_functions; ///< The sparsely populated list of
+ ///shared pointers to functions
+ ///< that gets populated as functions get partially parsed.
+ std::vector<ConstString> m_imported_modules; ///< All modules, including the
+ ///current module, imported by
+ ///this
+ ///< compile unit.
+ FileSpecList m_support_files; ///< Files associated with this compile unit's
+ ///line table and declarations.
+ std::unique_ptr<LineTable>
+ m_line_table_ap; ///< Line table that will get parsed on demand.
+ DebugMacrosSP
+ m_debug_macros_sp; ///< Debug macros that will get parsed on demand.
+ lldb::VariableListSP m_variables; ///< Global and static variable list that
+ ///will get parsed on demand.
+ lldb_private::LazyBool m_is_optimized; /// eLazyBoolYes if this compile unit
+ /// was compiled with optimization.
private:
- enum
- {
- flagsParsedAllFunctions = (1u << 0), ///< Have we already parsed all our functions
- flagsParsedVariables = (1u << 1), ///< Have we already parsed globals and statics?
- flagsParsedSupportFiles = (1u << 2), ///< Have we already parsed the support files for this compile unit?
- flagsParsedLineTable = (1u << 3), ///< Have we parsed the line table already?
- flagsParsedLanguage = (1u << 4), ///< Have we parsed the language already?
- flagsParsedImportedModules = (1u << 5), ///< Have we parsed the imported modules already?
- flagsParsedDebugMacros = (1u << 6) ///< Have we parsed the debug macros already?
- };
-
- DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (CompileUnit);
+ enum {
+ flagsParsedAllFunctions =
+ (1u << 0), ///< Have we already parsed all our functions
+ flagsParsedVariables =
+ (1u << 1), ///< Have we already parsed globals and statics?
+ flagsParsedSupportFiles = (1u << 2), ///< Have we already parsed the support
+ ///files for this compile unit?
+ flagsParsedLineTable =
+ (1u << 3), ///< Have we parsed the line table already?
+ flagsParsedLanguage = (1u << 4), ///< Have we parsed the language already?
+ flagsParsedImportedModules =
+ (1u << 5), ///< Have we parsed the imported modules already?
+ flagsParsedDebugMacros =
+ (1u << 6) ///< Have we parsed the debug macros already?
+ };
+
+ DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(CompileUnit);
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerDecl.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerDecl.h
index 19654ab165bb..a612fb689c81 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerDecl.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerDecl.h
@@ -10,120 +10,85 @@
#ifndef liblldb_CompilerDecl_h_
#define liblldb_CompilerDecl_h_
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/ConstString.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
-class CompilerDecl
-{
+class CompilerDecl {
public:
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Constructors and Destructors
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerDecl () :
- m_type_system (nullptr),
- m_opaque_decl (nullptr)
- {
- }
-
- CompilerDecl (TypeSystem *type_system, void *decl) :
- m_type_system (type_system),
- m_opaque_decl (decl)
- {
- }
-
- ~CompilerDecl ()
- {
- }
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Tests
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- explicit operator bool () const
- {
- return IsValid ();
- }
-
- bool
- operator < (const CompilerDecl &rhs) const
- {
- if (m_type_system == rhs.m_type_system)
- return m_opaque_decl < rhs.m_opaque_decl;
- return m_type_system < rhs.m_type_system;
- }
-
- bool
- IsValid () const
- {
- return m_type_system != nullptr && m_opaque_decl != nullptr;
- }
-
- bool
- IsClang () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Accessors
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- TypeSystem *
- GetTypeSystem() const
- {
- return m_type_system;
- }
-
- void *
- GetOpaqueDecl() const
- {
- return m_opaque_decl;
- }
-
- void
- SetDecl (TypeSystem* type_system, void* decl)
- {
- m_type_system = type_system;
- m_opaque_decl = decl;
- }
-
- void
- Clear()
- {
- m_type_system = nullptr;
- m_opaque_decl = nullptr;
- }
-
- ConstString
- GetName () const;
-
- ConstString
- GetMangledName () const;
-
- CompilerDeclContext
- GetDeclContext() const;
-
- // If this decl represents a function, return the return type
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionReturnType() const;
-
- // If this decl represents a function, return the number of arguments for the function
- size_t
- GetNumFunctionArguments() const;
-
- // If this decl represents a function, return the argument type given a zero based argument index
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionArgumentType (size_t arg_idx) const;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Constructors and Destructors
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerDecl() : m_type_system(nullptr), m_opaque_decl(nullptr) {}
+
+ CompilerDecl(TypeSystem *type_system, void *decl)
+ : m_type_system(type_system), m_opaque_decl(decl) {}
+
+ ~CompilerDecl() {}
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Tests
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ explicit operator bool() const { return IsValid(); }
+
+ bool operator<(const CompilerDecl &rhs) const {
+ if (m_type_system == rhs.m_type_system)
+ return m_opaque_decl < rhs.m_opaque_decl;
+ return m_type_system < rhs.m_type_system;
+ }
+
+ bool IsValid() const {
+ return m_type_system != nullptr && m_opaque_decl != nullptr;
+ }
+
+ bool IsClang() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Accessors
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ TypeSystem *GetTypeSystem() const { return m_type_system; }
+
+ void *GetOpaqueDecl() const { return m_opaque_decl; }
+
+ void SetDecl(TypeSystem *type_system, void *decl) {
+ m_type_system = type_system;
+ m_opaque_decl = decl;
+ }
+
+ void Clear() {
+ m_type_system = nullptr;
+ m_opaque_decl = nullptr;
+ }
+
+ ConstString GetName() const;
+
+ ConstString GetMangledName() const;
+
+ CompilerDeclContext GetDeclContext() const;
+
+ // If this decl represents a function, return the return type
+ CompilerType GetFunctionReturnType() const;
+
+ // If this decl represents a function, return the number of arguments for the
+ // function
+ size_t GetNumFunctionArguments() const;
+
+ // If this decl represents a function, return the argument type given a zero
+ // based argument index
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentType(size_t arg_idx) const;
private:
- TypeSystem *m_type_system;
- void *m_opaque_decl;
+ TypeSystem *m_type_system;
+ void *m_opaque_decl;
};
-
-bool operator == (const CompilerDecl &lhs, const CompilerDecl &rhs);
-bool operator != (const CompilerDecl &lhs, const CompilerDecl &rhs);
-
+bool operator==(const CompilerDecl &lhs, const CompilerDecl &rhs);
+bool operator!=(const CompilerDecl &lhs, const CompilerDecl &rhs);
+
} // namespace lldb_private
#endif // #ifndef liblldb_CompilerDecl_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerDeclContext.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerDeclContext.h
index 7432adac6133..e4f3e7459aa7 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerDeclContext.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerDeclContext.h
@@ -12,138 +12,102 @@
#include <vector>
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/ConstString.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
-class CompilerDeclContext
-{
+class CompilerDeclContext {
public:
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Constructors and Destructors
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerDeclContext () :
- m_type_system (nullptr),
- m_opaque_decl_ctx (nullptr)
- {
- }
-
- CompilerDeclContext (TypeSystem *type_system, void *decl_ctx) :
- m_type_system (type_system),
- m_opaque_decl_ctx (decl_ctx)
- {
- }
-
- ~CompilerDeclContext()
- {
- }
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Tests
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- explicit operator bool () const
- {
- return IsValid ();
- }
-
- bool
- operator < (const CompilerDeclContext &rhs) const
- {
- if (m_type_system == rhs.m_type_system)
- return m_opaque_decl_ctx < rhs.m_opaque_decl_ctx;
- return m_type_system < rhs.m_type_system;
- }
-
- bool
- IsValid () const
- {
- return m_type_system != nullptr && m_opaque_decl_ctx != nullptr;
- }
-
- bool
- IsClang () const;
-
- std::vector<CompilerDecl>
- FindDeclByName (ConstString name, const bool ignore_using_decls);
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Checks if this decl context represents a method of a class.
- ///
- /// @param[out] language_ptr
- /// If non NULL and \b true is returned from this function,
- /// this will indicate if the language that respresents the method.
- ///
- /// @param[out] is_instance_method_ptr
- /// If non NULL and \b true is returned from this function,
- /// this will indicate if the method is an instance function (true)
- /// or a class method (false indicating the function is static, or
- /// doesn't require an instance of the class to be called).
- ///
- /// @param[out] language_object_name_ptr
- /// If non NULL and \b true is returned from this function,
- /// this will indicate if implicit object name for the language
- /// like "this" for C++, and "self" for Objective C.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns true if this is a decl context that represents a method
- /// in a struct, union or class.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- IsClassMethod (lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr,
- bool *is_instance_method_ptr,
- ConstString *language_object_name_ptr);
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Accessors
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- TypeSystem *
- GetTypeSystem() const
- {
- return m_type_system;
- }
-
- void *
- GetOpaqueDeclContext() const
- {
- return m_opaque_decl_ctx;
- }
-
- void
- SetDeclContext (TypeSystem* type_system, void* decl_ctx)
- {
- m_type_system = type_system;
- m_opaque_decl_ctx = decl_ctx;
- }
-
- void
- Clear()
- {
- m_type_system = nullptr;
- m_opaque_decl_ctx = nullptr;
- }
-
- ConstString
- GetName () const;
-
- ConstString
- GetScopeQualifiedName() const;
-
- bool
- IsStructUnionOrClass () const;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Constructors and Destructors
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerDeclContext() : m_type_system(nullptr), m_opaque_decl_ctx(nullptr) {}
+
+ CompilerDeclContext(TypeSystem *type_system, void *decl_ctx)
+ : m_type_system(type_system), m_opaque_decl_ctx(decl_ctx) {}
+
+ ~CompilerDeclContext() {}
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Tests
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ explicit operator bool() const { return IsValid(); }
+
+ bool operator<(const CompilerDeclContext &rhs) const {
+ if (m_type_system == rhs.m_type_system)
+ return m_opaque_decl_ctx < rhs.m_opaque_decl_ctx;
+ return m_type_system < rhs.m_type_system;
+ }
+
+ bool IsValid() const {
+ return m_type_system != nullptr && m_opaque_decl_ctx != nullptr;
+ }
+
+ bool IsClang() const;
+
+ std::vector<CompilerDecl> FindDeclByName(ConstString name,
+ const bool ignore_using_decls);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Checks if this decl context represents a method of a class.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] language_ptr
+ /// If non NULL and \b true is returned from this function,
+ /// this will indicate if the language that respresents the method.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] is_instance_method_ptr
+ /// If non NULL and \b true is returned from this function,
+ /// this will indicate if the method is an instance function (true)
+ /// or a class method (false indicating the function is static, or
+ /// doesn't require an instance of the class to be called).
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] language_object_name_ptr
+ /// If non NULL and \b true is returned from this function,
+ /// this will indicate if implicit object name for the language
+ /// like "this" for C++, and "self" for Objective C.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns true if this is a decl context that represents a method
+ /// in a struct, union or class.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool IsClassMethod(lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr,
+ bool *is_instance_method_ptr,
+ ConstString *language_object_name_ptr);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Accessors
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ TypeSystem *GetTypeSystem() const { return m_type_system; }
+
+ void *GetOpaqueDeclContext() const { return m_opaque_decl_ctx; }
+
+ void SetDeclContext(TypeSystem *type_system, void *decl_ctx) {
+ m_type_system = type_system;
+ m_opaque_decl_ctx = decl_ctx;
+ }
+
+ void Clear() {
+ m_type_system = nullptr;
+ m_opaque_decl_ctx = nullptr;
+ }
+
+ ConstString GetName() const;
+
+ ConstString GetScopeQualifiedName() const;
+
+ bool IsStructUnionOrClass() const;
private:
- TypeSystem *m_type_system;
- void *m_opaque_decl_ctx;
-
+ TypeSystem *m_type_system;
+ void *m_opaque_decl_ctx;
};
-
-bool operator == (const CompilerDeclContext &lhs, const CompilerDeclContext &rhs);
-bool operator != (const CompilerDeclContext &lhs, const CompilerDeclContext &rhs);
-
+bool operator==(const CompilerDeclContext &lhs, const CompilerDeclContext &rhs);
+bool operator!=(const CompilerDeclContext &lhs, const CompilerDeclContext &rhs);
+
} // namespace lldb_private
#endif // #ifndef liblldb_CompilerDeclContext_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h
index 36f6ef3ba6eb..68221609c0cb 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h
@@ -18,562 +18,414 @@
// Other libraries and framework includes
// Project includes
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/ClangForward.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A class that can carry around a clang ASTContext and a opaque clang
+// A class that can carry around a clang ASTContext and a opaque clang
// QualType. A clang::QualType can be easily reconstructed from an
-// opaque clang type and often the ASTContext is needed when doing
+// opaque clang type and often the ASTContext is needed when doing
// various type related tasks, so this class allows both items to travel
// in a single very lightweight class that can be used. There are many
// static equivalents of the member functions that allow the ASTContext
// and the opaque clang QualType to be specified for ease of use and
// to avoid code duplication.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class CompilerType
-{
+class CompilerType {
public:
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Constructors and Destructors
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType (TypeSystem *type_system, lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
- CompilerType (clang::ASTContext *ast_context, clang::QualType qual_type);
-
- CompilerType (const CompilerType &rhs) :
- m_type (rhs.m_type),
- m_type_system (rhs.m_type_system)
- {
- }
-
- CompilerType () :
- m_type (nullptr),
- m_type_system (nullptr)
- {
- }
-
- ~CompilerType();
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Operators
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- const CompilerType &
- operator= (const CompilerType &rhs)
- {
- m_type = rhs.m_type;
- m_type_system = rhs.m_type_system;
- return *this;
- }
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Tests
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- explicit operator bool () const
- {
- return m_type != nullptr && m_type_system != nullptr;
- }
-
- bool
- operator < (const CompilerType &rhs) const
- {
- if (m_type_system == rhs.m_type_system)
- return m_type < rhs.m_type;
- return m_type_system < rhs.m_type_system;
- }
-
- bool
- IsValid () const
- {
- return m_type != nullptr && m_type_system != nullptr;
- }
-
- bool
- IsArrayType (CompilerType *element_type,
- uint64_t *size,
- bool *is_incomplete) const;
-
- bool
- IsVectorType (CompilerType *element_type,
- uint64_t *size) const;
-
- bool
- IsArrayOfScalarType () const;
-
- bool
- IsAggregateType () const;
-
- bool
- IsAnonymousType () const;
-
- bool
- IsBeingDefined () const;
-
- bool
- IsCharType () const;
-
- bool
- IsCompleteType () const;
-
- bool
- IsConst() const;
-
- bool
- IsCStringType (uint32_t &length) const;
-
- bool
- IsDefined() const;
-
- bool
- IsFloatingPointType (uint32_t &count, bool &is_complex) const;
-
- bool
- IsFunctionType(bool *is_variadic_ptr = nullptr) const;
-
- uint32_t
- IsHomogeneousAggregate (CompilerType* base_type_ptr) const;
-
- size_t
- GetNumberOfFunctionArguments () const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex (const size_t index) const;
-
- bool
- IsVariadicFunctionType () const;
-
- bool
- IsFunctionPointerType () const;
-
- bool
- IsBlockPointerType (CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) const;
-
- bool
- IsIntegerType (bool &is_signed) const;
-
- bool
- IsEnumerationType (bool &is_signed) const;
-
- bool
- IsIntegerOrEnumerationType (bool &is_signed) const;
-
- bool
- IsPolymorphicClass () const;
-
- bool
- IsPossibleCPlusPlusDynamicType(CompilerType *target_type = nullptr) const
- {
- return IsPossibleDynamicType (target_type, true, false);
- }
-
- bool
- IsPossibleDynamicType(CompilerType *target_type, // Can pass nullptr
- bool check_cplusplus,
- bool check_objc) const;
-
- bool
- IsPointerToScalarType () const;
-
- bool
- IsRuntimeGeneratedType () const;
-
- bool
- IsPointerType(CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) const;
-
- bool
- IsPointerOrReferenceType(CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) const;
-
- bool
- IsReferenceType(CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr, bool* is_rvalue = nullptr) const;
-
- bool
- ShouldTreatScalarValueAsAddress () const;
-
- bool
- IsScalarType () const;
-
- bool
- IsTypedefType () const;
-
- bool
- IsVoidType () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Type Completion
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- bool
- GetCompleteType () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // AST related queries
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- size_t
- GetPointerByteSize () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Accessors
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- TypeSystem *
- GetTypeSystem() const
- {
- return m_type_system;
- }
-
- ConstString
- GetConstQualifiedTypeName () const;
-
- ConstString
- GetConstTypeName () const;
-
- ConstString
- GetTypeName () const;
-
- ConstString
- GetDisplayTypeName () const;
-
- uint32_t
- GetTypeInfo(CompilerType *pointee_or_element_compiler_type = nullptr) const;
-
- lldb::LanguageType
- GetMinimumLanguage ();
-
- lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t
- GetOpaqueQualType() const
- {
- return m_type;
- }
-
- lldb::TypeClass
- GetTypeClass () const;
-
- void
- SetCompilerType (TypeSystem* type_system, lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
-
- void
- SetCompilerType (clang::ASTContext *ast, clang::QualType qual_type);
-
- unsigned
- GetTypeQualifiers() const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Creating related types
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- CompilerType
- GetArrayElementType(uint64_t *stride = nullptr) const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetCanonicalType () const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetFullyUnqualifiedType () const;
-
- // Returns -1 if this isn't a function of if the function doesn't have a prototype
- // Returns a value >= 0 if there is a prototype.
- int
- GetFunctionArgumentCount () const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex (size_t idx) const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionReturnType () const;
-
- size_t
- GetNumMemberFunctions () const;
-
- TypeMemberFunctionImpl
- GetMemberFunctionAtIndex (size_t idx);
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // If this type is a reference to a type (L value or R value reference),
- // return a new type with the reference removed, else return the current
- // type itself.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- GetNonReferenceType () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // If this type is a pointer type, return the type that the pointer
- // points to, else return an invalid type.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- GetPointeeType () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Return a new CompilerType that is a pointer to this type
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- GetPointerType () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Return a new CompilerType that is a L value reference to this type if
- // this type is valid and the type system supports L value references,
- // else return an invalid type.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- GetLValueReferenceType () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Return a new CompilerType that is a R value reference to this type if
- // this type is valid and the type system supports R value references,
- // else return an invalid type.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- GetRValueReferenceType () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Return a new CompilerType adds a const modifier to this type if
- // this type is valid and the type system supports const modifiers,
- // else return an invalid type.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- AddConstModifier () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Return a new CompilerType adds a volatile modifier to this type if
- // this type is valid and the type system supports volatile modifiers,
- // else return an invalid type.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- AddVolatileModifier () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Return a new CompilerType adds a restrict modifier to this type if
- // this type is valid and the type system supports restrict modifiers,
- // else return an invalid type.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- AddRestrictModifier () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Create a typedef to this type using "name" as the name of the typedef
- // this type is valid and the type system supports typedefs, else return
- // an invalid type.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- CreateTypedef (const char *name, const CompilerDeclContext &decl_ctx) const;
-
- // If the current object represents a typedef type, get the underlying type
- CompilerType
- GetTypedefedType () const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Create related types using the current type's AST
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType
- GetBasicTypeFromAST (lldb::BasicType basic_type) const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Exploring the type
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- uint64_t
- GetByteSize (ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) const;
-
- uint64_t
- GetBitSize (ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) const;
-
- lldb::Encoding
- GetEncoding (uint64_t &count) const;
-
- lldb::Format
- GetFormat () const;
-
- size_t
- GetTypeBitAlign () const;
-
- uint32_t
- GetNumChildren (bool omit_empty_base_classes) const;
-
- lldb::BasicType
- GetBasicTypeEnumeration () const;
-
- static lldb::BasicType
- GetBasicTypeEnumeration (const ConstString &name);
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // If this type is an enumeration, iterate through all of its enumerators
- // using a callback. If the callback returns true, keep iterating, else
- // abort the iteration.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- ForEachEnumerator (std::function <bool (const CompilerType &integer_type,
- const ConstString &name,
- const llvm::APSInt &value)> const &callback) const;
-
- uint32_t
- GetNumFields () const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetFieldAtIndex (size_t idx,
- std::string& name,
- uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr,
- uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr,
- bool *is_bitfield_ptr) const;
-
- uint32_t
- GetNumDirectBaseClasses () const;
-
- uint32_t
- GetNumVirtualBaseClasses () const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex (size_t idx,
- uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex (size_t idx,
- uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) const;
-
- uint32_t
- GetIndexOfFieldWithName(const char* name,
- CompilerType* field_compiler_type = nullptr,
- uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr = nullptr,
- uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = nullptr,
- bool *is_bitfield_ptr = nullptr) const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex (ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
- size_t idx,
- bool transparent_pointers,
- bool omit_empty_base_classes,
- bool ignore_array_bounds,
- std::string& child_name,
- uint32_t &child_byte_size,
- int32_t &child_byte_offset,
- uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size,
- uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset,
- bool &child_is_base_class,
- bool &child_is_deref_of_parent,
- ValueObject *valobj,
- uint64_t &language_flags) const;
-
- // Lookup a child given a name. This function will match base class names
- // and member member names in "clang_type" only, not descendants.
- uint32_t
- GetIndexOfChildWithName (const char *name,
- bool omit_empty_base_classes) const;
-
- // Lookup a child member given a name. This function will match member names
- // only and will descend into "clang_type" children in search for the first
- // member in this class, or any base class that matches "name".
- // TODO: Return all matches for a given name by returning a vector<vector<uint32_t>>
- // so we catch all names that match a given child name, not just the first.
- size_t
- GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName (const char *name,
- bool omit_empty_base_classes,
- std::vector<uint32_t>& child_indexes) const;
-
- size_t
- GetNumTemplateArguments () const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetTemplateArgument (size_t idx,
- lldb::TemplateArgumentKind &kind) const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetTypeForFormatters () const;
-
- LazyBool
- ShouldPrintAsOneLiner (ValueObject* valobj) const;
-
- bool
- IsMeaninglessWithoutDynamicResolution () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Pointers & References
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // Converts "s" to a floating point value and place resulting floating
- // point bytes in the "dst" buffer.
- size_t
- ConvertStringToFloatValue (const char *s,
- uint8_t *dst,
- size_t dst_size) const;
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Dumping types
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- DumpValue (ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
- Stream *s,
- lldb::Format format,
- const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset,
- size_t data_byte_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
- bool show_types,
- bool show_summary,
- bool verbose,
- uint32_t depth);
-
- bool
- DumpTypeValue (Stream *s,
- lldb::Format format,
- const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset,
- size_t data_byte_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
- ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope);
-
- void
- DumpSummary (ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
- Stream *s,
- const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset,
- size_t data_byte_size);
-
- void
- DumpTypeDescription () const; // Dump to stdout
-
- void
- DumpTypeDescription (Stream *s) const;
-
- bool
- GetValueAsScalar (const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset,
- size_t data_byte_size,
- Scalar &value) const;
-
- bool
- SetValueFromScalar (const Scalar &value,
- Stream &strm);
-
- bool
- ReadFromMemory (ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
- lldb::addr_t addr,
- AddressType address_type,
- DataExtractor &data);
-
- bool
- WriteToMemory (ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
- lldb::addr_t addr,
- AddressType address_type,
- StreamString &new_value);
-
- void
- Clear()
- {
- m_type = nullptr;
- m_type_system = nullptr;
- }
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Constructors and Destructors
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType(TypeSystem *type_system, lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
+ CompilerType(clang::ASTContext *ast_context, clang::QualType qual_type);
+
+ CompilerType(const CompilerType &rhs)
+ : m_type(rhs.m_type), m_type_system(rhs.m_type_system) {}
+
+ CompilerType() : m_type(nullptr), m_type_system(nullptr) {}
+
+ ~CompilerType();
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Operators
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ const CompilerType &operator=(const CompilerType &rhs) {
+ m_type = rhs.m_type;
+ m_type_system = rhs.m_type_system;
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Tests
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ explicit operator bool() const {
+ return m_type != nullptr && m_type_system != nullptr;
+ }
+
+ bool operator<(const CompilerType &rhs) const {
+ if (m_type_system == rhs.m_type_system)
+ return m_type < rhs.m_type;
+ return m_type_system < rhs.m_type_system;
+ }
+
+ bool IsValid() const { return m_type != nullptr && m_type_system != nullptr; }
+
+ bool IsArrayType(CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size,
+ bool *is_incomplete) const;
+
+ bool IsVectorType(CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size) const;
+
+ bool IsArrayOfScalarType() const;
+
+ bool IsAggregateType() const;
+
+ bool IsAnonymousType() const;
+
+ bool IsBeingDefined() const;
+
+ bool IsCharType() const;
+
+ bool IsCompleteType() const;
+
+ bool IsConst() const;
+
+ bool IsCStringType(uint32_t &length) const;
+
+ bool IsDefined() const;
+
+ bool IsFloatingPointType(uint32_t &count, bool &is_complex) const;
+
+ bool IsFunctionType(bool *is_variadic_ptr = nullptr) const;
+
+ uint32_t IsHomogeneousAggregate(CompilerType *base_type_ptr) const;
+
+ size_t GetNumberOfFunctionArguments() const;
+
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex(const size_t index) const;
+
+ bool IsVariadicFunctionType() const;
+
+ bool IsFunctionPointerType() const;
+
+ bool IsBlockPointerType(CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) const;
+
+ bool IsIntegerType(bool &is_signed) const;
+
+ bool IsEnumerationType(bool &is_signed) const;
+
+ bool IsIntegerOrEnumerationType(bool &is_signed) const;
+
+ bool IsPolymorphicClass() const;
+
+ bool
+ IsPossibleCPlusPlusDynamicType(CompilerType *target_type = nullptr) const {
+ return IsPossibleDynamicType(target_type, true, false);
+ }
+
+ bool IsPossibleDynamicType(CompilerType *target_type, // Can pass nullptr
+ bool check_cplusplus, bool check_objc) const;
+
+ bool IsPointerToScalarType() const;
+
+ bool IsRuntimeGeneratedType() const;
+
+ bool IsPointerType(CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) const;
+
+ bool IsPointerOrReferenceType(CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) const;
+
+ bool IsReferenceType(CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr,
+ bool *is_rvalue = nullptr) const;
+
+ bool ShouldTreatScalarValueAsAddress() const;
+
+ bool IsScalarType() const;
+
+ bool IsTypedefType() const;
+
+ bool IsVoidType() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Type Completion
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ bool GetCompleteType() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // AST related queries
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ size_t GetPointerByteSize() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Accessors
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ TypeSystem *GetTypeSystem() const { return m_type_system; }
+
+ ConstString GetConstQualifiedTypeName() const;
+
+ ConstString GetConstTypeName() const;
+
+ ConstString GetTypeName() const;
+
+ ConstString GetDisplayTypeName() const;
+
+ uint32_t
+ GetTypeInfo(CompilerType *pointee_or_element_compiler_type = nullptr) const;
+
+ lldb::LanguageType GetMinimumLanguage();
+
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t GetOpaqueQualType() const { return m_type; }
+
+ lldb::TypeClass GetTypeClass() const;
+
+ void SetCompilerType(TypeSystem *type_system,
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type);
+
+ void SetCompilerType(clang::ASTContext *ast, clang::QualType qual_type);
+
+ unsigned GetTypeQualifiers() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Creating related types
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ CompilerType GetArrayElementType(uint64_t *stride = nullptr) const;
+
+ CompilerType GetArrayType(uint64_t size) const;
+
+ CompilerType GetCanonicalType() const;
+
+ CompilerType GetFullyUnqualifiedType() const;
+
+ // Returns -1 if this isn't a function of if the function doesn't have a
+ // prototype
+ // Returns a value >= 0 if there is a prototype.
+ int GetFunctionArgumentCount() const;
+
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex(size_t idx) const;
+
+ CompilerType GetFunctionReturnType() const;
+
+ size_t GetNumMemberFunctions() const;
+
+ TypeMemberFunctionImpl GetMemberFunctionAtIndex(size_t idx);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // If this type is a reference to a type (L value or R value reference),
+ // return a new type with the reference removed, else return the current
+ // type itself.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType GetNonReferenceType() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // If this type is a pointer type, return the type that the pointer
+ // points to, else return an invalid type.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType GetPointeeType() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Return a new CompilerType that is a pointer to this type
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType GetPointerType() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Return a new CompilerType that is a L value reference to this type if
+ // this type is valid and the type system supports L value references,
+ // else return an invalid type.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType GetLValueReferenceType() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Return a new CompilerType that is a R value reference to this type if
+ // this type is valid and the type system supports R value references,
+ // else return an invalid type.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType GetRValueReferenceType() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Return a new CompilerType adds a const modifier to this type if
+ // this type is valid and the type system supports const modifiers,
+ // else return an invalid type.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType AddConstModifier() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Return a new CompilerType adds a volatile modifier to this type if
+ // this type is valid and the type system supports volatile modifiers,
+ // else return an invalid type.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType AddVolatileModifier() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Return a new CompilerType adds a restrict modifier to this type if
+ // this type is valid and the type system supports restrict modifiers,
+ // else return an invalid type.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType AddRestrictModifier() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Create a typedef to this type using "name" as the name of the typedef
+ // this type is valid and the type system supports typedefs, else return
+ // an invalid type.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType CreateTypedef(const char *name,
+ const CompilerDeclContext &decl_ctx) const;
+
+ // If the current object represents a typedef type, get the underlying type
+ CompilerType GetTypedefedType() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Create related types using the current type's AST
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerType GetBasicTypeFromAST(lldb::BasicType basic_type) const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Exploring the type
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ uint64_t GetByteSize(ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) const;
+
+ uint64_t GetBitSize(ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) const;
+
+ lldb::Encoding GetEncoding(uint64_t &count) const;
+
+ lldb::Format GetFormat() const;
+
+ size_t GetTypeBitAlign() const;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumChildren(bool omit_empty_base_classes) const;
+
+ lldb::BasicType GetBasicTypeEnumeration() const;
+
+ static lldb::BasicType GetBasicTypeEnumeration(const ConstString &name);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // If this type is an enumeration, iterate through all of its enumerators
+ // using a callback. If the callback returns true, keep iterating, else
+ // abort the iteration.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void ForEachEnumerator(
+ std::function<bool(const CompilerType &integer_type,
+ const ConstString &name,
+ const llvm::APSInt &value)> const &callback) const;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumFields() const;
+
+ CompilerType GetFieldAtIndex(size_t idx, std::string &name,
+ uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr,
+ uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr,
+ bool *is_bitfield_ptr) const;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumDirectBaseClasses() const;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumVirtualBaseClasses() const;
+
+ CompilerType GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex(size_t idx,
+ uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) const;
+
+ CompilerType GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex(size_t idx,
+ uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) const;
+
+ uint32_t GetIndexOfFieldWithName(const char *name,
+ CompilerType *field_compiler_type = nullptr,
+ uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr = nullptr,
+ uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = nullptr,
+ bool *is_bitfield_ptr = nullptr) const;
+
+ CompilerType GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex(
+ ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, size_t idx, bool transparent_pointers,
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes, bool ignore_array_bounds,
+ std::string &child_name, uint32_t &child_byte_size,
+ int32_t &child_byte_offset, uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size,
+ uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset, bool &child_is_base_class,
+ bool &child_is_deref_of_parent, ValueObject *valobj,
+ uint64_t &language_flags) const;
+
+ // Lookup a child given a name. This function will match base class names
+ // and member member names in "clang_type" only, not descendants.
+ uint32_t GetIndexOfChildWithName(const char *name,
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes) const;
+
+ // Lookup a child member given a name. This function will match member names
+ // only and will descend into "clang_type" children in search for the first
+ // member in this class, or any base class that matches "name".
+ // TODO: Return all matches for a given name by returning a
+ // vector<vector<uint32_t>>
+ // so we catch all names that match a given child name, not just the first.
+ size_t
+ GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName(const char *name, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
+ std::vector<uint32_t> &child_indexes) const;
+
+ size_t GetNumTemplateArguments() const;
+
+ CompilerType GetTemplateArgument(size_t idx,
+ lldb::TemplateArgumentKind &kind) const;
+
+ CompilerType GetTypeForFormatters() const;
+
+ LazyBool ShouldPrintAsOneLiner(ValueObject *valobj) const;
+
+ bool IsMeaninglessWithoutDynamicResolution() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Pointers & References
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ // Converts "s" to a floating point value and place resulting floating
+ // point bytes in the "dst" buffer.
+ size_t ConvertStringToFloatValue(const char *s, uint8_t *dst,
+ size_t dst_size) const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Dumping types
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void DumpValue(ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, lldb::Format format,
+ const DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t data_offset,
+ size_t data_byte_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_size,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, bool show_types,
+ bool show_summary, bool verbose, uint32_t depth);
+
+ bool DumpTypeValue(Stream *s, lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
+ ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope);
+
+ void DumpSummary(ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s,
+ const DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t data_offset,
+ size_t data_byte_size);
+
+ void DumpTypeDescription() const; // Dump to stdout
+
+ void DumpTypeDescription(Stream *s) const;
+
+ bool GetValueAsScalar(const DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t data_offset,
+ size_t data_byte_size, Scalar &value) const;
+
+ bool SetValueFromScalar(const Scalar &value, Stream &strm);
+
+ bool ReadFromMemory(ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, lldb::addr_t addr,
+ AddressType address_type, DataExtractor &data);
+
+ bool WriteToMemory(ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, lldb::addr_t addr,
+ AddressType address_type, StreamString &new_value);
+
+ void Clear() {
+ m_type = nullptr;
+ m_type_system = nullptr;
+ }
private:
- lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t m_type;
- TypeSystem *m_type_system;
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t m_type;
+ TypeSystem *m_type_system;
};
-
-bool operator == (const CompilerType &lhs, const CompilerType &rhs);
-bool operator != (const CompilerType &lhs, const CompilerType &rhs);
+
+bool operator==(const CompilerType &lhs, const CompilerType &rhs);
+bool operator!=(const CompilerType &lhs, const CompilerType &rhs);
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/DWARFCallFrameInfo.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/DWARFCallFrameInfo.h
index da7f87ced0a0..c221a36bd6c8 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/DWARFCallFrameInfo.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/DWARFCallFrameInfo.h
@@ -32,138 +32,125 @@ namespace lldb_private {
// eh_frame / debug_frame, and one to generate an UnwindPlan based
// on the FDE in the eh_frame / debug_frame section.
-class DWARFCallFrameInfo
-{
+class DWARFCallFrameInfo {
public:
-
- DWARFCallFrameInfo (ObjectFile& objfile,
- lldb::SectionSP& section,
- lldb::RegisterKind reg_kind,
- bool is_eh_frame);
-
- ~DWARFCallFrameInfo();
-
- // Locate an AddressRange that includes the provided Address in this
- // object's eh_frame/debug_info
- // Returns true if a range is found to cover that address.
- bool
- GetAddressRange (Address addr, AddressRange &range);
-
- // Return an UnwindPlan based on the call frame information encoded
- // in the FDE of this DWARFCallFrameInfo section.
- bool
- GetUnwindPlan (Address addr, UnwindPlan& unwind_plan);
-
- typedef RangeVector<lldb::addr_t, uint32_t> FunctionAddressAndSizeVector;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Build a vector of file address and size for all functions in this Module
- // based on the eh_frame FDE entries.
- //
- // The eh_frame information can be a useful source of file address and size of
- // the functions in a Module. Often a binary's non-exported symbols are stripped
- // before shipping so lldb won't know the start addr / size of many functions
- // in the Module. But the eh_frame can help to give the addresses of these
- // stripped symbols, at least.
- //
- // @param[out] function_info
- // A vector provided by the caller is filled out. May be empty if no FDEs/no eh_frame
- // is present in this Module.
-
- void
- GetFunctionAddressAndSizeVector (FunctionAddressAndSizeVector &function_info);
-
- void
- ForEachFDEEntries(const std::function<bool(lldb::addr_t, uint32_t, dw_offset_t)>& callback);
+ DWARFCallFrameInfo(ObjectFile &objfile, lldb::SectionSP &section,
+ lldb::RegisterKind reg_kind, bool is_eh_frame);
+
+ ~DWARFCallFrameInfo();
+
+ // Locate an AddressRange that includes the provided Address in this
+ // object's eh_frame/debug_info
+ // Returns true if a range is found to cover that address.
+ bool GetAddressRange(Address addr, AddressRange &range);
+
+ // Return an UnwindPlan based on the call frame information encoded
+ // in the FDE of this DWARFCallFrameInfo section.
+ bool GetUnwindPlan(Address addr, UnwindPlan &unwind_plan);
+
+ typedef RangeVector<lldb::addr_t, uint32_t> FunctionAddressAndSizeVector;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Build a vector of file address and size for all functions in this Module
+ // based on the eh_frame FDE entries.
+ //
+ // The eh_frame information can be a useful source of file address and size of
+ // the functions in a Module. Often a binary's non-exported symbols are
+ // stripped
+ // before shipping so lldb won't know the start addr / size of many functions
+ // in the Module. But the eh_frame can help to give the addresses of these
+ // stripped symbols, at least.
+ //
+ // @param[out] function_info
+ // A vector provided by the caller is filled out. May be empty if no
+ // FDEs/no eh_frame
+ // is present in this Module.
+
+ void
+ GetFunctionAddressAndSizeVector(FunctionAddressAndSizeVector &function_info);
+
+ void ForEachFDEEntries(
+ const std::function<bool(lldb::addr_t, uint32_t, dw_offset_t)> &callback);
private:
- enum
- {
- CFI_AUG_MAX_SIZE = 8,
- CFI_HEADER_SIZE = 8
- };
-
- struct CIE
- {
- dw_offset_t cie_offset;
- uint8_t version;
- char augmentation[CFI_AUG_MAX_SIZE]; // This is typically empty or very short.
- uint32_t code_align;
- int32_t data_align;
- uint32_t return_addr_reg_num;
- dw_offset_t inst_offset; // offset of CIE instructions in mCFIData
- uint32_t inst_length; // length of CIE instructions in mCFIData
- uint8_t ptr_encoding;
- uint8_t lsda_addr_encoding; // The encoding of the LSDA address in the FDE augmentation data
- lldb::addr_t personality_loc; // (file) address of the pointer to the personality routine
- lldb_private::UnwindPlan::Row initial_row;
-
- CIE(dw_offset_t offset) : cie_offset(offset), version (-1), code_align (0),
- data_align (0), return_addr_reg_num (LLDB_INVALID_REGNUM), inst_offset (0),
- inst_length (0), ptr_encoding (0),
- lsda_addr_encoding (DW_EH_PE_omit), personality_loc (LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS),
- initial_row ()
- {
- }
- };
-
- typedef std::shared_ptr<CIE> CIESP;
-
- typedef std::map<dw_offset_t, CIESP> cie_map_t;
-
- // Start address (file address), size, offset of FDE location
- // used for finding an FDE for a given File address; the start address field is
- // an offset into an individual Module.
- typedef RangeDataVector<lldb::addr_t, uint32_t, dw_offset_t> FDEEntryMap;
-
- bool
- IsEHFrame() const;
-
- bool
- GetFDEEntryByFileAddress (lldb::addr_t file_offset, FDEEntryMap::Entry& fde_entry);
-
- void
- GetFDEIndex ();
-
- bool
- FDEToUnwindPlan (uint32_t offset, Address startaddr, UnwindPlan& unwind_plan);
-
- const CIE*
- GetCIE(dw_offset_t cie_offset);
-
- void
- GetCFIData();
-
- // Applies the specified DWARF opcode to the given row. This function handle the commands
- // operates only on a single row (these are the ones what can appear both in CIE and in FDE).
- // Returns true if the opcode is handled and false otherwise.
- bool
- HandleCommonDwarfOpcode(uint8_t primary_opcode,
- uint8_t extended_opcode,
- int32_t data_align,
- lldb::offset_t& offset,
- UnwindPlan::Row& row);
-
- ObjectFile& m_objfile;
- lldb::SectionSP m_section_sp;
- lldb::RegisterKind m_reg_kind;
- Flags m_flags;
- cie_map_t m_cie_map;
-
- DataExtractor m_cfi_data;
- bool m_cfi_data_initialized; // only copy the section into the DE once
-
- FDEEntryMap m_fde_index;
- bool m_fde_index_initialized; // only scan the section for FDEs once
- std::mutex m_fde_index_mutex; // and isolate the thread that does it
-
- bool m_is_eh_frame;
-
- CIESP
- ParseCIE (const uint32_t cie_offset);
-
+ enum { CFI_AUG_MAX_SIZE = 8, CFI_HEADER_SIZE = 8 };
+
+ struct CIE {
+ dw_offset_t cie_offset;
+ uint8_t version;
+ char augmentation[CFI_AUG_MAX_SIZE]; // This is typically empty or very
+ // short.
+ uint32_t code_align;
+ int32_t data_align;
+ uint32_t return_addr_reg_num;
+ dw_offset_t inst_offset; // offset of CIE instructions in mCFIData
+ uint32_t inst_length; // length of CIE instructions in mCFIData
+ uint8_t ptr_encoding;
+ uint8_t lsda_addr_encoding; // The encoding of the LSDA address in the FDE
+ // augmentation data
+ lldb::addr_t personality_loc; // (file) address of the pointer to the
+ // personality routine
+ lldb_private::UnwindPlan::Row initial_row;
+
+ CIE(dw_offset_t offset)
+ : cie_offset(offset), version(-1), code_align(0), data_align(0),
+ return_addr_reg_num(LLDB_INVALID_REGNUM), inst_offset(0),
+ inst_length(0), ptr_encoding(0), lsda_addr_encoding(DW_EH_PE_omit),
+ personality_loc(LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS), initial_row() {}
+ };
+
+ typedef std::shared_ptr<CIE> CIESP;
+
+ typedef std::map<dw_offset_t, CIESP> cie_map_t;
+
+ // Start address (file address), size, offset of FDE location
+ // used for finding an FDE for a given File address; the start address field
+ // is
+ // an offset into an individual Module.
+ typedef RangeDataVector<lldb::addr_t, uint32_t, dw_offset_t> FDEEntryMap;
+
+ bool IsEHFrame() const;
+
+ bool GetFDEEntryByFileAddress(lldb::addr_t file_offset,
+ FDEEntryMap::Entry &fde_entry);
+
+ void GetFDEIndex();
+
+ bool FDEToUnwindPlan(uint32_t offset, Address startaddr,
+ UnwindPlan &unwind_plan);
+
+ const CIE *GetCIE(dw_offset_t cie_offset);
+
+ void GetCFIData();
+
+ // Applies the specified DWARF opcode to the given row. This function handle
+ // the commands
+ // operates only on a single row (these are the ones what can appear both in
+ // CIE and in FDE).
+ // Returns true if the opcode is handled and false otherwise.
+ bool HandleCommonDwarfOpcode(uint8_t primary_opcode, uint8_t extended_opcode,
+ int32_t data_align, lldb::offset_t &offset,
+ UnwindPlan::Row &row);
+
+ ObjectFile &m_objfile;
+ lldb::SectionSP m_section_sp;
+ lldb::RegisterKind m_reg_kind;
+ Flags m_flags;
+ cie_map_t m_cie_map;
+
+ DataExtractor m_cfi_data;
+ bool m_cfi_data_initialized; // only copy the section into the DE once
+
+ FDEEntryMap m_fde_index;
+ bool m_fde_index_initialized; // only scan the section for FDEs once
+ std::mutex m_fde_index_mutex; // and isolate the thread that does it
+
+ bool m_is_eh_frame;
+
+ CIESP
+ ParseCIE(const uint32_t cie_offset);
};
} // namespace lldb_private
-#endif // liblldb_DWARFCallFrameInfo_h_
+#endif // liblldb_DWARFCallFrameInfo_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/DebugMacros.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/DebugMacros.h
index 24bf03a8c3b1..4d4a3273db64 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/DebugMacros.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/DebugMacros.h
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
// Other libraries and framework includes
// Project includes
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/ConstString.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
@@ -26,113 +26,75 @@ class CompileUnit;
class DebugMacros;
typedef std::shared_ptr<DebugMacros> DebugMacrosSP;
-class DebugMacroEntry
-{
+class DebugMacroEntry {
public:
- enum EntryType
- {
- INVALID,
- DEFINE,
- UNDEF,
- START_FILE,
- END_FILE,
- INDIRECT
- };
+ enum EntryType { INVALID, DEFINE, UNDEF, START_FILE, END_FILE, INDIRECT };
public:
- static DebugMacroEntry
- CreateDefineEntry(uint32_t line, const char *str);
+ static DebugMacroEntry CreateDefineEntry(uint32_t line, const char *str);
- static DebugMacroEntry
- CreateUndefEntry(uint32_t line, const char *str);
+ static DebugMacroEntry CreateUndefEntry(uint32_t line, const char *str);
- static DebugMacroEntry
- CreateStartFileEntry(uint32_t line, uint32_t debug_line_file_idx);
+ static DebugMacroEntry CreateStartFileEntry(uint32_t line,
+ uint32_t debug_line_file_idx);
- static DebugMacroEntry
- CreateEndFileEntry();
+ static DebugMacroEntry CreateEndFileEntry();
- static DebugMacroEntry
- CreateIndirectEntry(const DebugMacrosSP &debug_macros_sp);
+ static DebugMacroEntry
+ CreateIndirectEntry(const DebugMacrosSP &debug_macros_sp);
- DebugMacroEntry() : m_type(INVALID) { }
+ DebugMacroEntry() : m_type(INVALID) {}
- ~DebugMacroEntry() = default;
+ ~DebugMacroEntry() = default;
- EntryType
- GetType() const
- {
- return m_type;
- }
+ EntryType GetType() const { return m_type; }
- uint64_t
- GetLineNumber() const
- {
- return m_line;
- }
+ uint64_t GetLineNumber() const { return m_line; }
- ConstString
- GetMacroString() const
- {
- return m_str;
- }
+ ConstString GetMacroString() const { return m_str; }
- const FileSpec& GetFileSpec(CompileUnit *comp_unit) const;
+ const FileSpec &GetFileSpec(CompileUnit *comp_unit) const;
- DebugMacros *
- GetIndirectDebugMacros() const
- {
- return m_debug_macros_sp.get();
- }
+ DebugMacros *GetIndirectDebugMacros() const {
+ return m_debug_macros_sp.get();
+ }
private:
- DebugMacroEntry(EntryType type,
- uint32_t line,
- uint32_t debug_line_file_idx,
- const char *str);
-
- DebugMacroEntry(EntryType type,
- const DebugMacrosSP &debug_macros_sp);
-
- EntryType m_type:3;
- uint32_t m_line:29;
- uint32_t m_debug_line_file_idx;
- ConstString m_str;
- DebugMacrosSP m_debug_macros_sp;
+ DebugMacroEntry(EntryType type, uint32_t line, uint32_t debug_line_file_idx,
+ const char *str);
+
+ DebugMacroEntry(EntryType type, const DebugMacrosSP &debug_macros_sp);
+
+ EntryType m_type : 3;
+ uint32_t m_line : 29;
+ uint32_t m_debug_line_file_idx;
+ ConstString m_str;
+ DebugMacrosSP m_debug_macros_sp;
};
-class DebugMacros
-{
+class DebugMacros {
public:
- DebugMacros() = default;
-
- ~DebugMacros() = default;
-
- void
- AddMacroEntry(const DebugMacroEntry &entry)
- {
- m_macro_entries.push_back(entry);
- }
-
- size_t
- GetNumMacroEntries() const
- {
- return m_macro_entries.size();
- }
-
- DebugMacroEntry
- GetMacroEntryAtIndex(const size_t index) const
- {
- if (index < m_macro_entries.size())
- return m_macro_entries[index];
- else
- return DebugMacroEntry();
- }
+ DebugMacros() = default;
+
+ ~DebugMacros() = default;
+
+ void AddMacroEntry(const DebugMacroEntry &entry) {
+ m_macro_entries.push_back(entry);
+ }
+
+ size_t GetNumMacroEntries() const { return m_macro_entries.size(); }
+
+ DebugMacroEntry GetMacroEntryAtIndex(const size_t index) const {
+ if (index < m_macro_entries.size())
+ return m_macro_entries[index];
+ else
+ return DebugMacroEntry();
+ }
private:
- DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(DebugMacros);
+ DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(DebugMacros);
- std::vector<DebugMacroEntry> m_macro_entries;
+ std::vector<DebugMacroEntry> m_macro_entries;
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/DeclVendor.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/DeclVendor.h
index ffba71c9299f..5ee8b19b6ed0 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/DeclVendor.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/DeclVendor.h
@@ -15,59 +15,50 @@
#include <vector>
namespace lldb_private {
-
+
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// The Decl vendor class is intended as a generic interface to search
// for named declarations that are not necessarily backed by a specific
// symbol file.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class DeclVendor
-{
+class DeclVendor {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Constructors and Destructors
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- DeclVendor()
- {
- }
-
- virtual
- ~DeclVendor()
- {
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Look up the set of Decls that the DeclVendor currently knows about
- /// matching a given name.
- ///
- /// @param[in] name
- /// The name to look for.
- ///
- /// @param[in] append
- /// If true, FindDecls will clear "decls" when it starts.
- ///
- /// @param[in] max_matches
- /// The maximum number of Decls to return. UINT32_MAX means "as
- /// many as possible."
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of Decls added to decls; will not exceed
- /// max_matches.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual uint32_t
- FindDecls (const ConstString &name,
- bool append,
- uint32_t max_matches,
- std::vector <clang::NamedDecl*> &decls) = 0;
-
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Constructors and Destructors
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ DeclVendor() {}
+
+ virtual ~DeclVendor() {}
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Look up the set of Decls that the DeclVendor currently knows about
+ /// matching a given name.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] name
+ /// The name to look for.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] append
+ /// If true, FindDecls will clear "decls" when it starts.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] max_matches
+ /// The maximum number of Decls to return. UINT32_MAX means "as
+ /// many as possible."
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of Decls added to decls; will not exceed
+ /// max_matches.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual uint32_t FindDecls(const ConstString &name, bool append,
+ uint32_t max_matches,
+ std::vector<clang::NamedDecl *> &decls) = 0;
+
private:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // For DeclVendor only
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (DeclVendor);
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // For DeclVendor only
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(DeclVendor);
};
-
-
+
} // namespace lldb_private
#endif
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/Declaration.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/Declaration.h
index 73dede556eae..1846e2fdca82 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/Declaration.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/Declaration.h
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
#ifndef liblldb_Declaration_h_
#define liblldb_Declaration_h_
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Host/FileSpec.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
@@ -25,254 +25,216 @@ namespace lldb_private {
/// functions, types, variables, any many other debug core objects were
/// declared.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class Declaration
-{
+class Declaration {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Default constructor.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Declaration () :
- m_file (),
- m_line (0)
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Default constructor.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Declaration()
+ : m_file(), m_line(0)
#ifdef LLDB_ENABLE_DECLARATION_COLUMNS
- ,m_column (0)
+ ,
+ m_column(0)
#endif
- {
- }
-
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with file specification, and optional line and column.
- ///
- /// @param[in] file_spec
- /// The file specification that describes where this was
- /// declared.
- ///
- /// @param[in] line
- /// The line number that describes where this was declared. Set
- /// to zero if there is no line number information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] column
- /// The column number that describes where this was declared.
- /// Set to zero if there is no column number information.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Declaration (const FileSpec& file_spec, uint32_t line = 0, uint32_t column = 0) :
- m_file (file_spec),
- m_line (line)
+ {
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with file specification, and optional line and column.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] file_spec
+ /// The file specification that describes where this was
+ /// declared.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] line
+ /// The line number that describes where this was declared. Set
+ /// to zero if there is no line number information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] column
+ /// The column number that describes where this was declared.
+ /// Set to zero if there is no column number information.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Declaration(const FileSpec &file_spec, uint32_t line = 0, uint32_t column = 0)
+ : m_file(file_spec), m_line(line)
#ifdef LLDB_ENABLE_DECLARATION_COLUMNS
- ,m_column (column)
+ ,
+ m_column(column)
#endif
- {
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with a reference to another Declaration object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Declaration (const Declaration& rhs) :
- m_file (rhs.m_file),
- m_line (rhs.m_line)
+ {
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with a reference to another Declaration object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Declaration(const Declaration &rhs)
+ : m_file(rhs.m_file), m_line(rhs.m_line)
#ifdef LLDB_ENABLE_DECLARATION_COLUMNS
- ,m_column (rhs.m_column)
+ ,
+ m_column(rhs.m_column)
#endif
- {
-
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with a pointer to another Declaration object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Declaration(const Declaration* decl_ptr) :
- m_file(),
- m_line(0)
+ {
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with a pointer to another Declaration object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Declaration(const Declaration *decl_ptr)
+ : m_file(), m_line(0)
#ifdef LLDB_ENABLE_DECLARATION_COLUMNS
- ,m_column(0)
+ ,
+ m_column(0)
#endif
- {
- if (decl_ptr)
- *this = *decl_ptr;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Clear the object's state.
- ///
- /// Sets the file specification to be empty, and the line and column
- /// to zero.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Clear ()
- {
- m_file.Clear();
- m_line= 0;
+ {
+ if (decl_ptr)
+ *this = *decl_ptr;
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Clear the object's state.
+ ///
+ /// Sets the file specification to be empty, and the line and column
+ /// to zero.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Clear() {
+ m_file.Clear();
+ m_line = 0;
#ifdef LLDB_ENABLE_DECLARATION_COLUMNS
- m_column = 0;
+ m_column = 0;
#endif
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Compare two declaration objects.
- ///
- /// Compares the two file specifications from \a lhs and \a rhs. If
- /// the file specifications are equal, then continue to compare the
- /// line number and column numbers respectively.
- ///
- /// @param[in] lhs
- /// The Left Hand Side const Declaration object reference.
- ///
- /// @param[in] rhs
- /// The Right Hand Side const Declaration object reference.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// @li -1 if lhs < rhs
- /// @li 0 if lhs == rhs
- /// @li 1 if lhs > rhs
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static int
- Compare (const Declaration& lhs, const Declaration& rhs);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
- ///
- /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
- /// supplied stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Dump (Stream *s, bool show_fullpaths) const;
-
- bool
- DumpStopContext (Stream *s, bool show_fullpaths) const;
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the declaration column number.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Non-zero indicates a valid column number, zero indicates no
- /// column information is available.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- uint32_t
- GetColumn () const
- {
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Compare two declaration objects.
+ ///
+ /// Compares the two file specifications from \a lhs and \a rhs. If
+ /// the file specifications are equal, then continue to compare the
+ /// line number and column numbers respectively.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] lhs
+ /// The Left Hand Side const Declaration object reference.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] rhs
+ /// The Right Hand Side const Declaration object reference.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// @li -1 if lhs < rhs
+ /// @li 0 if lhs == rhs
+ /// @li 1 if lhs > rhs
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static int Compare(const Declaration &lhs, const Declaration &rhs);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
+ ///
+ /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
+ /// supplied stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Dump(Stream *s, bool show_fullpaths) const;
+
+ bool DumpStopContext(Stream *s, bool show_fullpaths) const;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the declaration column number.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Non-zero indicates a valid column number, zero indicates no
+ /// column information is available.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t GetColumn() const {
#ifdef LLDB_ENABLE_DECLARATION_COLUMNS
- return m_column;
+ return m_column;
#else
- return 0;
+ return 0;
#endif
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for file specification.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A reference to the file specification object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- FileSpec&
- GetFile ()
- {
- return m_file;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get const accessor for file specification.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const reference to the file specification object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- const FileSpec&
- GetFile () const
- {
- return m_file;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the declaration line number.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Non-zero indicates a valid line number, zero indicates no
- /// line information is available.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- uint32_t
- GetLine () const
- {
- return m_line;
- }
-
-
- bool
- IsValid() const
- {
- return m_file && m_line != 0;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the memory cost of this object.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of bytes that this object occupies in memory.
- /// The returned value does not include the bytes for any
- /// shared string values.
- ///
- /// @see ConstString::StaticMemorySize ()
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- size_t
- MemorySize () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Set accessor for the declaration column number.
- ///
- /// @param[in] column
- /// Non-zero indicates a valid column number, zero indicates no
- /// column information is available.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- SetColumn (uint32_t column)
- {
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for file specification.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A reference to the file specification object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ FileSpec &GetFile() { return m_file; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get const accessor for file specification.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const reference to the file specification object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ const FileSpec &GetFile() const { return m_file; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the declaration line number.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Non-zero indicates a valid line number, zero indicates no
+ /// line information is available.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t GetLine() const { return m_line; }
+
+ bool IsValid() const { return m_file && m_line != 0; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the memory cost of this object.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of bytes that this object occupies in memory.
+ /// The returned value does not include the bytes for any
+ /// shared string values.
+ ///
+ /// @see ConstString::StaticMemorySize ()
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ size_t MemorySize() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Set accessor for the declaration column number.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] column
+ /// Non-zero indicates a valid column number, zero indicates no
+ /// column information is available.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void SetColumn(uint32_t column) {
#ifdef LLDB_ENABLE_DECLARATION_COLUMNS
- m_column = col;
+ m_column = col;
#endif
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Set accessor for the declaration file specification.
- ///
- /// @param[in] file_spec
- /// The new declaration file specification.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- SetFile (const FileSpec& file_spec)
- {
- m_file = file_spec;
- }
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Set accessor for the declaration file specification.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] file_spec
+ /// The new declaration file specification.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void SetFile(const FileSpec &file_spec) { m_file = file_spec; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Set accessor for the declaration line number.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] line
+ /// Non-zero indicates a valid line number, zero indicates no
+ /// line information is available.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void SetLine(uint32_t line) { m_line = line; }
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Set accessor for the declaration line number.
- ///
- /// @param[in] line
- /// Non-zero indicates a valid line number, zero indicates no
- /// line information is available.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- SetLine (uint32_t line)
- {
- m_line = line;
- }
protected:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- FileSpec m_file; ///< The file specification that points to the
- ///< source file where the declaration occurred.
- uint32_t m_line; ///< Non-zero values indicates a valid line number,
- ///< zero indicates no line number information is available.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Member variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ FileSpec m_file; ///< The file specification that points to the
+ ///< source file where the declaration occurred.
+ uint32_t m_line; ///< Non-zero values indicates a valid line number,
+ ///< zero indicates no line number information is available.
#ifdef LLDB_ENABLE_DECLARATION_COLUMNS
- uint32_t m_column; ///< Non-zero values indicates a valid column number,
- ///< zero indicates no column information is available.
+ uint32_t m_column; ///< Non-zero values indicates a valid column number,
+ ///< zero indicates no column information is available.
#endif
};
-bool
-operator == (const Declaration &lhs, const Declaration &rhs);
+bool operator==(const Declaration &lhs, const Declaration &rhs);
} // namespace lldb_private
-#endif // liblldb_Declaration_h_
+#endif // liblldb_Declaration_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/FuncUnwinders.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/FuncUnwinders.h
index 6d5991cc2b33..a5b9b801e033 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/FuncUnwinders.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/FuncUnwinders.h
@@ -5,157 +5,152 @@
#include <vector>
#include "lldb/Core/AddressRange.h"
-#include "lldb/Core/ArchSpec.h"
#include "lldb/Core/AddressRange.h"
+#include "lldb/Core/ArchSpec.h"
namespace lldb_private {
class UnwindTable;
-class FuncUnwinders
-{
+class FuncUnwinders {
public:
- // FuncUnwinders objects are used to track UnwindPlans for a function
- // (named or not - really just an address range)
-
- // We'll record four different UnwindPlans for each address range:
- //
- // 1. Unwinding from a call site (a valid exception throw location)
- // This is often sourced from the eh_frame exception handling info
- // 2. Unwinding from a non-call site (any location in the function)
- // This is often done by analyzing the function prologue assembly
- // language instructions
- // 3. A fast unwind method for this function which only retrieves a
- // limited set of registers necessary to walk the stack
- // 4. An architectural default unwind plan when none of the above are
- // available for some reason.
+ // FuncUnwinders objects are used to track UnwindPlans for a function
+ // (named or not - really just an address range)
- // Additionally, FuncUnwinds object can be asked where the prologue
- // instructions are finished for migrating breakpoints past the
- // stack frame setup instructions when we don't have line table information.
+ // We'll record four different UnwindPlans for each address range:
+ //
+ // 1. Unwinding from a call site (a valid exception throw location)
+ // This is often sourced from the eh_frame exception handling info
+ // 2. Unwinding from a non-call site (any location in the function)
+ // This is often done by analyzing the function prologue assembly
+ // language instructions
+ // 3. A fast unwind method for this function which only retrieves a
+ // limited set of registers necessary to walk the stack
+ // 4. An architectural default unwind plan when none of the above are
+ // available for some reason.
- FuncUnwinders (lldb_private::UnwindTable& unwind_table, AddressRange range);
+ // Additionally, FuncUnwinds object can be asked where the prologue
+ // instructions are finished for migrating breakpoints past the
+ // stack frame setup instructions when we don't have line table information.
- ~FuncUnwinders ();
+ FuncUnwinders(lldb_private::UnwindTable &unwind_table, AddressRange range);
- // current_offset is the byte offset into the function.
- // 0 means no instructions have executed yet. -1 means the offset is unknown.
- // On architectures where the pc points to the next instruction that will execute, this
- // offset value will have already been decremented by 1 to stay within the bounds of the
- // correct function body.
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetUnwindPlanAtCallSite (Target &target, int current_offset);
+ ~FuncUnwinders();
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetUnwindPlanAtNonCallSite (Target& target, lldb_private::Thread& thread, int current_offset);
+ // current_offset is the byte offset into the function.
+ // 0 means no instructions have executed yet. -1 means the offset is unknown.
+ // On architectures where the pc points to the next instruction that will
+ // execute, this
+ // offset value will have already been decremented by 1 to stay within the
+ // bounds of the
+ // correct function body.
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP GetUnwindPlanAtCallSite(Target &target,
+ int current_offset);
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetUnwindPlanFastUnwind (Target& target, lldb_private::Thread& thread);
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP GetUnwindPlanAtNonCallSite(Target &target,
+ lldb_private::Thread &thread,
+ int current_offset);
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetUnwindPlanArchitectureDefault (lldb_private::Thread& thread);
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP GetUnwindPlanFastUnwind(Target &target,
+ lldb_private::Thread &thread);
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetUnwindPlanArchitectureDefaultAtFunctionEntry (lldb_private::Thread& thread);
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP
+ GetUnwindPlanArchitectureDefault(lldb_private::Thread &thread);
- Address&
- GetFirstNonPrologueInsn (Target& target);
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP
+ GetUnwindPlanArchitectureDefaultAtFunctionEntry(lldb_private::Thread &thread);
- const Address&
- GetFunctionStartAddress () const;
+ Address &GetFirstNonPrologueInsn(Target &target);
- bool
- ContainsAddress (const Address& addr) const
- {
- return m_range.ContainsFileAddress (addr);
- }
+ const Address &GetFunctionStartAddress() const;
- // A function may have a Language Specific Data Area specified -- a block of data in
- // the object file which is used in the processing of an exception throw / catch.
- // If any of the UnwindPlans have the address of the LSDA region for this function,
- // this will return it.
- Address
- GetLSDAAddress (Target &target);
+ bool ContainsAddress(const Address &addr) const {
+ return m_range.ContainsFileAddress(addr);
+ }
- // A function may have a Personality Routine associated with it -- used in the
- // processing of throwing an exception. If any of the UnwindPlans have the
- // address of the personality routine, this will return it. Read the target-pointer
- // at this address to get the personality function address.
- Address
- GetPersonalityRoutinePtrAddress (Target &target);
+ // A function may have a Language Specific Data Area specified -- a block of
+ // data in
+ // the object file which is used in the processing of an exception throw /
+ // catch.
+ // If any of the UnwindPlans have the address of the LSDA region for this
+ // function,
+ // this will return it.
+ Address GetLSDAAddress(Target &target);
+ // A function may have a Personality Routine associated with it -- used in the
+ // processing of throwing an exception. If any of the UnwindPlans have the
+ // address of the personality routine, this will return it. Read the
+ // target-pointer
+ // at this address to get the personality function address.
+ Address GetPersonalityRoutinePtrAddress(Target &target);
+ // The following methods to retrieve specific unwind plans should rarely be
+ // used.
+ // Instead, clients should ask for the *behavior* they are looking for, using
+ // one
+ // of the above UnwindPlan retrieval methods.
- // The following methods to retrieve specific unwind plans should rarely be used.
- // Instead, clients should ask for the *behavior* they are looking for, using one
- // of the above UnwindPlan retrieval methods.
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP GetAssemblyUnwindPlan(Target &target, Thread &thread,
+ int current_offset);
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetAssemblyUnwindPlan (Target &target, Thread &thread, int current_offset);
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP GetEHFrameUnwindPlan(Target &target, int current_offset);
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetEHFrameUnwindPlan (Target &target, int current_offset);
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP GetEHFrameAugmentedUnwindPlan(Target &target,
+ Thread &thread,
+ int current_offset);
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetEHFrameAugmentedUnwindPlan (Target &target, Thread &thread, int current_offset);
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP GetCompactUnwindUnwindPlan(Target &target,
+ int current_offset);
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetCompactUnwindUnwindPlan (Target &target, int current_offset);
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP GetArmUnwindUnwindPlan(Target &target, int current_offset);
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetArmUnwindUnwindPlan (Target &target, int current_offset);
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP GetArchDefaultUnwindPlan(Thread &thread);
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetArchDefaultUnwindPlan (Thread &thread);
-
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP
- GetArchDefaultAtFuncEntryUnwindPlan (Thread &thread);
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP GetArchDefaultAtFuncEntryUnwindPlan(Thread &thread);
private:
-
- lldb::UnwindAssemblySP
- GetUnwindAssemblyProfiler (Target& target);
-
- // Do a simplistic comparison for the register restore rule for getting
- // the caller's pc value on two UnwindPlans -- returns LazyBoolYes if
- // they have the same unwind rule for the pc, LazyBoolNo if they do not
- // have the same unwind rule for the pc, and LazyBoolCalculate if it was
- // unable to determine this for some reason.
- lldb_private::LazyBool
- CompareUnwindPlansForIdenticalInitialPCLocation (Thread& thread, const lldb::UnwindPlanSP &a, const lldb::UnwindPlanSP &b);
-
- UnwindTable& m_unwind_table;
- AddressRange m_range;
-
- std::recursive_mutex m_mutex;
-
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_assembly_sp;
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_eh_frame_sp;
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_eh_frame_augmented_sp; // augmented by assembly inspection so it's valid everywhere
- std::vector<lldb::UnwindPlanSP> m_unwind_plan_compact_unwind;
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_arm_unwind_sp;
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_fast_sp;
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_arch_default_sp;
- lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_arch_default_at_func_entry_sp;
-
- // Fetching the UnwindPlans can be expensive - if we've already attempted
- // to get one & failed, don't try again.
- bool m_tried_unwind_plan_assembly:1,
- m_tried_unwind_plan_eh_frame:1,
- m_tried_unwind_plan_eh_frame_augmented:1,
- m_tried_unwind_plan_compact_unwind:1,
- m_tried_unwind_plan_arm_unwind:1,
- m_tried_unwind_fast:1,
- m_tried_unwind_arch_default:1,
- m_tried_unwind_arch_default_at_func_entry:1;
-
- Address m_first_non_prologue_insn;
-
- DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (FuncUnwinders);
+ lldb::UnwindAssemblySP GetUnwindAssemblyProfiler(Target &target);
+
+ // Do a simplistic comparison for the register restore rule for getting
+ // the caller's pc value on two UnwindPlans -- returns LazyBoolYes if
+ // they have the same unwind rule for the pc, LazyBoolNo if they do not
+ // have the same unwind rule for the pc, and LazyBoolCalculate if it was
+ // unable to determine this for some reason.
+ lldb_private::LazyBool CompareUnwindPlansForIdenticalInitialPCLocation(
+ Thread &thread, const lldb::UnwindPlanSP &a, const lldb::UnwindPlanSP &b);
+
+ UnwindTable &m_unwind_table;
+ AddressRange m_range;
+
+ std::recursive_mutex m_mutex;
+
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_assembly_sp;
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_eh_frame_sp;
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_eh_frame_augmented_sp; // augmented by
+ // assembly inspection
+ // so it's valid
+ // everywhere
+ std::vector<lldb::UnwindPlanSP> m_unwind_plan_compact_unwind;
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_arm_unwind_sp;
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_fast_sp;
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_arch_default_sp;
+ lldb::UnwindPlanSP m_unwind_plan_arch_default_at_func_entry_sp;
+
+ // Fetching the UnwindPlans can be expensive - if we've already attempted
+ // to get one & failed, don't try again.
+ bool m_tried_unwind_plan_assembly : 1, m_tried_unwind_plan_eh_frame : 1,
+ m_tried_unwind_plan_eh_frame_augmented : 1,
+ m_tried_unwind_plan_compact_unwind : 1,
+ m_tried_unwind_plan_arm_unwind : 1, m_tried_unwind_fast : 1,
+ m_tried_unwind_arch_default : 1,
+ m_tried_unwind_arch_default_at_func_entry : 1;
+
+ Address m_first_non_prologue_insn;
+
+ DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(FuncUnwinders);
}; // class FuncUnwinders
} // namespace lldb_private
-
-#endif //liblldb_FuncUnwinders_h
+#endif // liblldb_FuncUnwinders_h
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/Function.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/Function.h
index 9892d620ce47..232d0790f492 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/Function.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/Function.h
@@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
#define liblldb_Function_h_
#include "lldb/Core/AddressRange.h"
-#include "lldb/Symbol/Block.h"
-#include "lldb/Symbol/Declaration.h"
-#include "lldb/Expression/DWARFExpression.h"
#include "lldb/Core/Mangled.h"
#include "lldb/Core/UserID.h"
+#include "lldb/Expression/DWARFExpression.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/Block.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/Declaration.h"
namespace lldb_private {
@@ -26,281 +26,268 @@ namespace lldb_private {
/// This provides generic function information that gets reused between
/// inline functions and function types.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class FunctionInfo
-{
+class FunctionInfo {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with the function method name and optional declaration
- /// information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] name
- /// A C string name for the method name for this function. This
- /// value should not be the mangled named, but the simple method
- /// name.
- ///
- /// @param[in] decl_ptr
- /// Optional declaration information that describes where the
- /// function was declared. This can be NULL.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- FunctionInfo (const char *name, const Declaration *decl_ptr);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with the function method name and optional declaration
- /// information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] name
- /// A name for the method name for this function. This value
- /// should not be the mangled named, but the simple method name.
- ///
- /// @param[in] decl_ptr
- /// Optional declaration information that describes where the
- /// function was declared. This can be NULL.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- FunctionInfo (const ConstString& name, const Declaration *decl_ptr);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Destructor.
- ///
- /// The destructor is virtual since classes inherit from this class.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual
- ~FunctionInfo ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Compare two function information objects.
- ///
- /// First compares the method names, and if equal, then compares
- /// the declaration information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] lhs
- /// The Left Hand Side const FunctionInfo object reference.
- ///
- /// @param[in] rhs
- /// The Right Hand Side const FunctionInfo object reference.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// @li -1 if lhs < rhs
- /// @li 0 if lhs == rhs
- /// @li 1 if lhs > rhs
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static int
- Compare (const FunctionInfo& lhs, const FunctionInfo& rhs);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
- ///
- /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
- /// supplied stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Dump (Stream *s, bool show_fullpaths) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the declaration information.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A reference to the declaration object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Declaration&
- GetDeclaration ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get const accessor for the declaration information.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const reference to the declaration object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- const Declaration&
- GetDeclaration () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the method name.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const reference to the method name object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ConstString
- GetName () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the memory cost of this object.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of bytes that this object occupies in memory.
- /// The returned value does not include the bytes for any
- /// shared string values.
- ///
- /// @see ConstString::StaticMemorySize ()
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual size_t
- MemorySize () const;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with the function method name and optional declaration
+ /// information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] name
+ /// A C string name for the method name for this function. This
+ /// value should not be the mangled named, but the simple method
+ /// name.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] decl_ptr
+ /// Optional declaration information that describes where the
+ /// function was declared. This can be NULL.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ FunctionInfo(const char *name, const Declaration *decl_ptr);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with the function method name and optional declaration
+ /// information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] name
+ /// A name for the method name for this function. This value
+ /// should not be the mangled named, but the simple method name.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] decl_ptr
+ /// Optional declaration information that describes where the
+ /// function was declared. This can be NULL.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ FunctionInfo(const ConstString &name, const Declaration *decl_ptr);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Destructor.
+ ///
+ /// The destructor is virtual since classes inherit from this class.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual ~FunctionInfo();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Compare two function information objects.
+ ///
+ /// First compares the method names, and if equal, then compares
+ /// the declaration information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] lhs
+ /// The Left Hand Side const FunctionInfo object reference.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] rhs
+ /// The Right Hand Side const FunctionInfo object reference.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// @li -1 if lhs < rhs
+ /// @li 0 if lhs == rhs
+ /// @li 1 if lhs > rhs
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static int Compare(const FunctionInfo &lhs, const FunctionInfo &rhs);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
+ ///
+ /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
+ /// supplied stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Dump(Stream *s, bool show_fullpaths) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the declaration information.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A reference to the declaration object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Declaration &GetDeclaration();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get const accessor for the declaration information.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const reference to the declaration object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ const Declaration &GetDeclaration() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the method name.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const reference to the method name object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ConstString GetName() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the memory cost of this object.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of bytes that this object occupies in memory.
+ /// The returned value does not include the bytes for any
+ /// shared string values.
+ ///
+ /// @see ConstString::StaticMemorySize ()
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual size_t MemorySize() const;
protected:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ConstString m_name; ///< Function method name (not a mangled name).
- Declaration m_declaration; ///< Information describing where this function information was defined.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ConstString m_name; ///< Function method name (not a mangled name).
+ Declaration m_declaration; ///< Information describing where this function
+ ///information was defined.
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
/// @class InlineFunctionInfo Function.h "lldb/Symbol/Function.h"
/// @brief A class that describes information for an inlined function.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class InlineFunctionInfo : public FunctionInfo
-{
+class InlineFunctionInfo : public FunctionInfo {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with the function method name, mangled name, and
- /// optional declaration information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] name
- /// A C string name for the method name for this function. This
- /// value should not be the mangled named, but the simple method
- /// name.
- ///
- /// @param[in] mangled
- /// A C string name for the mangled name for this function. This
- /// value can be NULL if there is no mangled information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] decl_ptr
- /// Optional declaration information that describes where the
- /// function was declared. This can be NULL.
- ///
- /// @param[in] call_decl_ptr
- /// Optional calling location declaration information that
- /// describes from where this inlined function was called.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- InlineFunctionInfo(const char *name, const char *mangled, const Declaration *decl_ptr, const Declaration *call_decl_ptr);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with the function method name, mangled name, and
- /// optional declaration information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] name
- /// A name for the method name for this function. This value
- /// should not be the mangled named, but the simple method name.
- ///
- /// @param[in] mangled
- /// A name for the mangled name for this function. This value
- /// can be empty if there is no mangled information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] decl_ptr
- /// Optional declaration information that describes where the
- /// function was declared. This can be NULL.
- ///
- /// @param[in] call_decl_ptr
- /// Optional calling location declaration information that
- /// describes from where this inlined function was called.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- InlineFunctionInfo(const ConstString& name, const Mangled &mangled, const Declaration *decl_ptr, const Declaration *call_decl_ptr);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Destructor.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ~InlineFunctionInfo() override;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Compare two inlined function information objects.
- ///
- /// First compares the FunctionInfo objects, and if equal,
- /// compares the mangled names.
- ///
- /// @param[in] lhs
- /// The Left Hand Side const InlineFunctionInfo object
- /// reference.
- ///
- /// @param[in] rhs
- /// The Right Hand Side const InlineFunctionInfo object
- /// reference.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// @li -1 if lhs < rhs
- /// @li 0 if lhs == rhs
- /// @li 1 if lhs > rhs
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- int
- Compare(const InlineFunctionInfo& lhs, const InlineFunctionInfo& rhs);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
- ///
- /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
- /// supplied stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Dump(Stream *s, bool show_fullpaths) const;
-
- void
- DumpStopContext (Stream *s, lldb::LanguageType language) const;
-
- ConstString
- GetName (lldb::LanguageType language) const;
-
- ConstString
- GetDisplayName (lldb::LanguageType language) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the call site declaration information.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A reference to the declaration object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Declaration&
- GetCallSite ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get const accessor for the call site declaration information.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const reference to the declaration object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- const Declaration&
- GetCallSite () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the mangled name object.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A reference to the mangled name object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Mangled&
- GetMangled();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get const accessor for the mangled name object.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const reference to the mangled name object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- const Mangled&
- GetMangled() const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the memory cost of this object.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of bytes that this object occupies in memory.
- /// The returned value does not include the bytes for any
- /// shared string values.
- ///
- /// @see ConstString::StaticMemorySize ()
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- size_t
- MemorySize() const override;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with the function method name, mangled name, and
+ /// optional declaration information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] name
+ /// A C string name for the method name for this function. This
+ /// value should not be the mangled named, but the simple method
+ /// name.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] mangled
+ /// A C string name for the mangled name for this function. This
+ /// value can be NULL if there is no mangled information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] decl_ptr
+ /// Optional declaration information that describes where the
+ /// function was declared. This can be NULL.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] call_decl_ptr
+ /// Optional calling location declaration information that
+ /// describes from where this inlined function was called.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ InlineFunctionInfo(const char *name, const char *mangled,
+ const Declaration *decl_ptr,
+ const Declaration *call_decl_ptr);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with the function method name, mangled name, and
+ /// optional declaration information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] name
+ /// A name for the method name for this function. This value
+ /// should not be the mangled named, but the simple method name.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] mangled
+ /// A name for the mangled name for this function. This value
+ /// can be empty if there is no mangled information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] decl_ptr
+ /// Optional declaration information that describes where the
+ /// function was declared. This can be NULL.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] call_decl_ptr
+ /// Optional calling location declaration information that
+ /// describes from where this inlined function was called.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ InlineFunctionInfo(const ConstString &name, const Mangled &mangled,
+ const Declaration *decl_ptr,
+ const Declaration *call_decl_ptr);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Destructor.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ~InlineFunctionInfo() override;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Compare two inlined function information objects.
+ ///
+ /// First compares the FunctionInfo objects, and if equal,
+ /// compares the mangled names.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] lhs
+ /// The Left Hand Side const InlineFunctionInfo object
+ /// reference.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] rhs
+ /// The Right Hand Side const InlineFunctionInfo object
+ /// reference.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// @li -1 if lhs < rhs
+ /// @li 0 if lhs == rhs
+ /// @li 1 if lhs > rhs
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ int Compare(const InlineFunctionInfo &lhs, const InlineFunctionInfo &rhs);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
+ ///
+ /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
+ /// supplied stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Dump(Stream *s, bool show_fullpaths) const;
+
+ void DumpStopContext(Stream *s, lldb::LanguageType language) const;
+
+ ConstString GetName(lldb::LanguageType language) const;
+
+ ConstString GetDisplayName(lldb::LanguageType language) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the call site declaration information.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A reference to the declaration object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Declaration &GetCallSite();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get const accessor for the call site declaration information.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const reference to the declaration object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ const Declaration &GetCallSite() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the mangled name object.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A reference to the mangled name object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Mangled &GetMangled();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get const accessor for the mangled name object.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const reference to the mangled name object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ const Mangled &GetMangled() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the memory cost of this object.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of bytes that this object occupies in memory.
+ /// The returned value does not include the bytes for any
+ /// shared string values.
+ ///
+ /// @see ConstString::StaticMemorySize ()
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ size_t MemorySize() const override;
private:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Mangled m_mangled; ///< Mangled inlined function name (can be empty if there is no mangled information).
- Declaration m_call_decl;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Mangled m_mangled; ///< Mangled inlined function name (can be empty if there
+ ///is no mangled information).
+ Declaration m_call_decl;
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -327,369 +314,321 @@ private:
/// The concrete information is the address range information and
/// specific locations for an instance of this function.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class Function :
- public UserID,
- public SymbolContextScope
-{
+class Function : public UserID, public SymbolContextScope {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with a compile unit, function UID, function type UID,
- /// optional mangled name, function type, and a section offset
- /// based address range.
- ///
- /// @param[in] comp_unit
- /// The compile unit to which this function belongs.
- ///
- /// @param[in] func_uid
- /// The UID for this function. This value is provided by the
- /// SymbolFile plug-in and can be any value that allows
- /// the plug-in to quickly find and parse more detailed
- /// information when and if more information is needed.
- ///
- /// @param[in] func_type_uid
- /// The type UID for the function Type to allow for lazy type
- /// parsing from the debug information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] mangled
- /// The optional mangled name for this function. If empty, there
- /// is no mangled information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] func_type
- /// The optional function type. If NULL, the function type will
- /// be parsed on demand when accessed using the
- /// Function::GetType() function by asking the SymbolFile
- /// plug-in to get the type for \a func_type_uid.
- ///
- /// @param[in] range
- /// The section offset based address for this function.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function (
- CompileUnit *comp_unit,
- lldb::user_id_t func_uid,
- lldb::user_id_t func_type_uid,
- const Mangled &mangled,
- Type * func_type,
- const AddressRange& range);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with a compile unit, function UID, function type UID,
- /// optional mangled name, function type, and a section offset
- /// based address range.
- ///
- /// @param[in] comp_unit
- /// The compile unit to which this function belongs.
- ///
- /// @param[in] func_uid
- /// The UID for this function. This value is provided by the
- /// SymbolFile plug-in and can be any value that allows
- /// the plug-in to quickly find and parse more detailed
- /// information when and if more information is needed.
- ///
- /// @param[in] func_type_uid
- /// The type UID for the function Type to allow for lazy type
- /// parsing from the debug information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] mangled
- /// The optional mangled name for this function. If empty, there
- /// is no mangled information.
- ///
- /// @param[in] func_type
- /// The optional function type. If NULL, the function type will
- /// be parsed on demand when accessed using the
- /// Function::GetType() function by asking the SymbolFile
- /// plug-in to get the type for \a func_type_uid.
- ///
- /// @param[in] range
- /// The section offset based address for this function.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function (
- CompileUnit *comp_unit,
- lldb::user_id_t func_uid,
- lldb::user_id_t func_type_uid,
- const char *mangled,
- Type * func_type,
- const AddressRange& range);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Destructor.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ~Function() override;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext*)
- ///
- /// @see SymbolContextScope
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext* sc) override;
-
- lldb::ModuleSP
- CalculateSymbolContextModule() override;
-
- CompileUnit *
- CalculateSymbolContextCompileUnit() override;
-
- Function *
- CalculateSymbolContextFunction() override;
-
- const AddressRange &
- GetAddressRange()
- {
- return m_range;
- }
-
- lldb::LanguageType
- GetLanguage() const;
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Find the file and line number of the source location of the start
- /// of the function. This will use the declaration if present and fall
- /// back on the line table if that fails. So there may NOT be a line
- /// table entry for this source file/line combo.
- ///
- /// @param[out] source_file
- /// The source file.
- ///
- /// @param[out] line_no
- /// The line number.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- GetStartLineSourceInfo (FileSpec &source_file, uint32_t &line_no);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Find the file and line number of the source location of the end
- /// of the function.
- ///
- ///
- /// @param[out] source_file
- /// The source file.
- ///
- /// @param[out] line_no
- /// The line number.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- GetEndLineSourceInfo (FileSpec &source_file, uint32_t &line_no);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the block list.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The block list object that describes all lexical blocks
- /// in the function.
- ///
- /// @see BlockList
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Block&
- GetBlock (bool can_create);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the compile unit that owns this function.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A compile unit object pointer.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompileUnit*
- GetCompileUnit();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get const accessor for the compile unit that owns this function.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const compile unit object pointer.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- const CompileUnit*
- GetCompileUnit() const;
-
- void
- GetDescription(Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level, Target *target);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the frame base location.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A location expression that describes the function frame
- /// base.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- DWARFExpression &
- GetFrameBaseExpression()
- {
- return m_frame_base;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get const accessor for the frame base location.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const compile unit object pointer.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- const DWARFExpression &
- GetFrameBaseExpression() const
- {
- return m_frame_base;
- }
-
- ConstString
- GetName() const;
-
- ConstString
- GetNameNoArguments () const;
-
- ConstString
- GetDisplayName () const;
-
- const Mangled &
- GetMangled() const
- {
- return m_mangled;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the DeclContext for this function, if available.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The DeclContext, or NULL if none exists.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerDeclContext
- GetDeclContext();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the type that describes the function
- /// return value type, and parameter types.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A type object pointer.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Type*
- GetType();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get const accessor for the type that describes the function
- /// return value type, and parameter types.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const type object pointer.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- const Type*
- GetType() const;
-
- CompilerType
- GetCompilerType ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the size of the prologue instructions for this function. The "prologue"
- /// instructions include any instructions given line number 0 immediately following
- /// the prologue end.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The size of the prologue.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- uint32_t
- GetPrologueByteSize ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
- ///
- /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
- /// supplied stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- ///
- /// @param[in] show_context
- /// If \b true, variables will dump their symbol context
- /// information.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Dump(Stream *s, bool show_context) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::DumpSymbolContext(Stream*)
- ///
- /// @see SymbolContextScope
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- DumpSymbolContext(Stream *s) override;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the memory cost of this object.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of bytes that this object occupies in memory.
- /// The returned value does not include the bytes for any
- /// shared string values.
- ///
- /// @see ConstString::StaticMemorySize ()
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- size_t
- MemorySize () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get whether compiler optimizations were enabled for this function
- ///
- /// The debug information may provide information about whether this
- /// function was compiled with optimization or not. In this case,
- /// "optimized" means that the debug experience may be difficult
- /// for the user to understand. Variables may not be available when
- /// the developer would expect them, stepping through the source lines
- /// in the function may appear strange, etc.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns 'true' if this function was compiled with
- /// optimization. 'false' indicates that either the optimization
- /// is unknown, or this function was built without optimization.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- GetIsOptimized ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get whether this function represents a 'top-level' function
- ///
- /// The concept of a top-level function is language-specific, mostly
- /// meant to represent the notion of scripting-style code that has
- /// global visibility of the variables/symbols/functions/...
- /// defined within the containing file/module
- ///
- /// If stopped in a top-level function, LLDB will expose global variables
- /// as-if locals in the 'frame variable' command
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns 'true' if this function is a top-level function,
- /// 'false' otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- IsTopLevelFunction ();
-
- lldb::DisassemblerSP
- GetInstructions (const ExecutionContext &exe_ctx,
- const char *flavor,
- bool prefer_file_cache);
-
- bool
- GetDisassembly (const ExecutionContext &exe_ctx,
- const char *flavor,
- bool prefer_file_cache,
- Stream &strm);
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with a compile unit, function UID, function type UID,
+ /// optional mangled name, function type, and a section offset
+ /// based address range.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] comp_unit
+ /// The compile unit to which this function belongs.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] func_uid
+ /// The UID for this function. This value is provided by the
+ /// SymbolFile plug-in and can be any value that allows
+ /// the plug-in to quickly find and parse more detailed
+ /// information when and if more information is needed.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] func_type_uid
+ /// The type UID for the function Type to allow for lazy type
+ /// parsing from the debug information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] mangled
+ /// The optional mangled name for this function. If empty, there
+ /// is no mangled information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] func_type
+ /// The optional function type. If NULL, the function type will
+ /// be parsed on demand when accessed using the
+ /// Function::GetType() function by asking the SymbolFile
+ /// plug-in to get the type for \a func_type_uid.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] range
+ /// The section offset based address for this function.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Function(CompileUnit *comp_unit, lldb::user_id_t func_uid,
+ lldb::user_id_t func_type_uid, const Mangled &mangled,
+ Type *func_type, const AddressRange &range);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with a compile unit, function UID, function type UID,
+ /// optional mangled name, function type, and a section offset
+ /// based address range.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] comp_unit
+ /// The compile unit to which this function belongs.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] func_uid
+ /// The UID for this function. This value is provided by the
+ /// SymbolFile plug-in and can be any value that allows
+ /// the plug-in to quickly find and parse more detailed
+ /// information when and if more information is needed.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] func_type_uid
+ /// The type UID for the function Type to allow for lazy type
+ /// parsing from the debug information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] mangled
+ /// The optional mangled name for this function. If empty, there
+ /// is no mangled information.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] func_type
+ /// The optional function type. If NULL, the function type will
+ /// be parsed on demand when accessed using the
+ /// Function::GetType() function by asking the SymbolFile
+ /// plug-in to get the type for \a func_type_uid.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] range
+ /// The section offset based address for this function.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Function(CompileUnit *comp_unit, lldb::user_id_t func_uid,
+ lldb::user_id_t func_type_uid, const char *mangled, Type *func_type,
+ const AddressRange &range);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Destructor.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ~Function() override;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext*)
+ ///
+ /// @see SymbolContextScope
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext *sc) override;
+
+ lldb::ModuleSP CalculateSymbolContextModule() override;
+
+ CompileUnit *CalculateSymbolContextCompileUnit() override;
+
+ Function *CalculateSymbolContextFunction() override;
+
+ const AddressRange &GetAddressRange() { return m_range; }
+
+ lldb::LanguageType GetLanguage() const;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Find the file and line number of the source location of the start
+ /// of the function. This will use the declaration if present and fall
+ /// back on the line table if that fails. So there may NOT be a line
+ /// table entry for this source file/line combo.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] source_file
+ /// The source file.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] line_no
+ /// The line number.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void GetStartLineSourceInfo(FileSpec &source_file, uint32_t &line_no);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Find the file and line number of the source location of the end
+ /// of the function.
+ ///
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] source_file
+ /// The source file.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] line_no
+ /// The line number.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void GetEndLineSourceInfo(FileSpec &source_file, uint32_t &line_no);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the block list.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The block list object that describes all lexical blocks
+ /// in the function.
+ ///
+ /// @see BlockList
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Block &GetBlock(bool can_create);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the compile unit that owns this function.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A compile unit object pointer.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompileUnit *GetCompileUnit();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get const accessor for the compile unit that owns this function.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const compile unit object pointer.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ const CompileUnit *GetCompileUnit() const;
+
+ void GetDescription(Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level, Target *target);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the frame base location.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A location expression that describes the function frame
+ /// base.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ DWARFExpression &GetFrameBaseExpression() { return m_frame_base; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get const accessor for the frame base location.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const compile unit object pointer.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ const DWARFExpression &GetFrameBaseExpression() const { return m_frame_base; }
+
+ ConstString GetName() const;
+
+ ConstString GetNameNoArguments() const;
+
+ ConstString GetDisplayName() const;
+
+ const Mangled &GetMangled() const { return m_mangled; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the DeclContext for this function, if available.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The DeclContext, or NULL if none exists.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompilerDeclContext GetDeclContext();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the type that describes the function
+ /// return value type, and parameter types.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A type object pointer.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Type *GetType();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get const accessor for the type that describes the function
+ /// return value type, and parameter types.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const type object pointer.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ const Type *GetType() const;
+
+ CompilerType GetCompilerType();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the size of the prologue instructions for this function. The
+ /// "prologue"
+ /// instructions include any instructions given line number 0 immediately
+ /// following
+ /// the prologue end.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The size of the prologue.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t GetPrologueByteSize();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
+ ///
+ /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
+ /// supplied stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] show_context
+ /// If \b true, variables will dump their symbol context
+ /// information.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Dump(Stream *s, bool show_context) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::DumpSymbolContext(Stream*)
+ ///
+ /// @see SymbolContextScope
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void DumpSymbolContext(Stream *s) override;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the memory cost of this object.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of bytes that this object occupies in memory.
+ /// The returned value does not include the bytes for any
+ /// shared string values.
+ ///
+ /// @see ConstString::StaticMemorySize ()
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ size_t MemorySize() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get whether compiler optimizations were enabled for this function
+ ///
+ /// The debug information may provide information about whether this
+ /// function was compiled with optimization or not. In this case,
+ /// "optimized" means that the debug experience may be difficult
+ /// for the user to understand. Variables may not be available when
+ /// the developer would expect them, stepping through the source lines
+ /// in the function may appear strange, etc.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns 'true' if this function was compiled with
+ /// optimization. 'false' indicates that either the optimization
+ /// is unknown, or this function was built without optimization.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool GetIsOptimized();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get whether this function represents a 'top-level' function
+ ///
+ /// The concept of a top-level function is language-specific, mostly
+ /// meant to represent the notion of scripting-style code that has
+ /// global visibility of the variables/symbols/functions/...
+ /// defined within the containing file/module
+ ///
+ /// If stopped in a top-level function, LLDB will expose global variables
+ /// as-if locals in the 'frame variable' command
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns 'true' if this function is a top-level function,
+ /// 'false' otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool IsTopLevelFunction();
+
+ lldb::DisassemblerSP GetInstructions(const ExecutionContext &exe_ctx,
+ const char *flavor,
+ bool prefer_file_cache);
+
+ bool GetDisassembly(const ExecutionContext &exe_ctx, const char *flavor,
+ bool prefer_file_cache, Stream &strm);
protected:
-
- enum
- {
- flagsCalculatedPrologueSize = (1 << 0) ///< Have we already tried to calculate the prologue size?
- };
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompileUnit *m_comp_unit; ///< The compile unit that owns this function.
- lldb::user_id_t m_type_uid; ///< The user ID of for the prototype Type for this function.
- Type * m_type; ///< The function prototype type for this function that include the function info (FunctionInfo), return type and parameters.
- Mangled m_mangled; ///< The mangled function name if any, if empty, there is no mangled information.
- Block m_block; ///< All lexical blocks contained in this function.
- AddressRange m_range; ///< The function address range that covers the widest range needed to contain all blocks
- DWARFExpression m_frame_base; ///< The frame base expression for variables that are relative to the frame pointer.
- Flags m_flags;
- uint32_t m_prologue_byte_size; ///< Compute the prologue size once and cache it
+ enum {
+ flagsCalculatedPrologueSize =
+ (1 << 0) ///< Have we already tried to calculate the prologue size?
+ };
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompileUnit *m_comp_unit; ///< The compile unit that owns this function.
+ lldb::user_id_t
+ m_type_uid; ///< The user ID of for the prototype Type for this function.
+ Type *m_type; ///< The function prototype type for this function that include
+ ///the function info (FunctionInfo), return type and parameters.
+ Mangled m_mangled; ///< The mangled function name if any, if empty, there is
+ ///no mangled information.
+ Block m_block; ///< All lexical blocks contained in this function.
+ AddressRange m_range; ///< The function address range that covers the widest
+ ///range needed to contain all blocks
+ DWARFExpression m_frame_base; ///< The frame base expression for variables
+ ///that are relative to the frame pointer.
+ Flags m_flags;
+ uint32_t
+ m_prologue_byte_size; ///< Compute the prologue size once and cache it
private:
- DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Function);
+ DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Function);
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/GoASTContext.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/GoASTContext.h
index ec0203bc3221..5530a35493dc 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/GoASTContext.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/GoASTContext.h
@@ -21,379 +21,408 @@
// Other libraries and framework includes
// Project includes
#include "lldb/Core/ConstString.h"
-#include "lldb/Symbol/TypeSystem.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/TypeSystem.h"
-namespace lldb_private
-{
+namespace lldb_private {
class Declaration;
class GoType;
-class GoASTContext : public TypeSystem
-{
- public:
- GoASTContext();
- ~GoASTContext() override;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // PluginInterface functions
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ConstString
- GetPluginName() override;
-
- uint32_t
- GetPluginVersion() override;
-
- static ConstString
- GetPluginNameStatic ();
-
- static lldb::TypeSystemSP
- CreateInstance (lldb::LanguageType language, Module *module, Target *target);
-
- static void
- EnumerateSupportedLanguages(std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_types, std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_expressions);
-
- static void
- Initialize ();
-
- static void
- Terminate ();
-
- DWARFASTParser *GetDWARFParser() override;
-
- void
- SetAddressByteSize(int byte_size)
- {
- m_pointer_byte_size = byte_size;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // llvm casting support
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static bool classof(const TypeSystem *ts)
- {
- return ts->getKind() == TypeSystem::eKindGo;
- }
+class GoASTContext : public TypeSystem {
+public:
+ GoASTContext();
+ ~GoASTContext() override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // CompilerDecl functions
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- ConstString
- DeclGetName (void *opaque_decl) override
- {
- return ConstString();
- }
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // PluginInterface functions
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ConstString GetPluginName() override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // CompilerDeclContext functions
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- bool
- DeclContextIsStructUnionOrClass(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override
- {
- return false;
- }
+ uint32_t GetPluginVersion() override;
- ConstString
- DeclContextGetName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override
- {
- return ConstString();
- }
+ static ConstString GetPluginNameStatic();
- ConstString
- DeclContextGetScopeQualifiedName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override
- {
- return ConstString();
- }
+ static lldb::TypeSystemSP CreateInstance(lldb::LanguageType language,
+ Module *module, Target *target);
- bool
- DeclContextIsClassMethod(void *opaque_decl_ctx, lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr, bool *is_instance_method_ptr,
- ConstString *language_object_name_ptr) override
- {
- return false;
- }
+ static void EnumerateSupportedLanguages(
+ std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_types,
+ std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_expressions);
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Creating Types
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static void Initialize();
- CompilerType CreateArrayType(const ConstString &name, const CompilerType &element_type, uint64_t length);
+ static void Terminate();
- CompilerType CreateBaseType(int go_kind, const ConstString &type_name_const_str, uint64_t byte_size);
+ DWARFASTParser *GetDWARFParser() override;
- // For interface, map, chan.
- CompilerType CreateTypedefType(int kind, const ConstString &name, CompilerType impl);
+ void SetAddressByteSize(int byte_size) { m_pointer_byte_size = byte_size; }
- CompilerType CreateVoidType(const ConstString &name);
- CompilerType CreateFunctionType(const lldb_private::ConstString &name, CompilerType *params, size_t params_count,
- bool is_variadic);
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // llvm casting support
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static bool classof(const TypeSystem *ts) {
+ return ts->getKind() == TypeSystem::eKindGo;
+ }
- CompilerType CreateStructType(int kind, const ConstString &name, uint32_t byte_size);
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // CompilerDecl functions
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ConstString DeclGetName(void *opaque_decl) override { return ConstString(); }
- void CompleteStructType(const CompilerType &type);
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // CompilerDeclContext functions
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- void AddFieldToStruct(const CompilerType &struct_type, const ConstString &name, const CompilerType &field_type,
- uint32_t byte_offset);
+ bool DeclContextIsStructUnionOrClass(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override {
+ return false;
+ }
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Tests
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ConstString DeclContextGetName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override {
+ return ConstString();
+ }
- static bool IsGoString(const CompilerType &type);
- static bool IsGoSlice(const CompilerType &type);
- static bool IsGoInterface(const CompilerType &type);
- static bool IsDirectIface(uint8_t kind);
- static bool IsPointerKind(uint8_t kind);
+ ConstString DeclContextGetScopeQualifiedName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override {
+ return ConstString();
+ }
- bool IsArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size, bool *is_incomplete) override;
+ bool
+ DeclContextIsClassMethod(void *opaque_decl_ctx,
+ lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr,
+ bool *is_instance_method_ptr,
+ ConstString *language_object_name_ptr) override {
+ return false;
+ }
- bool IsAggregateType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Creating Types
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool IsCharType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType CreateArrayType(const ConstString &name,
+ const CompilerType &element_type,
+ uint64_t length);
- bool IsCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType CreateBaseType(int go_kind,
+ const ConstString &type_name_const_str,
+ uint64_t byte_size);
- bool IsDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ // For interface, map, chan.
+ CompilerType CreateTypedefType(int kind, const ConstString &name,
+ CompilerType impl);
- bool IsFloatingPointType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint32_t &count, bool &is_complex) override;
+ CompilerType CreateVoidType(const ConstString &name);
+ CompilerType CreateFunctionType(const lldb_private::ConstString &name,
+ CompilerType *params, size_t params_count,
+ bool is_variadic);
- bool IsFunctionType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool *is_variadic_ptr = nullptr) override;
+ CompilerType CreateStructType(int kind, const ConstString &name,
+ uint32_t byte_size);
- size_t GetNumberOfFunctionArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ void CompleteStructType(const CompilerType &type);
- CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const size_t index) override;
+ void AddFieldToStruct(const CompilerType &struct_type,
+ const ConstString &name, const CompilerType &field_type,
+ uint32_t byte_offset);
- bool IsFunctionPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool IsBlockPointerType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) override;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Tests
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool IsIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool &is_signed) override;
+ static bool IsGoString(const CompilerType &type);
+ static bool IsGoSlice(const CompilerType &type);
+ static bool IsGoInterface(const CompilerType &type);
+ static bool IsDirectIface(uint8_t kind);
+ static bool IsPointerKind(uint8_t kind);
- bool IsPossibleDynamicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- CompilerType *target_type, // Can pass nullptr
- bool check_cplusplus, bool check_objc) override;
+ bool IsArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size,
+ bool *is_incomplete) override;
- bool IsPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) override;
+ bool IsAggregateType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool IsScalarType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsCharType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool IsVoidType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool SupportsLanguage (lldb::LanguageType language) override;
+ bool IsDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Type Completion
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool IsFloatingPointType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint32_t &count,
+ bool &is_complex) override;
- bool GetCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsFunctionType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool *is_variadic_ptr = nullptr) override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // AST related queries
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ size_t
+ GetNumberOfFunctionArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- uint32_t GetPointerByteSize() override;
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const size_t index) override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Accessors
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool IsFunctionPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- ConstString GetTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsBlockPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) override;
- uint32_t GetTypeInfo(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- CompilerType *pointee_or_element_compiler_type = nullptr) override;
+ bool IsIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool &is_signed) override;
- lldb::LanguageType GetMinimumLanguage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsPossibleDynamicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *target_type, // Can pass nullptr
+ bool check_cplusplus, bool check_objc) override;
- lldb::TypeClass GetTypeClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Creating related types
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool IsScalarType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType GetArrayElementType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint64_t *stride = nullptr) override;
+ bool IsVoidType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType GetCanonicalType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool SupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) override;
- // Returns -1 if this isn't a function of if the function doesn't have a prototype
- // Returns a value >= 0 if there is a prototype.
- int GetFunctionArgumentCount(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Type Completion
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx) override;
+ bool GetCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType GetFunctionReturnType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // AST related queries
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- size_t GetNumMemberFunctions(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ uint32_t GetPointerByteSize() override;
- TypeMemberFunctionImpl GetMemberFunctionAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx) override;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Accessors
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType GetPointeeType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ ConstString GetTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType GetPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ uint32_t GetTypeInfo(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_or_element_compiler_type = nullptr) override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Exploring the type
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ lldb::LanguageType
+ GetMinimumLanguage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- uint64_t GetBitSize(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
+ lldb::TypeClass GetTypeClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- lldb::Encoding GetEncoding(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint64_t &count) override;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Creating related types
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- lldb::Format GetFormat(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType GetArrayElementType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint64_t *stride = nullptr) override;
- uint32_t GetNumChildren(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
+ CompilerType GetCanonicalType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- lldb::BasicType GetBasicTypeEnumeration(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ // Returns -1 if this isn't a function of if the function doesn't have a
+ // prototype
+ // Returns a value >= 0 if there is a prototype.
+ int GetFunctionArgumentCount(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize(lldb::Encoding encoding, size_t bit_size) override;
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx) override;
- uint32_t GetNumFields(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType
+ GetFunctionReturnType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType GetFieldAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, std::string &name, uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr,
- uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr, bool *is_bitfield_ptr) override;
+ size_t GetNumMemberFunctions(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- uint32_t
- GetNumDirectBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override
- {
- return 0;
- }
+ TypeMemberFunctionImpl
+ GetMemberFunctionAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx) override;
- uint32_t
- GetNumVirtualBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override
- {
- return 0;
- }
+ CompilerType GetPointeeType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override
- {
- return CompilerType();
- }
+ CompilerType GetPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override
- {
- return CompilerType();
- }
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Exploring the type
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompilerType GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, size_t idx,
- bool transparent_pointers, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
- bool ignore_array_bounds, std::string &child_name,
- uint32_t &child_byte_size, int32_t &child_byte_offset,
- uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size,
- uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset, bool &child_is_base_class,
- bool &child_is_deref_of_parent, ValueObject *valobj, uint64_t &language_flags) override;
+ uint64_t GetBitSize(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
- // Lookup a child given a name. This function will match base class names
- // and member member names in "clang_type" only, not descendants.
- uint32_t GetIndexOfChildWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *name, bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
+ lldb::Encoding GetEncoding(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint64_t &count) override;
- // Lookup a child member given a name. This function will match member names
- // only and will descend into "clang_type" children in search for the first
- // member in this class, or any base class that matches "name".
- // TODO: Return all matches for a given name by returning a vector<vector<uint32_t>>
- // so we catch all names that match a given child name, not just the first.
- size_t GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *name, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
- std::vector<uint32_t> &child_indexes) override;
+ lldb::Format GetFormat(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- size_t
- GetNumTemplateArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override
- {
- return 0;
- }
+ uint32_t GetNumChildren(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
- CompilerType
- GetTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, lldb::TemplateArgumentKind &kind) override
- {
- return CompilerType();
- }
+ lldb::BasicType
+ GetBasicTypeEnumeration(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Dumping types
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- void DumpValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, lldb::Format format,
- const DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, bool show_types, bool show_summary,
- bool verbose, uint32_t depth) override;
+ CompilerType GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize(lldb::Encoding encoding,
+ size_t bit_size) override;
- bool DumpTypeValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s, lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
+ uint32_t GetNumFields(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- void DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override; // Dump to stdout
+ CompilerType GetFieldAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx,
+ std::string &name, uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr,
+ uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr,
+ bool *is_bitfield_ptr) override;
- void DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s) override;
+ uint32_t GetNumDirectBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override {
+ return 0;
+ }
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // TODO: These methods appear unused. Should they be removed?
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t
+ GetNumVirtualBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override {
+ return 0;
+ }
- bool IsRuntimeGeneratedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override {
+ return CompilerType();
+ }
- void DumpSummary(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size) override;
+ CompilerType GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override {
+ return CompilerType();
+ }
- // Converts "s" to a floating point value and place resulting floating
- // point bytes in the "dst" buffer.
- size_t ConvertStringToFloatValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *s, uint8_t *dst, size_t dst_size) override;
+ CompilerType GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, size_t idx,
+ bool transparent_pointers, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
+ bool ignore_array_bounds, std::string &child_name,
+ uint32_t &child_byte_size, int32_t &child_byte_offset,
+ uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset,
+ bool &child_is_base_class, bool &child_is_deref_of_parent,
+ ValueObject *valobj, uint64_t &language_flags) override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // TODO: Determine if these methods should move to ClangASTContext.
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Lookup a child given a name. This function will match base class names
+ // and member member names in "clang_type" only, not descendants.
+ uint32_t GetIndexOfChildWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *name,
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
- bool IsPointerOrReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
- CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) override;
+ // Lookup a child member given a name. This function will match member names
+ // only and will descend into "clang_type" children in search for the first
+ // member in this class, or any base class that matches "name".
+ // TODO: Return all matches for a given name by returning a
+ // vector<vector<uint32_t>>
+ // so we catch all names that match a given child name, not just the first.
+ size_t
+ GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *name, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
+ std::vector<uint32_t> &child_indexes) override;
- unsigned GetTypeQualifiers(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ size_t GetNumTemplateArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override {
+ return 0;
+ }
- bool IsCStringType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint32_t &length) override;
+ CompilerType GetTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ lldb::TemplateArgumentKind &kind) override {
+ return CompilerType();
+ }
- size_t GetTypeBitAlign(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Dumping types
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void DumpValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
+ Stream *s, lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
+ bool show_types, bool show_summary, bool verbose,
+ uint32_t depth) override;
- CompilerType GetBasicTypeFromAST(lldb::BasicType basic_type) override;
+ bool DumpTypeValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s,
+ lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
+ ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
- bool IsBeingDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ void DumpTypeDescription(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override; // Dump to stdout
- bool IsConst(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ void DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ Stream *s) override;
- uint32_t IsHomogeneousAggregate(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *base_type_ptr) override;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // TODO: These methods appear unused. Should they be removed?
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ bool IsRuntimeGeneratedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ void DumpSummary(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
+ Stream *s, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size) override;
+
+ // Converts "s" to a floating point value and place resulting floating
+ // point bytes in the "dst" buffer.
+ size_t ConvertStringToFloatValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *s, uint8_t *dst,
+ size_t dst_size) override;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // TODO: Determine if these methods should move to ClangASTContext.
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ bool IsPointerOrReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) override;
+
+ unsigned GetTypeQualifiers(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsCStringType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint32_t &length) override;
+
+ size_t GetTypeBitAlign(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetBasicTypeFromAST(lldb::BasicType basic_type) override;
+
+ bool IsBeingDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsConst(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ uint32_t IsHomogeneousAggregate(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *base_type_ptr) override;
+
+ bool IsPolymorphicClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool IsPolymorphicClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsTypedefType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ // If the current object represents a typedef type, get the underlying type
+ CompilerType GetTypedefedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool IsTypedefType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsVectorType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size) override;
- // If the current object represents a typedef type, get the underlying type
- CompilerType GetTypedefedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType
+ GetFullyUnqualifiedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool IsVectorType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size) override;
+ CompilerType GetNonReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType GetFullyUnqualifiedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr,
+ bool *is_rvalue = nullptr) override;
- CompilerType GetNonReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+private:
+ typedef std::map<ConstString, std::unique_ptr<GoType>> TypeMap;
+ int m_pointer_byte_size;
+ int m_int_byte_size;
+ std::unique_ptr<TypeMap> m_types;
+ std::unique_ptr<DWARFASTParser> m_dwarf_ast_parser_ap;
- bool IsReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr, bool *is_rvalue = nullptr) override;
-
- private:
- typedef std::map<ConstString, std::unique_ptr<GoType>> TypeMap;
- int m_pointer_byte_size;
- int m_int_byte_size;
- std::unique_ptr<TypeMap> m_types;
- std::unique_ptr<DWARFASTParser> m_dwarf_ast_parser_ap;
-
- GoASTContext(const GoASTContext &) = delete;
- const GoASTContext &operator=(const GoASTContext &) = delete;
+ GoASTContext(const GoASTContext &) = delete;
+ const GoASTContext &operator=(const GoASTContext &) = delete;
};
-class GoASTContextForExpr : public GoASTContext
-{
- public:
- GoASTContextForExpr(lldb::TargetSP target) : m_target_wp(target) {}
- UserExpression *GetUserExpression(const char *expr, const char *expr_prefix, lldb::LanguageType language,
- Expression::ResultType desired_type,
- const EvaluateExpressionOptions &options) override;
-
- private:
- lldb::TargetWP m_target_wp;
+class GoASTContextForExpr : public GoASTContext {
+public:
+ GoASTContextForExpr(lldb::TargetSP target) : m_target_wp(target) {}
+ UserExpression *
+ GetUserExpression(llvm::StringRef expr, llvm::StringRef prefix,
+ lldb::LanguageType language,
+ Expression::ResultType desired_type,
+ const EvaluateExpressionOptions &options) override;
+
+private:
+ lldb::TargetWP m_target_wp;
};
}
#endif // liblldb_GoASTContext_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/JavaASTContext.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/JavaASTContext.h
index 7d5a37649f6f..6e97674847f4 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/JavaASTContext.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/JavaASTContext.h
@@ -21,365 +21,334 @@
#include "lldb/Core/ConstString.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/TypeSystem.h"
-namespace lldb_private
-{
+namespace lldb_private {
-class JavaASTContext : public TypeSystem
-{
+class JavaASTContext : public TypeSystem {
public:
- class JavaType;
- typedef std::map<ConstString, std::unique_ptr<JavaType>> JavaTypeMap;
+ class JavaType;
+ typedef std::map<ConstString, std::unique_ptr<JavaType>> JavaTypeMap;
- JavaASTContext(const ArchSpec &arch);
- ~JavaASTContext() override;
+ JavaASTContext(const ArchSpec &arch);
+ ~JavaASTContext() override;
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // PluginInterface functions
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ConstString
- GetPluginName() override;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // PluginInterface functions
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ConstString GetPluginName() override;
- uint32_t
- GetPluginVersion() override;
+ uint32_t GetPluginVersion() override;
- static ConstString
- GetPluginNameStatic();
+ static ConstString GetPluginNameStatic();
- static lldb::TypeSystemSP
- CreateInstance(lldb::LanguageType language, Module *module, Target *target);
+ static lldb::TypeSystemSP CreateInstance(lldb::LanguageType language,
+ Module *module, Target *target);
- static void
- EnumerateSupportedLanguages(std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_types,
- std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_expressions);
+ static void EnumerateSupportedLanguages(
+ std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_types,
+ std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_expressions);
- static void
- Initialize();
+ static void Initialize();
- static void
- Terminate();
+ static void Terminate();
- DWARFASTParser *
- GetDWARFParser() override;
+ DWARFASTParser *GetDWARFParser() override;
- uint32_t
- GetPointerByteSize() override;
+ uint32_t GetPointerByteSize() override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // CompilerDecl functions
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- ConstString
- DeclGetName(void *opaque_decl) override;
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // CompilerDecl functions
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ConstString DeclGetName(void *opaque_decl) override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // CompilerDeclContext functions
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // CompilerDeclContext functions
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- std::vector<CompilerDecl>
- DeclContextFindDeclByName(void *opaque_decl_ctx, ConstString name, const bool ignore_imported_decls) override;
+ std::vector<CompilerDecl>
+ DeclContextFindDeclByName(void *opaque_decl_ctx, ConstString name,
+ const bool ignore_imported_decls) override;
- bool
- DeclContextIsStructUnionOrClass(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override;
+ bool DeclContextIsStructUnionOrClass(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override;
- ConstString
- DeclContextGetName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override;
+ ConstString DeclContextGetName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override;
- bool
- DeclContextIsClassMethod(void *opaque_decl_ctx, lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr, bool *is_instance_method_ptr,
- ConstString *language_object_name_ptr) override;
+ bool DeclContextIsClassMethod(void *opaque_decl_ctx,
+ lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr,
+ bool *is_instance_method_ptr,
+ ConstString *language_object_name_ptr) override;
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Tests
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Tests
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- IsArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size,
- bool *is_incomplete) override;
+ bool IsArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size,
+ bool *is_incomplete) override;
- bool
- IsAggregateType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsAggregateType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- IsCharType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsCharType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- IsFloatingPointType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint32_t &count, bool &is_complex) override;
+ bool IsFloatingPointType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint32_t &count,
+ bool &is_complex) override;
- bool
- IsFunctionType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool *is_variadic_ptr = nullptr) override;
+ bool IsFunctionType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool *is_variadic_ptr = nullptr) override;
- size_t
- GetNumberOfFunctionArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ size_t
+ GetNumberOfFunctionArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const size_t index) override;
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const size_t index) override;
- bool
- IsFunctionPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
-
- bool
- IsBlockPointerType (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) override;
+ bool IsFunctionPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- IsIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool &is_signed) override;
+ bool IsBlockPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) override;
- bool
- IsPossibleDynamicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *target_type, bool check_cplusplus,
- bool check_objc) override;
+ bool IsIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool &is_signed) override;
- bool
- IsPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) override;
+ bool IsPossibleDynamicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *target_type, bool check_cplusplus,
+ bool check_objc) override;
- bool
- IsReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr,
- bool *is_rvalue = nullptr) override;
+ bool IsPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) override;
- bool
- IsPointerOrReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) override;
+ bool IsReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr,
+ bool *is_rvalue = nullptr) override;
- bool
- IsScalarType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsPointerOrReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) override;
- bool
- IsVoidType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsScalarType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- IsCStringType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint32_t &length) override;
+ bool IsVoidType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- IsRuntimeGeneratedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsCStringType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint32_t &length) override;
- bool
- IsTypedefType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsRuntimeGeneratedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- IsVectorType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size) override;
+ bool IsTypedefType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- IsPolymorphicClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsVectorType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size) override;
- bool
- IsCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsPolymorphicClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- IsConst(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- IsBeingDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsConst(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- IsDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool IsBeingDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- uint32_t
- IsHomogeneousAggregate(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *base_type_ptr) override;
+ bool IsDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- bool
- SupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) override;
+ uint32_t IsHomogeneousAggregate(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *base_type_ptr) override;
- bool
- GetCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool SupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) override;
- ConstString
- GetTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool GetCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- uint32_t
- GetTypeInfo(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_or_element_compiler_type = nullptr) override;
+ ConstString GetTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- lldb::TypeClass
- GetTypeClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ uint32_t GetTypeInfo(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_or_element_compiler_type = nullptr) override;
- lldb::LanguageType
- GetMinimumLanguage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ lldb::TypeClass GetTypeClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetArrayElementType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint64_t *stride = nullptr) override;
+ lldb::LanguageType
+ GetMinimumLanguage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetPointeeType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType GetArrayElementType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint64_t *stride = nullptr) override;
- CompilerType
- GetPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType GetPointeeType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetCanonicalType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType GetPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetFullyUnqualifiedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType GetCanonicalType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetNonReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType
+ GetFullyUnqualifiedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetTypedefedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType GetNonReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetBasicTypeFromAST(lldb::BasicType basic_type) override;
+ CompilerType GetTypedefedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize(lldb::Encoding encoding, size_t bit_size) override;
+ CompilerType GetBasicTypeFromAST(lldb::BasicType basic_type) override;
- size_t
- GetTypeBitAlign(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize(lldb::Encoding encoding,
+ size_t bit_size) override;
- lldb::BasicType
- GetBasicTypeEnumeration(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ size_t GetTypeBitAlign(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- uint64_t
- GetBitSize(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
+ lldb::BasicType
+ GetBasicTypeEnumeration(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- lldb::Encoding
- GetEncoding(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint64_t &count) override;
+ uint64_t GetBitSize(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
- lldb::Format
- GetFormat(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ lldb::Encoding GetEncoding(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint64_t &count) override;
- unsigned
- GetTypeQualifiers(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ lldb::Format GetFormat(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- size_t
- GetNumTemplateArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ unsigned GetTypeQualifiers(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, lldb::TemplateArgumentKind &kind) override;
+ size_t GetNumTemplateArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- int
- GetFunctionArgumentCount(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType GetTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ lldb::TemplateArgumentKind &kind) override;
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx) override;
+ int GetFunctionArgumentCount(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetFunctionReturnType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx) override;
- size_t
- GetNumMemberFunctions(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ CompilerType
+ GetFunctionReturnType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- TypeMemberFunctionImpl
- GetMemberFunctionAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx) override;
+ size_t GetNumMemberFunctions(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- uint32_t
- GetNumFields(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ TypeMemberFunctionImpl
+ GetMemberFunctionAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx) override;
- CompilerType
- GetFieldAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, std::string &name, uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr,
- uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr, bool *is_bitfield_ptr) override;
+ uint32_t GetNumFields(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- uint32_t
- GetNumChildren(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
+ CompilerType GetFieldAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx,
+ std::string &name, uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr,
+ uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr,
+ bool *is_bitfield_ptr) override;
- uint32_t
- GetNumDirectBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ uint32_t GetNumChildren(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
- uint32_t
- GetNumVirtualBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ uint32_t GetNumDirectBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override;
+ uint32_t GetNumVirtualBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override;
+ CompilerType GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override;
- size_t
- ConvertStringToFloatValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *s, uint8_t *dst, size_t dst_size) override;
+ CompilerType GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override;
- void
- DumpValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, lldb::Format format,
- const DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, bool show_types, bool show_summary, bool verbose, uint32_t depth) override;
+ size_t ConvertStringToFloatValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *s, uint8_t *dst,
+ size_t dst_size) override;
- bool
- DumpTypeValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s, lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_size,
- uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
+ void DumpValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
+ Stream *s, lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
+ bool show_types, bool show_summary, bool verbose,
+ uint32_t depth) override;
- void
- DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ bool DumpTypeValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s,
+ lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
+ ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
- void
- DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s) override;
+ void DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- void
- DumpSummary(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, const DataExtractor &data,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size) override;
+ void DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ Stream *s) override;
- CompilerType
- GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, size_t idx,
- bool transparent_pointers, bool omit_empty_base_classes, bool ignore_array_bounds,
- std::string &child_name, uint32_t &child_byte_size, int32_t &child_byte_offset,
- uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset,
- bool &child_is_base_class, bool &child_is_deref_of_parent, ValueObject *valobj,
- uint64_t &language_flags) override;
+ void DumpSummary(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
+ Stream *s, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size) override;
- uint32_t
- GetIndexOfChildWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *name, bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
+ CompilerType GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, size_t idx,
+ bool transparent_pointers, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
+ bool ignore_array_bounds, std::string &child_name,
+ uint32_t &child_byte_size, int32_t &child_byte_offset,
+ uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset,
+ bool &child_is_base_class, bool &child_is_deref_of_parent,
+ ValueObject *valobj, uint64_t &language_flags) override;
- size_t
- GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *name, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
- std::vector<uint32_t> &child_indexes) override;
+ uint32_t GetIndexOfChildWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *name,
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
- CompilerType
- GetLValueReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+ size_t
+ GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *name, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
+ std::vector<uint32_t> &child_indexes) override;
- ConstString
- DeclContextGetScopeQualifiedName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t opaque_decl_ctx) override;
+ CompilerType
+ GetLValueReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
- CompilerType
- CreateBaseType(const ConstString &name);
+ ConstString DeclContextGetScopeQualifiedName(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t opaque_decl_ctx) override;
- CompilerType
- CreateObjectType(const ConstString &name, const ConstString &linkage_name, uint32_t byte_size);
+ CompilerType CreateBaseType(const ConstString &name);
- CompilerType
- CreateArrayType(const ConstString &linkage_name, const CompilerType &element_type,
- const DWARFExpression &length_expression, const lldb::addr_t data_offset);
+ CompilerType CreateObjectType(const ConstString &name,
+ const ConstString &linkage_name,
+ uint32_t byte_size);
- CompilerType
- CreateReferenceType(const CompilerType &pointee_type);
+ CompilerType CreateArrayType(const ConstString &linkage_name,
+ const CompilerType &element_type,
+ const DWARFExpression &length_expression,
+ const lldb::addr_t data_offset);
- void
- CompleteObjectType(const CompilerType &object_type);
+ CompilerType CreateReferenceType(const CompilerType &pointee_type);
- void
- AddBaseClassToObject(const CompilerType &object_type, const CompilerType &member_type, uint32_t member_offset);
+ void CompleteObjectType(const CompilerType &object_type);
- void
- AddMemberToObject(const CompilerType &object_type, const ConstString &name, const CompilerType &member_type,
- uint32_t member_offset);
+ void AddBaseClassToObject(const CompilerType &object_type,
+ const CompilerType &member_type,
+ uint32_t member_offset);
- void
- SetDynamicTypeId(const CompilerType &type, const DWARFExpression &type_id);
+ void AddMemberToObject(const CompilerType &object_type,
+ const ConstString &name,
+ const CompilerType &member_type,
+ uint32_t member_offset);
- static uint64_t
- CalculateDynamicTypeId(ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, const CompilerType &type, ValueObject &in_value);
+ void SetDynamicTypeId(const CompilerType &type,
+ const DWARFExpression &type_id);
- static ConstString
- GetLinkageName(const CompilerType &type);
+ static uint64_t CalculateDynamicTypeId(ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
+ const CompilerType &type,
+ ValueObject &in_value);
- static uint32_t
- CalculateArraySize(const CompilerType &type, ValueObject &in_value);
+ static ConstString GetLinkageName(const CompilerType &type);
- static uint64_t
- CalculateArrayElementOffset(const CompilerType &type, size_t index);
+ static uint32_t CalculateArraySize(const CompilerType &type,
+ ValueObject &in_value);
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // llvm casting support
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static bool
- classof(const TypeSystem *ts)
- {
- return ts->getKind() == TypeSystem::eKindJava;
- }
+ static uint64_t CalculateArrayElementOffset(const CompilerType &type,
+ size_t index);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // llvm casting support
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static bool classof(const TypeSystem *ts) {
+ return ts->getKind() == TypeSystem::eKindJava;
+ }
private:
- uint32_t m_pointer_byte_size;
- std::unique_ptr<DWARFASTParser> m_dwarf_ast_parser_ap;
- JavaTypeMap m_array_type_map;
- JavaTypeMap m_base_type_map;
- JavaTypeMap m_reference_type_map;
- JavaTypeMap m_object_type_map;
-
- JavaASTContext(const JavaASTContext &) = delete;
- const JavaASTContext &
- operator=(const JavaASTContext &) = delete;
+ uint32_t m_pointer_byte_size;
+ std::unique_ptr<DWARFASTParser> m_dwarf_ast_parser_ap;
+ JavaTypeMap m_array_type_map;
+ JavaTypeMap m_base_type_map;
+ JavaTypeMap m_reference_type_map;
+ JavaTypeMap m_object_type_map;
+
+ JavaASTContext(const JavaASTContext &) = delete;
+ const JavaASTContext &operator=(const JavaASTContext &) = delete;
};
}
#endif // liblldb_JavaASTContext_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/LineEntry.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/LineEntry.h
index e6a05c10a764..3076ec41d878 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/LineEntry.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/LineEntry.h
@@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
#ifndef liblldb_LineEntry_h_
#define liblldb_LineEntry_h_
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/AddressRange.h"
#include "lldb/Host/FileSpec.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
@@ -20,176 +20,167 @@ namespace lldb_private {
/// @class LineEntry LineEntry.h "lldb/Symbol/LineEntry.h"
/// @brief A line table entry class.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-struct LineEntry
-{
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Default constructor.
- ///
- /// Initialize all member variables to invalid values.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- LineEntry ();
-
- LineEntry
- (
- const lldb::SectionSP &section_sp,
- lldb::addr_t section_offset,
- lldb::addr_t byte_size,
- const FileSpec &file,
- uint32_t _line,
- uint16_t _column,
- bool _is_start_of_statement,
- bool _is_start_of_basic_block,
- bool _is_prologue_end,
- bool _is_epilogue_begin,
- bool _is_terminal_entry
- );
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Clear the object's state.
- ///
- /// Clears all member variables to invalid values.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Clear ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
- ///
- /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
- /// supplied stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- ///
- /// @param[in] comp_unit
- /// The compile unit object that contains the support file
- /// list so the line entry can dump the file name (since this
- /// object contains a file index into the support file list).
- ///
- /// @param[in] show_file
- /// If \b true, display the filename with the line entry which
- /// requires that the compile unit object \a comp_unit be a
- /// valid pointer.
- ///
- /// @param[in] style
- /// The display style for the section offset address.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if the address was able to be displayed
- /// using \a style. File and load addresses may be unresolved
- /// and it may not be possible to display a valid address value.
- /// Returns \b false if the address was not able to be properly
- /// dumped.
- ///
- /// @see Address::DumpStyle
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- Dump (Stream *s, Target *target, bool show_file, Address::DumpStyle style, Address::DumpStyle fallback_style, bool show_range) const;
-
- bool
- GetDescription (Stream *s,
- lldb::DescriptionLevel level,
- CompileUnit* cu,
- Target *target,
- bool show_address_only) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dumps information specific to a process that stops at this
- /// line entry to the supplied stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- ///
- /// @param[in] comp_unit
- /// The compile unit object that contains the support file
- /// list so the line entry can dump the file name (since this
- /// object contains a file index into the support file list).
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if the file and line were properly dumped,
- /// \b false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- DumpStopContext (Stream *s, bool show_fullpaths) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Check if a line entry object is valid.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if the line entry contains a valid section
- /// offset address, file index, and line number, \b false
- /// otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- IsValid () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Compare two LineEntry objects.
- ///
- /// @param[in] lhs
- /// The Left Hand Side const LineEntry object reference.
- ///
- /// @param[in] rhs
- /// The Right Hand Side const LineEntry object reference.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// @li -1 if lhs < rhs
- /// @li 0 if lhs == rhs
- /// @li 1 if lhs > rhs
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static int
- Compare (const LineEntry& lhs, const LineEntry& rhs);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Give the range for this LineEntry + any additional LineEntries for
- /// this same source line that are contiguous.
- ///
- /// A compiler may emit multiple line entries for a single source line,
- /// e.g. to indicate subexpressions at different columns. This method
- /// will get the AddressRange for all of the LineEntries for this source
- /// line that are contiguous.
- //
- /// Line entries with a line number of 0 are treated specially - these
- /// are compiler-generated line table entries that the user did not
- /// write in their source code, and we want to skip past in the debugger.
- /// If this LineEntry is for line 32, and the following LineEntry is for
- /// line 0, we will extend the range to include the AddressRange of the
- /// line 0 LineEntry (and it will include the range of the following
- /// LineEntries that match either 32 or 0.)
- ///
- /// If the initial LineEntry this method is called on is a line #0, only
- /// the range of contiuous LineEntries with line #0 will be included in
- /// the complete range.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The contiguous AddressRange for this source line.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- AddressRange
- GetSameLineContiguousAddressRange () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Apply file mappings from target.source-map to the LineEntry's file.
- ///
- /// @param[in] target_sp
- /// Shared pointer to the target this LineEntry belongs to.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- void
- ApplyFileMappings(lldb::TargetSP target_sp);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- AddressRange range; ///< The section offset address range for this line entry.
- FileSpec file; ///< The source file, possibly mapped by the target.source-map setting
- FileSpec original_file; ///< The original source file, from debug info.
- uint32_t line; ///< The source line number, or zero if there is no line number information.
- uint16_t column; ///< The column number of the source line, or zero if there is no column information.
- uint16_t is_start_of_statement:1, ///< Indicates this entry is the beginning of a statement.
- is_start_of_basic_block:1, ///< Indicates this entry is the beginning of a basic block.
- is_prologue_end:1, ///< Indicates this entry is one (of possibly many) where execution should be suspended for an entry breakpoint of a function.
- is_epilogue_begin:1, ///< Indicates this entry is one (of possibly many) where execution should be suspended for an exit breakpoint of a function.
- is_terminal_entry:1; ///< Indicates this entry is that of the first byte after the end of a sequence of target machine instructions.
+struct LineEntry {
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Default constructor.
+ ///
+ /// Initialize all member variables to invalid values.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ LineEntry();
+
+ LineEntry(const lldb::SectionSP &section_sp, lldb::addr_t section_offset,
+ lldb::addr_t byte_size, const FileSpec &file, uint32_t _line,
+ uint16_t _column, bool _is_start_of_statement,
+ bool _is_start_of_basic_block, bool _is_prologue_end,
+ bool _is_epilogue_begin, bool _is_terminal_entry);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Clear the object's state.
+ ///
+ /// Clears all member variables to invalid values.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Clear();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
+ ///
+ /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
+ /// supplied stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] comp_unit
+ /// The compile unit object that contains the support file
+ /// list so the line entry can dump the file name (since this
+ /// object contains a file index into the support file list).
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] show_file
+ /// If \b true, display the filename with the line entry which
+ /// requires that the compile unit object \a comp_unit be a
+ /// valid pointer.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] style
+ /// The display style for the section offset address.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if the address was able to be displayed
+ /// using \a style. File and load addresses may be unresolved
+ /// and it may not be possible to display a valid address value.
+ /// Returns \b false if the address was not able to be properly
+ /// dumped.
+ ///
+ /// @see Address::DumpStyle
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool Dump(Stream *s, Target *target, bool show_file, Address::DumpStyle style,
+ Address::DumpStyle fallback_style, bool show_range) const;
+
+ bool GetDescription(Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level, CompileUnit *cu,
+ Target *target, bool show_address_only) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dumps information specific to a process that stops at this
+ /// line entry to the supplied stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] comp_unit
+ /// The compile unit object that contains the support file
+ /// list so the line entry can dump the file name (since this
+ /// object contains a file index into the support file list).
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if the file and line were properly dumped,
+ /// \b false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool DumpStopContext(Stream *s, bool show_fullpaths) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Check if a line entry object is valid.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if the line entry contains a valid section
+ /// offset address, file index, and line number, \b false
+ /// otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool IsValid() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Compare two LineEntry objects.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] lhs
+ /// The Left Hand Side const LineEntry object reference.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] rhs
+ /// The Right Hand Side const LineEntry object reference.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// @li -1 if lhs < rhs
+ /// @li 0 if lhs == rhs
+ /// @li 1 if lhs > rhs
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static int Compare(const LineEntry &lhs, const LineEntry &rhs);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Give the range for this LineEntry + any additional LineEntries for
+ /// this same source line that are contiguous.
+ ///
+ /// A compiler may emit multiple line entries for a single source line,
+ /// e.g. to indicate subexpressions at different columns. This method
+ /// will get the AddressRange for all of the LineEntries for this source
+ /// line that are contiguous.
+ //
+ /// Line entries with a line number of 0 are treated specially - these
+ /// are compiler-generated line table entries that the user did not
+ /// write in their source code, and we want to skip past in the debugger.
+ /// If this LineEntry is for line 32, and the following LineEntry is for
+ /// line 0, we will extend the range to include the AddressRange of the
+ /// line 0 LineEntry (and it will include the range of the following
+ /// LineEntries that match either 32 or 0.)
+ ///
+ /// If the initial LineEntry this method is called on is a line #0, only
+ /// the range of contiuous LineEntries with line #0 will be included in
+ /// the complete range.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The contiguous AddressRange for this source line.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ AddressRange GetSameLineContiguousAddressRange() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Apply file mappings from target.source-map to the LineEntry's file.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] target_sp
+ /// Shared pointer to the target this LineEntry belongs to.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ void ApplyFileMappings(lldb::TargetSP target_sp);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ AddressRange range; ///< The section offset address range for this line entry.
+ FileSpec file; ///< The source file, possibly mapped by the target.source-map
+ ///setting
+ FileSpec original_file; ///< The original source file, from debug info.
+ uint32_t line; ///< The source line number, or zero if there is no line number
+ ///information.
+ uint16_t column; ///< The column number of the source line, or zero if there
+ ///is no column information.
+ uint16_t is_start_of_statement : 1, ///< Indicates this entry is the beginning
+ ///of a statement.
+ is_start_of_basic_block : 1, ///< Indicates this entry is the beginning of
+ ///a basic block.
+ is_prologue_end : 1, ///< Indicates this entry is one (of possibly many)
+ ///where execution should be suspended for an entry
+ ///breakpoint of a function.
+ is_epilogue_begin : 1, ///< Indicates this entry is one (of possibly many)
+ ///where execution should be suspended for an exit
+ ///breakpoint of a function.
+ is_terminal_entry : 1; ///< Indicates this entry is that of the first byte
+ ///after the end of a sequence of target machine
+ ///instructions.
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -204,8 +195,8 @@ struct LineEntry
/// @return
/// Returns \b true if lhs < rhs, false otherwise.
//------------------------------------------------------------------
-bool operator<(const LineEntry& lhs, const LineEntry& rhs);
+bool operator<(const LineEntry &lhs, const LineEntry &rhs);
} // namespace lldb_private
-#endif // liblldb_LineEntry_h_
+#endif // liblldb_LineEntry_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/LineTable.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/LineTable.h
index cbad9bf590c2..a55e797f7b16 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/LineTable.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/LineTable.h
@@ -16,11 +16,11 @@
// Other libraries and framework includes
// Project includes
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
-#include "lldb/Symbol/LineEntry.h"
#include "lldb/Core/ModuleChild.h"
-#include "lldb/Core/Section.h"
#include "lldb/Core/RangeMap.h"
+#include "lldb/Core/Section.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/LineEntry.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
@@ -28,392 +28,351 @@ namespace lldb_private {
/// @class LineSequence LineTable.h "lldb/Symbol/LineTable.h"
/// @brief An abstract base class used during symbol table creation.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class LineSequence
-{
+class LineSequence {
public:
- LineSequence ();
+ LineSequence();
- virtual
- ~LineSequence() = default;
+ virtual ~LineSequence() = default;
- virtual void
- Clear() = 0;
+ virtual void Clear() = 0;
private:
- DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (LineSequence);
+ DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(LineSequence);
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
/// @class LineTable LineTable.h "lldb/Symbol/LineTable.h"
/// @brief A line table class.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class LineTable
-{
+class LineTable {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with compile unit.
- ///
- /// @param[in] comp_unit
- /// The compile unit to which this line table belongs.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- LineTable (CompileUnit* comp_unit);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Destructor.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ~LineTable ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Adds a new line entry to this line table.
- ///
- /// All line entries are maintained in file address order.
- ///
- /// @param[in] line_entry
- /// A const reference to a new line_entry to add to this line
- /// table.
- ///
- /// @see Address::DumpStyle
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-// void
-// AddLineEntry (const LineEntry& line_entry);
-
- // Called when you can't guarantee the addresses are in increasing order
- void
- InsertLineEntry (lldb::addr_t file_addr,
- uint32_t line,
- uint16_t column,
- uint16_t file_idx,
- bool is_start_of_statement,
- bool is_start_of_basic_block,
- bool is_prologue_end,
- bool is_epilogue_begin,
- bool is_terminal_entry);
-
- // Used to instantiate the LineSequence helper class
- LineSequence*
- CreateLineSequenceContainer ();
-
- // Append an entry to a caller-provided collection that will later be
- // inserted in this line table.
- void
- AppendLineEntryToSequence (LineSequence* sequence,
- lldb::addr_t file_addr,
- uint32_t line,
- uint16_t column,
- uint16_t file_idx,
- bool is_start_of_statement,
- bool is_start_of_basic_block,
- bool is_prologue_end,
- bool is_epilogue_begin,
- bool is_terminal_entry);
-
- // Insert a sequence of entries into this line table.
- void
- InsertSequence (LineSequence* sequence);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump all line entries in this line table to the stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- ///
- /// @param[in] style
- /// The display style for the address.
- ///
- /// @see Address::DumpStyle
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Dump (Stream *s, Target *target,
- Address::DumpStyle style,
- Address::DumpStyle fallback_style,
- bool show_line_ranges);
-
- void
- GetDescription (Stream *s,
- Target *target,
- lldb::DescriptionLevel level);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Find a line entry that contains the section offset address \a
- /// so_addr.
- ///
- /// @param[in] so_addr
- /// A section offset address object containing the address we
- /// are searching for.
- ///
- /// @param[out] line_entry
- /// A copy of the line entry that was found if \b true is
- /// returned, otherwise \a entry is left unmodified.
- ///
- /// @param[out] index_ptr
- /// A pointer to a 32 bit integer that will get the actual line
- /// entry index if it is not nullptr.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if \a so_addr is contained in a line entry
- /// in this line table, \b false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- FindLineEntryByAddress(const Address &so_addr, LineEntry& line_entry, uint32_t *index_ptr = nullptr);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Find a line entry index that has a matching file index and
- /// source line number.
- ///
- /// Finds the next line entry that has a matching \a file_idx and
- /// source line number \a line starting at the \a start_idx entries
- /// into the line entry collection.
- ///
- /// @param[in] start_idx
- /// The number of entries to skip when starting the search.
- ///
- /// @param[out] file_idx
- /// The file index to search for that should be found prior
- /// to calling this function using the following functions:
- /// CompileUnit::GetSupportFiles()
- /// FileSpecList::FindFileIndex (uint32_t, const FileSpec &) const
- ///
- /// @param[in] line
- /// The source line to match.
- ///
- /// @param[in] exact
- /// If true, match only if you find a line entry exactly matching \a line.
- /// If false, return the closest line entry greater than \a line.
- ///
- /// @param[out] line_entry
- /// A reference to a line entry object that will get a copy of
- /// the line entry if \b true is returned, otherwise \a
- /// line_entry is left untouched.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if a matching line entry is found in this
- /// line table, \b false otherwise.
- ///
- /// @see CompileUnit::GetSupportFiles()
- /// @see FileSpecList::FindFileIndex (uint32_t, const FileSpec &) const
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- uint32_t
- FindLineEntryIndexByFileIndex (uint32_t start_idx,
- uint32_t file_idx,
- uint32_t line,
- bool exact,
- LineEntry* line_entry_ptr);
-
- uint32_t
- FindLineEntryIndexByFileIndex (uint32_t start_idx,
- const std::vector<uint32_t> &file_indexes,
- uint32_t line,
- bool exact,
- LineEntry* line_entry_ptr);
-
- size_t
- FineLineEntriesForFileIndex (uint32_t file_idx,
- bool append,
- SymbolContextList &sc_list);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the line entry from the line table at index \a idx.
- ///
- /// @param[in] idx
- /// An index into the line table entry collection.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A valid line entry if \a idx is a valid index, or an invalid
- /// line entry if \a idx is not valid.
- ///
- /// @see LineTable::GetSize()
- /// @see LineEntry::IsValid() const
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- GetLineEntryAtIndex(uint32_t idx, LineEntry& line_entry);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Gets the size of the line table in number of line table entries.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of line table entries in this line table.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- uint32_t
- GetSize () const;
-
- typedef lldb_private::RangeArray<lldb::addr_t, lldb::addr_t, 32> FileAddressRanges;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Gets all contiguous file address ranges for the entire line table.
- ///
- /// @param[out] file_ranges
- /// A collection of file address ranges that will be filled in
- /// by this function.
- ///
- /// @param[out] append
- /// If \b true, then append to \a file_ranges, otherwise clear
- /// \a file_ranges prior to adding any ranges.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of address ranges added to \a file_ranges
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- size_t
- GetContiguousFileAddressRanges (FileAddressRanges &file_ranges, bool append);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Given a file range link map, relink the current line table
- /// and return a fixed up line table.
- ///
- /// @param[out] file_range_map
- /// A collection of file ranges that maps to new file ranges
- /// that will be used when linking the line table.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A new line table if at least one line table entry was able
- /// to be mapped.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- typedef RangeDataVector<lldb::addr_t, lldb::addr_t, lldb::addr_t> FileRangeMap;
-
- LineTable *
- LinkLineTable (const FileRangeMap &file_range_map);
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with compile unit.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] comp_unit
+ /// The compile unit to which this line table belongs.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ LineTable(CompileUnit *comp_unit);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Destructor.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ~LineTable();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Adds a new line entry to this line table.
+ ///
+ /// All line entries are maintained in file address order.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] line_entry
+ /// A const reference to a new line_entry to add to this line
+ /// table.
+ ///
+ /// @see Address::DumpStyle
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // void
+ // AddLineEntry (const LineEntry& line_entry);
+
+ // Called when you can't guarantee the addresses are in increasing order
+ void InsertLineEntry(lldb::addr_t file_addr, uint32_t line, uint16_t column,
+ uint16_t file_idx, bool is_start_of_statement,
+ bool is_start_of_basic_block, bool is_prologue_end,
+ bool is_epilogue_begin, bool is_terminal_entry);
+
+ // Used to instantiate the LineSequence helper class
+ LineSequence *CreateLineSequenceContainer();
+
+ // Append an entry to a caller-provided collection that will later be
+ // inserted in this line table.
+ void AppendLineEntryToSequence(LineSequence *sequence, lldb::addr_t file_addr,
+ uint32_t line, uint16_t column,
+ uint16_t file_idx, bool is_start_of_statement,
+ bool is_start_of_basic_block,
+ bool is_prologue_end, bool is_epilogue_begin,
+ bool is_terminal_entry);
+
+ // Insert a sequence of entries into this line table.
+ void InsertSequence(LineSequence *sequence);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump all line entries in this line table to the stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] style
+ /// The display style for the address.
+ ///
+ /// @see Address::DumpStyle
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Dump(Stream *s, Target *target, Address::DumpStyle style,
+ Address::DumpStyle fallback_style, bool show_line_ranges);
+
+ void GetDescription(Stream *s, Target *target, lldb::DescriptionLevel level);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Find a line entry that contains the section offset address \a
+ /// so_addr.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] so_addr
+ /// A section offset address object containing the address we
+ /// are searching for.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] line_entry
+ /// A copy of the line entry that was found if \b true is
+ /// returned, otherwise \a entry is left unmodified.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] index_ptr
+ /// A pointer to a 32 bit integer that will get the actual line
+ /// entry index if it is not nullptr.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if \a so_addr is contained in a line entry
+ /// in this line table, \b false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool FindLineEntryByAddress(const Address &so_addr, LineEntry &line_entry,
+ uint32_t *index_ptr = nullptr);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Find a line entry index that has a matching file index and
+ /// source line number.
+ ///
+ /// Finds the next line entry that has a matching \a file_idx and
+ /// source line number \a line starting at the \a start_idx entries
+ /// into the line entry collection.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] start_idx
+ /// The number of entries to skip when starting the search.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] file_idx
+ /// The file index to search for that should be found prior
+ /// to calling this function using the following functions:
+ /// CompileUnit::GetSupportFiles()
+ /// FileSpecList::FindFileIndex (uint32_t, const FileSpec &) const
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] line
+ /// The source line to match.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] exact
+ /// If true, match only if you find a line entry exactly matching \a line.
+ /// If false, return the closest line entry greater than \a line.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] line_entry
+ /// A reference to a line entry object that will get a copy of
+ /// the line entry if \b true is returned, otherwise \a
+ /// line_entry is left untouched.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if a matching line entry is found in this
+ /// line table, \b false otherwise.
+ ///
+ /// @see CompileUnit::GetSupportFiles()
+ /// @see FileSpecList::FindFileIndex (uint32_t, const FileSpec &) const
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t FindLineEntryIndexByFileIndex(uint32_t start_idx, uint32_t file_idx,
+ uint32_t line, bool exact,
+ LineEntry *line_entry_ptr);
+
+ uint32_t FindLineEntryIndexByFileIndex(
+ uint32_t start_idx, const std::vector<uint32_t> &file_indexes,
+ uint32_t line, bool exact, LineEntry *line_entry_ptr);
+
+ size_t FineLineEntriesForFileIndex(uint32_t file_idx, bool append,
+ SymbolContextList &sc_list);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the line entry from the line table at index \a idx.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] idx
+ /// An index into the line table entry collection.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A valid line entry if \a idx is a valid index, or an invalid
+ /// line entry if \a idx is not valid.
+ ///
+ /// @see LineTable::GetSize()
+ /// @see LineEntry::IsValid() const
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool GetLineEntryAtIndex(uint32_t idx, LineEntry &line_entry);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Gets the size of the line table in number of line table entries.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of line table entries in this line table.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t GetSize() const;
+
+ typedef lldb_private::RangeArray<lldb::addr_t, lldb::addr_t, 32>
+ FileAddressRanges;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Gets all contiguous file address ranges for the entire line table.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] file_ranges
+ /// A collection of file address ranges that will be filled in
+ /// by this function.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] append
+ /// If \b true, then append to \a file_ranges, otherwise clear
+ /// \a file_ranges prior to adding any ranges.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of address ranges added to \a file_ranges
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ size_t GetContiguousFileAddressRanges(FileAddressRanges &file_ranges,
+ bool append);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Given a file range link map, relink the current line table
+ /// and return a fixed up line table.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] file_range_map
+ /// A collection of file ranges that maps to new file ranges
+ /// that will be used when linking the line table.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A new line table if at least one line table entry was able
+ /// to be mapped.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ typedef RangeDataVector<lldb::addr_t, lldb::addr_t, lldb::addr_t>
+ FileRangeMap;
+
+ LineTable *LinkLineTable(const FileRangeMap &file_range_map);
protected:
- struct Entry
- {
- Entry () :
- file_addr (LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS),
- line (0),
- column (0),
- file_idx (0),
- is_start_of_statement (false),
- is_start_of_basic_block (false),
- is_prologue_end (false),
- is_epilogue_begin (false),
- is_terminal_entry (false)
- {
- }
-
- Entry ( lldb::addr_t _file_addr,
- uint32_t _line,
- uint16_t _column,
- uint16_t _file_idx,
- bool _is_start_of_statement,
- bool _is_start_of_basic_block,
- bool _is_prologue_end,
- bool _is_epilogue_begin,
- bool _is_terminal_entry) :
- file_addr (_file_addr),
- line (_line),
- column (_column),
- file_idx (_file_idx),
- is_start_of_statement (_is_start_of_statement),
- is_start_of_basic_block (_is_start_of_basic_block),
- is_prologue_end (_is_prologue_end),
- is_epilogue_begin (_is_epilogue_begin),
- is_terminal_entry (_is_terminal_entry)
- {
- }
-
- int
- bsearch_compare (const void *key, const void *arrmem);
-
- void
- Clear ()
- {
- file_addr = LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS;
- line = 0;
- column = 0;
- file_idx = 0;
- is_start_of_statement = false;
- is_start_of_basic_block = false;
- is_prologue_end = false;
- is_epilogue_begin = false;
- is_terminal_entry = false;
- }
-
- static int
- Compare (const Entry& lhs, const Entry& rhs)
- {
- // Compare the sections before calling
- #define SCALAR_COMPARE(a,b) if (a < b) return -1; if (a > b) return +1
- SCALAR_COMPARE (lhs.file_addr, rhs.file_addr);
- SCALAR_COMPARE (lhs.line, rhs.line);
- SCALAR_COMPARE (lhs.column, rhs.column);
- SCALAR_COMPARE (lhs.is_start_of_statement, rhs.is_start_of_statement);
- SCALAR_COMPARE (lhs.is_start_of_basic_block, rhs.is_start_of_basic_block);
- // rhs and lhs reversed on purpose below.
- SCALAR_COMPARE (rhs.is_prologue_end, lhs.is_prologue_end);
- SCALAR_COMPARE (lhs.is_epilogue_begin, rhs.is_epilogue_begin);
- // rhs and lhs reversed on purpose below.
- SCALAR_COMPARE (rhs.is_terminal_entry, lhs.is_terminal_entry);
- SCALAR_COMPARE (lhs.file_idx, rhs.file_idx);
- #undef SCALAR_COMPARE
- return 0;
- }
-
- class LessThanBinaryPredicate
- {
- public:
- LessThanBinaryPredicate(LineTable *line_table);
- bool operator() (const LineTable::Entry&, const LineTable::Entry&) const;
-
- protected:
- LineTable *m_line_table;
- };
-
- static bool EntryAddressLessThan (const Entry& lhs, const Entry& rhs)
- {
- return lhs.file_addr < rhs.file_addr;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- lldb::addr_t file_addr; ///< The file address for this line entry
- uint32_t line; ///< The source line number, or zero if there is no line number information.
- uint16_t column; ///< The column number of the source line, or zero if there is no column information.
- uint16_t file_idx:11, ///< The file index into CompileUnit's file table, or zero if there is no file information.
- is_start_of_statement:1, ///< Indicates this entry is the beginning of a statement.
- is_start_of_basic_block:1, ///< Indicates this entry is the beginning of a basic block.
- is_prologue_end:1, ///< Indicates this entry is one (of possibly many) where execution should be suspended for an entry breakpoint of a function.
- is_epilogue_begin:1, ///< Indicates this entry is one (of possibly many) where execution should be suspended for an exit breakpoint of a function.
- is_terminal_entry:1; ///< Indicates this entry is that of the first byte after the end of a sequence of target machine instructions.
- };
+ struct Entry {
+ Entry()
+ : file_addr(LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS), line(0), column(0), file_idx(0),
+ is_start_of_statement(false), is_start_of_basic_block(false),
+ is_prologue_end(false), is_epilogue_begin(false),
+ is_terminal_entry(false) {}
+
+ Entry(lldb::addr_t _file_addr, uint32_t _line, uint16_t _column,
+ uint16_t _file_idx, bool _is_start_of_statement,
+ bool _is_start_of_basic_block, bool _is_prologue_end,
+ bool _is_epilogue_begin, bool _is_terminal_entry)
+ : file_addr(_file_addr), line(_line), column(_column),
+ file_idx(_file_idx), is_start_of_statement(_is_start_of_statement),
+ is_start_of_basic_block(_is_start_of_basic_block),
+ is_prologue_end(_is_prologue_end),
+ is_epilogue_begin(_is_epilogue_begin),
+ is_terminal_entry(_is_terminal_entry) {}
+
+ int bsearch_compare(const void *key, const void *arrmem);
+
+ void Clear() {
+ file_addr = LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS;
+ line = 0;
+ column = 0;
+ file_idx = 0;
+ is_start_of_statement = false;
+ is_start_of_basic_block = false;
+ is_prologue_end = false;
+ is_epilogue_begin = false;
+ is_terminal_entry = false;
+ }
+
+ static int Compare(const Entry &lhs, const Entry &rhs) {
+// Compare the sections before calling
+#define SCALAR_COMPARE(a, b) \
+ if (a < b) \
+ return -1; \
+ if (a > b) \
+ return +1
+ SCALAR_COMPARE(lhs.file_addr, rhs.file_addr);
+ SCALAR_COMPARE(lhs.line, rhs.line);
+ SCALAR_COMPARE(lhs.column, rhs.column);
+ SCALAR_COMPARE(lhs.is_start_of_statement, rhs.is_start_of_statement);
+ SCALAR_COMPARE(lhs.is_start_of_basic_block, rhs.is_start_of_basic_block);
+ // rhs and lhs reversed on purpose below.
+ SCALAR_COMPARE(rhs.is_prologue_end, lhs.is_prologue_end);
+ SCALAR_COMPARE(lhs.is_epilogue_begin, rhs.is_epilogue_begin);
+ // rhs and lhs reversed on purpose below.
+ SCALAR_COMPARE(rhs.is_terminal_entry, lhs.is_terminal_entry);
+ SCALAR_COMPARE(lhs.file_idx, rhs.file_idx);
+#undef SCALAR_COMPARE
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ class LessThanBinaryPredicate {
+ public:
+ LessThanBinaryPredicate(LineTable *line_table);
+ bool operator()(const LineTable::Entry &, const LineTable::Entry &) const;
- struct EntrySearchInfo
- {
- LineTable* line_table;
- lldb_private::Section *a_section;
- Entry *a_entry;
+ protected:
+ LineTable *m_line_table;
};
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Types
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- typedef std::vector<lldb_private::Section*> section_collection; ///< The collection type for the sections.
- typedef std::vector<Entry> entry_collection; ///< The collection type for the line entries.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- CompileUnit* m_comp_unit; ///< The compile unit that this line table belongs to.
- entry_collection m_entries; ///< The collection of line entries in this line table.
+ static bool EntryAddressLessThan(const Entry &lhs, const Entry &rhs) {
+ return lhs.file_addr < rhs.file_addr;
+ }
//------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Helper class
+ // Member variables.
//------------------------------------------------------------------
- class LineSequenceImpl : public LineSequence
- {
- public:
- LineSequenceImpl() = default;
-
- ~LineSequenceImpl() override = default;
-
- void
- Clear() override;
-
- entry_collection m_entries; ///< The collection of line entries in this sequence.
- };
-
- bool
- ConvertEntryAtIndexToLineEntry (uint32_t idx, LineEntry &line_entry);
+ lldb::addr_t file_addr; ///< The file address for this line entry
+ uint32_t line; ///< The source line number, or zero if there is no line
+ ///number information.
+ uint16_t column; ///< The column number of the source line, or zero if there
+ ///is no column information.
+ uint16_t file_idx : 11, ///< The file index into CompileUnit's file table,
+ ///or zero if there is no file information.
+ is_start_of_statement : 1, ///< Indicates this entry is the beginning of
+ ///a statement.
+ is_start_of_basic_block : 1, ///< Indicates this entry is the beginning
+ ///of a basic block.
+ is_prologue_end : 1, ///< Indicates this entry is one (of possibly many)
+ ///where execution should be suspended for an entry
+ ///breakpoint of a function.
+ is_epilogue_begin : 1, ///< Indicates this entry is one (of possibly
+ ///many) where execution should be suspended for
+ ///an exit breakpoint of a function.
+ is_terminal_entry : 1; ///< Indicates this entry is that of the first
+ ///byte after the end of a sequence of target
+ ///machine instructions.
+ };
+
+ struct EntrySearchInfo {
+ LineTable *line_table;
+ lldb_private::Section *a_section;
+ Entry *a_entry;
+ };
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Types
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ typedef std::vector<lldb_private::Section *>
+ section_collection; ///< The collection type for the sections.
+ typedef std::vector<Entry>
+ entry_collection; ///< The collection type for the line entries.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ CompileUnit
+ *m_comp_unit; ///< The compile unit that this line table belongs to.
+ entry_collection
+ m_entries; ///< The collection of line entries in this line table.
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Helper class
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ class LineSequenceImpl : public LineSequence {
+ public:
+ LineSequenceImpl() = default;
+
+ ~LineSequenceImpl() override = default;
+
+ void Clear() override;
+
+ entry_collection
+ m_entries; ///< The collection of line entries in this sequence.
+ };
+
+ bool ConvertEntryAtIndexToLineEntry(uint32_t idx, LineEntry &line_entry);
private:
- DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (LineTable);
+ DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(LineTable);
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/OCamlASTContext.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/OCamlASTContext.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9560866d33e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/OCamlASTContext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+//===-- OCamlASTContext.h ------------------------------------------*- C++
+//-*-===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef liblldb_OCamlASTContext_h_
+#define liblldb_OCamlASTContext_h_
+
+// C Includes
+// C++ Includes
+#include <map>
+#include <memory>
+#include <set>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+// Other libraries and framework includes
+// Project includes
+#include "lldb/Core/ConstString.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/TypeSystem.h"
+
+namespace lldb_private {
+
+class OCamlASTContext : public TypeSystem {
+public:
+ class OCamlType;
+ typedef std::map<ConstString, std::unique_ptr<OCamlType>> OCamlTypeMap;
+
+ OCamlASTContext();
+ ~OCamlASTContext() override;
+
+ ConstString GetPluginName() override;
+
+ uint32_t GetPluginVersion() override;
+
+ static ConstString GetPluginNameStatic();
+
+ static lldb::TypeSystemSP CreateInstance(lldb::LanguageType language,
+ Module *module, Target *target);
+
+ static void EnumerateSupportedLanguages(
+ std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_types,
+ std::set<lldb::LanguageType> &languages_for_expressions);
+
+ static void Initialize();
+
+ static void Terminate();
+
+ DWARFASTParser *GetDWARFParser() override;
+
+ void SetAddressByteSize(int byte_size) { m_pointer_byte_size = byte_size; }
+
+ static bool classof(const TypeSystem *ts) {
+ return ts->getKind() == TypeSystem::eKindOCaml;
+ }
+
+ ConstString DeclGetName(void *opaque_decl) override { return ConstString(); }
+
+ bool DeclContextIsStructUnionOrClass(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ ConstString DeclContextGetName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override {
+ return ConstString();
+ }
+
+ ConstString DeclContextGetScopeQualifiedName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) override {
+ return ConstString();
+ }
+
+ bool
+ DeclContextIsClassMethod(void *opaque_decl_ctx,
+ lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr,
+ bool *is_instance_method_ptr,
+ ConstString *language_object_name_ptr) override {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ bool SupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) override;
+ uint32_t GetPointerByteSize() override;
+
+ bool IsArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size,
+ bool *is_incomplete) override;
+
+ bool IsAggregateType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsCharType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsFloatingPointType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, uint32_t &count,
+ bool &is_complex) override;
+
+ bool IsFunctionType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool *is_variadic_ptr = nullptr) override;
+
+ size_t
+ GetNumberOfFunctionArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const size_t index) override;
+
+ bool IsFunctionPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsBlockPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) override;
+
+ bool IsIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool &is_signed) override;
+
+ bool IsPossibleDynamicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *target_type, bool check_cplusplus,
+ bool check_objc) override;
+
+ bool IsPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) override;
+
+ bool IsScalarType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsVoidType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool GetCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ ConstString GetTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ uint32_t GetTypeInfo(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_or_element_compiler_type = nullptr) override;
+
+ lldb::LanguageType
+ GetMinimumLanguage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ lldb::TypeClass GetTypeClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetArrayElementType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint64_t *stride = nullptr) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetCanonicalType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ int GetFunctionArgumentCount(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx) override;
+
+ CompilerType
+ GetFunctionReturnType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ size_t GetNumMemberFunctions(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ TypeMemberFunctionImpl
+ GetMemberFunctionAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetPointeeType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ uint64_t GetBitSize(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
+
+ lldb::Encoding GetEncoding(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint64_t &count) override;
+
+ lldb::Format GetFormat(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumChildren(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
+
+ lldb::BasicType
+ GetBasicTypeEnumeration(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize(lldb::Encoding encoding,
+ size_t bit_size) override;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumFields(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetFieldAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx,
+ std::string &name, uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr,
+ uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr,
+ bool *is_bitfield_ptr) override;
+
+ uint32_t GetNumDirectBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ uint32_t
+ GetNumVirtualBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ CompilerType GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override {
+ return CompilerType();
+ }
+
+ CompilerType GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) override {
+ return CompilerType();
+ }
+
+ CompilerType GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex(
+ lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, size_t idx,
+ bool transparent_pointers, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
+ bool ignore_array_bounds, std::string &child_name,
+ uint32_t &child_byte_size, int32_t &child_byte_offset,
+ uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset,
+ bool &child_is_base_class, bool &child_is_deref_of_parent,
+ ValueObject *valobj, uint64_t &language_flags) override;
+
+ uint32_t GetIndexOfChildWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *name,
+ bool omit_empty_base_classes) override;
+
+ size_t
+ GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *name, bool omit_empty_base_classes,
+ std::vector<uint32_t> &child_indexes) override;
+
+ size_t GetNumTemplateArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ CompilerType GetTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ size_t idx,
+ lldb::TemplateArgumentKind &kind) override {
+ return CompilerType();
+ }
+
+ void DumpValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
+ Stream *s, lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
+ bool show_types, bool show_summary, bool verbose,
+ uint32_t depth) override;
+
+ bool DumpTypeValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s,
+ lldb::Format format, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size,
+ uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset,
+ ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) override;
+
+ void DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ void DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ Stream *s) override;
+
+ bool IsRuntimeGeneratedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ void DumpSummary(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx,
+ Stream *s, const DataExtractor &data,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset, size_t data_byte_size) override;
+
+ size_t ConvertStringToFloatValue(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ const char *s, uint8_t *dst,
+ size_t dst_size) override;
+
+ bool IsPointerOrReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr) override;
+
+ unsigned GetTypeQualifiers(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsCStringType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ uint32_t &length) override;
+
+ size_t GetTypeBitAlign(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetBasicTypeFromAST(lldb::BasicType basic_type) override;
+
+ bool IsBeingDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsConst(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ uint32_t IsHomogeneousAggregate(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *base_type_ptr) override;
+
+ bool IsPolymorphicClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsTypedefType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetTypedefedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsVectorType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size) override;
+
+ CompilerType
+ GetFullyUnqualifiedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ CompilerType GetNonReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) override;
+
+ bool IsReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type,
+ CompilerType *pointee_type = nullptr,
+ bool *is_rvalue = nullptr) override;
+
+ CompilerType CreateBaseType(const ConstString &name, uint64_t);
+
+private:
+ int m_pointer_byte_size;
+ std::unique_ptr<DWARFASTParser> m_dwarf_ast_parser_ap;
+ OCamlTypeMap m_base_type_map;
+
+ OCamlASTContext(const OCamlASTContext &) = delete;
+ const OCamlASTContext &operator=(const OCamlASTContext &) = delete;
+};
+
+class OCamlASTContextForExpr : public OCamlASTContext {
+public:
+ OCamlASTContextForExpr(lldb::TargetSP target) : m_target_wp(target) {}
+
+private:
+ lldb::TargetWP m_target_wp;
+};
+}
+#endif // liblldb_OCamlASTContext_h_
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/ObjectContainer.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/ObjectContainer.h
index eeda1c4ae19d..6f38b50ba567 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/ObjectContainer.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/ObjectContainer.h
@@ -14,12 +14,12 @@
// C++ Includes
// Other libraries and framework includes
// Project includes
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/DataExtractor.h"
-#include "lldb/Host/FileSpec.h"
#include "lldb/Core/ModuleChild.h"
#include "lldb/Core/PluginInterface.h"
#include "lldb/Host/Endian.h"
+#include "lldb/Host/FileSpec.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
@@ -34,197 +34,168 @@ namespace lldb_private {
/// contain multiple named object files, and universal files that contain
/// multiple architectures.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class ObjectContainer :
- public PluginInterface,
- public ModuleChild
-{
+class ObjectContainer : public PluginInterface, public ModuleChild {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with a parent module, offset, and header data.
- ///
- /// Object files belong to modules and a valid module must be
- /// supplied upon construction. The at an offset within a file for
- /// objects that contain more than one architecture or object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ObjectContainer (const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp,
- const FileSpec *file,
- lldb::offset_t file_offset,
- lldb::offset_t length,
- lldb::DataBufferSP& data_sp,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset) :
- ModuleChild (module_sp),
- m_file (), // This file can be different than the module's file spec
- m_offset (file_offset),
- m_length (length),
- m_data ()
- {
- if (file)
- m_file = *file;
- if (data_sp)
- m_data.SetData (data_sp, data_offset, length);
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Destructor.
- ///
- /// The destructor is virtual since this class is designed to be
- /// inherited from by the plug-in instance.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ~ObjectContainer() override = default;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
- ///
- /// Dump a description of the current contents of this object
- /// to the supplied stream \a s. The dumping should include the
- /// section list if it has been parsed, and the symbol table
- /// if it has been parsed.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual void
- Dump (Stream *s) const = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Gets the architecture given an index.
- ///
- /// Copies the architecture specification for index \a idx.
- ///
- /// @param[in] idx
- /// The architecture index to extract.
- ///
- /// @param[out] arch
- /// A architecture object that will be filled in if \a idx is a
- /// architecture valid index.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if \a idx is valid and \a arch has been
- /// filled in, \b false otherwise.
- ///
- /// @see ObjectContainer::GetNumArchitectures() const
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual bool
- GetArchitectureAtIndex (uint32_t idx, ArchSpec& arch) const
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Returns the offset into a file at which this object resides.
- ///
- /// Some files contain many object files, and this function allows
- /// access to an object's offset within the file.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The offset in bytes into the file. Defaults to zero for
- /// simple object files that a represented by an entire file.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual lldb::addr_t
- GetOffset () const
- { return m_offset; }
-
- virtual lldb::addr_t
- GetByteSize () const
- { return m_length; }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the number of objects within this object file (archives).
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Zero for object files that are not archives, or the number
- /// of objects contained in the archive.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual size_t
- GetNumObjects () const
- { return 0; }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the number of architectures in this object file.
- ///
- /// The default implementation returns 1 as for object files that
- /// contain a single architecture. ObjectContainer instances that
- /// contain more than one architecture should override this function
- /// and return an appropriate value.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of architectures contained in this object file.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual size_t
- GetNumArchitectures () const
- { return 0; }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Attempts to parse the object header.
- ///
- /// This function is used as a test to see if a given plug-in
- /// instance can parse the header data already contained in
- /// ObjectContainer::m_data. If an object file parser does not
- /// recognize that magic bytes in a header, false should be returned
- /// and the next plug-in can attempt to parse an object file.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if the header was parsed successfully, \b
- /// false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual bool
- ParseHeader () = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Selects an architecture in an object file.
- ///
- /// Object files that contain a single architecture should verify
- /// that the specified \a arch matches the architecture in in
- /// object file and return \b true or \b false accordingly.
- ///
- /// Object files that contain more than one architecture should
- /// attempt to select that architecture, and if successful, clear
- /// out any previous state from any previously selected architecture
- /// and prepare to return information for the new architecture.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns a pointer to the object file of the requested \a
- /// arch and optional \a name. Returns nullptr of no such object
- /// file exists in the container.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual lldb::ObjectFileSP
- GetObjectFile (const FileSpec *file) = 0;
-
- virtual bool
- ObjectAtIndexIsContainer (uint32_t object_idx)
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual ObjectFile *
- GetObjectFileAtIndex (uint32_t object_idx)
- {
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- virtual ObjectContainer *
- GetObjectContainerAtIndex (uint32_t object_idx)
- {
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- virtual const char *
- GetObjectNameAtIndex (uint32_t object_idx) const
- {
- return nullptr;
- }
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with a parent module, offset, and header data.
+ ///
+ /// Object files belong to modules and a valid module must be
+ /// supplied upon construction. The at an offset within a file for
+ /// objects that contain more than one architecture or object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ObjectContainer(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp, const FileSpec *file,
+ lldb::offset_t file_offset, lldb::offset_t length,
+ lldb::DataBufferSP &data_sp, lldb::offset_t data_offset)
+ : ModuleChild(module_sp),
+ m_file(), // This file can be different than the module's file spec
+ m_offset(file_offset), m_length(length), m_data() {
+ if (file)
+ m_file = *file;
+ if (data_sp)
+ m_data.SetData(data_sp, data_offset, length);
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Destructor.
+ ///
+ /// The destructor is virtual since this class is designed to be
+ /// inherited from by the plug-in instance.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ~ObjectContainer() override = default;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
+ ///
+ /// Dump a description of the current contents of this object
+ /// to the supplied stream \a s. The dumping should include the
+ /// section list if it has been parsed, and the symbol table
+ /// if it has been parsed.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual void Dump(Stream *s) const = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Gets the architecture given an index.
+ ///
+ /// Copies the architecture specification for index \a idx.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] idx
+ /// The architecture index to extract.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] arch
+ /// A architecture object that will be filled in if \a idx is a
+ /// architecture valid index.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if \a idx is valid and \a arch has been
+ /// filled in, \b false otherwise.
+ ///
+ /// @see ObjectContainer::GetNumArchitectures() const
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual bool GetArchitectureAtIndex(uint32_t idx, ArchSpec &arch) const {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Returns the offset into a file at which this object resides.
+ ///
+ /// Some files contain many object files, and this function allows
+ /// access to an object's offset within the file.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The offset in bytes into the file. Defaults to zero for
+ /// simple object files that a represented by an entire file.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual lldb::addr_t GetOffset() const { return m_offset; }
+
+ virtual lldb::addr_t GetByteSize() const { return m_length; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the number of objects within this object file (archives).
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Zero for object files that are not archives, or the number
+ /// of objects contained in the archive.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual size_t GetNumObjects() const { return 0; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the number of architectures in this object file.
+ ///
+ /// The default implementation returns 1 as for object files that
+ /// contain a single architecture. ObjectContainer instances that
+ /// contain more than one architecture should override this function
+ /// and return an appropriate value.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of architectures contained in this object file.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual size_t GetNumArchitectures() const { return 0; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Attempts to parse the object header.
+ ///
+ /// This function is used as a test to see if a given plug-in
+ /// instance can parse the header data already contained in
+ /// ObjectContainer::m_data. If an object file parser does not
+ /// recognize that magic bytes in a header, false should be returned
+ /// and the next plug-in can attempt to parse an object file.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if the header was parsed successfully, \b
+ /// false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual bool ParseHeader() = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Selects an architecture in an object file.
+ ///
+ /// Object files that contain a single architecture should verify
+ /// that the specified \a arch matches the architecture in in
+ /// object file and return \b true or \b false accordingly.
+ ///
+ /// Object files that contain more than one architecture should
+ /// attempt to select that architecture, and if successful, clear
+ /// out any previous state from any previously selected architecture
+ /// and prepare to return information for the new architecture.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns a pointer to the object file of the requested \a
+ /// arch and optional \a name. Returns nullptr of no such object
+ /// file exists in the container.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual lldb::ObjectFileSP GetObjectFile(const FileSpec *file) = 0;
+
+ virtual bool ObjectAtIndexIsContainer(uint32_t object_idx) { return false; }
+
+ virtual ObjectFile *GetObjectFileAtIndex(uint32_t object_idx) {
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ virtual ObjectContainer *GetObjectContainerAtIndex(uint32_t object_idx) {
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ virtual const char *GetObjectNameAtIndex(uint32_t object_idx) const {
+ return nullptr;
+ }
protected:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- FileSpec m_file; ///< The file that represents this container objects (which can be different from the module's file).
- lldb::addr_t m_offset; ///< The offset in bytes into the file, or the address in memory
- lldb::addr_t m_length; ///< The size in bytes if known (can be zero).
- DataExtractor m_data; ///< The data for this object file so things can be parsed lazily.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ FileSpec m_file; ///< The file that represents this container objects (which
+ ///can be different from the module's file).
+ lldb::addr_t
+ m_offset; ///< The offset in bytes into the file, or the address in memory
+ lldb::addr_t m_length; ///< The size in bytes if known (can be zero).
+ DataExtractor
+ m_data; ///< The data for this object file so things can be parsed lazily.
private:
- DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (ObjectContainer);
+ DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(ObjectContainer);
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/ObjectFile.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/ObjectFile.h
index 53f0f3c80517..e2e4500ace46 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/ObjectFile.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/ObjectFile.h
@@ -10,46 +10,35 @@
#ifndef liblldb_ObjectFile_h_
#define liblldb_ObjectFile_h_
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/DataExtractor.h"
-#include "lldb/Host/FileSpec.h"
#include "lldb/Core/FileSpecList.h"
#include "lldb/Core/ModuleChild.h"
#include "lldb/Core/PluginInterface.h"
#include "lldb/Host/Endian.h"
+#include "lldb/Host/FileSpec.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/Symtab.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/UnwindTable.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
-
-class ObjectFileJITDelegate
-{
+
+class ObjectFileJITDelegate {
public:
- ObjectFileJITDelegate ()
- {
- }
-
- virtual
- ~ObjectFileJITDelegate()
- {
- }
-
- virtual lldb::ByteOrder
- GetByteOrder () const = 0;
-
- virtual uint32_t
- GetAddressByteSize () const = 0;
-
- virtual void
- PopulateSymtab (lldb_private::ObjectFile *obj_file,
- lldb_private::Symtab &symtab) = 0;
-
- virtual void
- PopulateSectionList (lldb_private::ObjectFile *obj_file,
- lldb_private::SectionList &section_list) = 0;
-
- virtual bool
- GetArchitecture (lldb_private::ArchSpec &arch) = 0;
+ ObjectFileJITDelegate() {}
+
+ virtual ~ObjectFileJITDelegate() {}
+
+ virtual lldb::ByteOrder GetByteOrder() const = 0;
+
+ virtual uint32_t GetAddressByteSize() const = 0;
+
+ virtual void PopulateSymtab(lldb_private::ObjectFile *obj_file,
+ lldb_private::Symtab &symtab) = 0;
+
+ virtual void PopulateSectionList(lldb_private::ObjectFile *obj_file,
+ lldb_private::SectionList &section_list) = 0;
+
+ virtual bool GetArchitecture(lldb_private::ArchSpec &arch) = 0;
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -68,849 +57,764 @@ public:
/// Once an architecture is selected the object file information can be
/// extracted from this abstract class.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class ObjectFile:
- public std::enable_shared_from_this<ObjectFile>,
- public PluginInterface,
- public ModuleChild
-{
-friend class lldb_private::Module;
+class ObjectFile : public std::enable_shared_from_this<ObjectFile>,
+ public PluginInterface,
+ public ModuleChild {
+ friend class lldb_private::Module;
public:
- typedef enum
- {
- eTypeInvalid = 0,
- eTypeCoreFile, /// A core file that has a checkpoint of a program's execution state
- eTypeExecutable, /// A normal executable
- eTypeDebugInfo, /// An object file that contains only debug information
- eTypeDynamicLinker, /// The platform's dynamic linker executable
- eTypeObjectFile, /// An intermediate object file
- eTypeSharedLibrary, /// A shared library that can be used during execution
- eTypeStubLibrary, /// A library that can be linked against but not used for execution
- eTypeJIT, /// JIT code that has symbols, sections and possibly debug info
- eTypeUnknown
- } Type;
-
- typedef enum
- {
- eStrataInvalid = 0,
- eStrataUnknown,
- eStrataUser,
- eStrataKernel,
- eStrataRawImage,
- eStrataJIT
- } Strata;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with a parent module, offset, and header data.
- ///
- /// Object files belong to modules and a valid module must be
- /// supplied upon construction. The at an offset within a file for
- /// objects that contain more than one architecture or object.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ObjectFile (const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp,
- const FileSpec *file_spec_ptr,
- lldb::offset_t file_offset,
- lldb::offset_t length,
- const lldb::DataBufferSP& data_sp,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset);
-
- ObjectFile (const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp,
- const lldb::ProcessSP &process_sp,
- lldb::addr_t header_addr,
- lldb::DataBufferSP& data_sp);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Destructor.
- ///
- /// The destructor is virtual since this class is designed to be
- /// inherited from by the plug-in instance.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ~ObjectFile() override;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
- ///
- /// Dump a description of the current contents of this object
- /// to the supplied stream \a s. The dumping should include the
- /// section list if it has been parsed, and the symbol table
- /// if it has been parsed.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual void
- Dump (Stream *s) = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Find a ObjectFile plug-in that can parse \a file_spec.
- ///
- /// Scans all loaded plug-in interfaces that implement versions of
- /// the ObjectFile plug-in interface and returns the first
- /// instance that can parse the file.
- ///
- /// @param[in] module
- /// The parent module that owns this object file.
- ///
- /// @param[in] file_spec
- /// A file specification that indicates which file to use as the
- /// object file.
- ///
- /// @param[in] file_offset
- /// The offset into the file at which to start parsing the
- /// object. This is for files that contain multiple
- /// architectures or objects.
- ///
- /// @param[in] file_size
- /// The size of the current object file if it can be determined
- /// or if it is known. This can be zero.
- ///
- /// @see ObjectFile::ParseHeader()
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static lldb::ObjectFileSP
- FindPlugin (const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp,
- const FileSpec* file_spec,
- lldb::offset_t file_offset,
- lldb::offset_t file_size,
- lldb::DataBufferSP &data_sp,
- lldb::offset_t &data_offset);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Find a ObjectFile plug-in that can parse a file in memory.
- ///
- /// Scans all loaded plug-in interfaces that implement versions of
- /// the ObjectFile plug-in interface and returns the first
- /// instance that can parse the file.
- ///
- /// @param[in] module
- /// The parent module that owns this object file.
- ///
- /// @param[in] process_sp
- /// A shared pointer to the process whose memory space contains
- /// an object file. This will be stored as a std::weak_ptr.
- ///
- /// @param[in] header_addr
- /// The address of the header for the object file in memory.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static lldb::ObjectFileSP
- FindPlugin (const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp,
- const lldb::ProcessSP &process_sp,
- lldb::addr_t header_addr,
- lldb::DataBufferSP &file_data_sp);
-
-
- static size_t
- GetModuleSpecifications (const FileSpec &file,
- lldb::offset_t file_offset,
- lldb::offset_t file_size,
- ModuleSpecList &specs);
-
- static size_t
- GetModuleSpecifications (const lldb_private::FileSpec& file,
- lldb::DataBufferSP& data_sp,
- lldb::offset_t data_offset,
- lldb::offset_t file_offset,
- lldb::offset_t file_size,
- lldb_private::ModuleSpecList &specs);
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Split a path into a file path with object name.
- ///
- /// For paths like "/tmp/foo.a(bar.o)" we often need to split a path
- /// up into the actual path name and into the object name so we can
- /// make a valid object file from it.
- ///
- /// @param[in] path_with_object
- /// A path that might contain an archive path with a .o file
- /// specified in parens in the basename of the path.
- ///
- /// @param[out] archive_file
- /// If \b true is returned, \a file_spec will be filled in with
- /// the path to the archive.
- ///
- /// @param[out] archive_object
- /// If \b true is returned, \a object will be filled in with
- /// the name of the object inside the archive.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// \b true if the path matches the pattern of archive + object
- /// and \a archive_file and \a archive_object are modified,
- /// \b false otherwise and \a archive_file and \a archive_object
- /// are guaranteed to be remain unchanged.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- static bool
- SplitArchivePathWithObject (const char *path_with_object,
- lldb_private::FileSpec &archive_file,
- lldb_private::ConstString &archive_object,
- bool must_exist);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Gets the address size in bytes for the current object file.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The size of an address in bytes for the currently selected
- /// architecture (and object for archives). Returns zero if no
- /// architecture or object has been selected.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual uint32_t
- GetAddressByteSize () const = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the address type given a file address in an object file.
- ///
- /// Many binary file formats know what kinds
- /// This is primarily for ARM binaries, though it can be applied to
- /// any executable file format that supports different opcode types
- /// within the same binary. ARM binaries support having both ARM and
- /// Thumb within the same executable container. We need to be able
- /// to get
- /// @return
- /// The size of an address in bytes for the currently selected
- /// architecture (and object for archives). Returns zero if no
- /// architecture or object has been selected.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual lldb::AddressClass
- GetAddressClass (lldb::addr_t file_addr);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Extract the dependent modules from an object file.
- ///
- /// If an object file has information about which other images it
- /// depends on (such as shared libraries), this function will
- /// provide the list. Since many executables or shared libraries
- /// may depend on the same files,
- /// FileSpecList::AppendIfUnique(const FileSpec &) should be
- /// used to make sure any files that are added are not already in
- /// the list.
- ///
- /// @param[out] file_list
- /// A list of file specification objects that gets dependent
- /// files appended to.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The number of new files that were appended to \a file_list.
- ///
- /// @see FileSpecList::AppendIfUnique(const FileSpec &)
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual uint32_t
- GetDependentModules (FileSpecList& file_list) = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Tells whether this object file is capable of being the main executable
- /// for a process.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// \b true if it is, \b false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual bool
- IsExecutable () const = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Returns the offset into a file at which this object resides.
- ///
- /// Some files contain many object files, and this function allows
- /// access to an object's offset within the file.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The offset in bytes into the file. Defaults to zero for
- /// simple object files that a represented by an entire file.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual lldb::addr_t
- GetFileOffset () const
- { return m_file_offset; }
-
- virtual lldb::addr_t
- GetByteSize () const
- { return m_length; }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor to the object file specification.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The file specification object pointer if there is one, or
- /// NULL if this object is only from memory.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual FileSpec&
- GetFileSpec() { return m_file; }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get const accessor to the object file specification.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The const file specification object pointer if there is one,
- /// or NULL if this object is only from memory.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual const FileSpec&
- GetFileSpec() const { return m_file; }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the name of the cpu, vendor and OS for this object file.
- ///
- /// This value is a string that represents the target triple where
- /// the cpu type, the vendor and the OS are encoded into a string.
- ///
- /// @param[out] target_triple
- /// The string value of the target triple.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// \b True if the target triple was able to be computed, \b
- /// false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual bool
- GetArchitecture (ArchSpec &arch) = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Gets the section list for the currently selected architecture
- /// (and object for archives).
- ///
- /// Section list parsing can be deferred by ObjectFile instances
- /// until this accessor is called the first time.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The list of sections contained in this object file.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual SectionList *
- GetSectionList (bool update_module_section_list = true);
-
- virtual void
- CreateSections (SectionList &unified_section_list) = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Notify the ObjectFile that the file addresses in the Sections
- /// for this module have been changed.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual void
- SectionFileAddressesChanged ()
- {
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Gets the symbol table for the currently selected architecture
- /// (and object for archives).
- ///
- /// Symbol table parsing can be deferred by ObjectFile instances
- /// until this accessor is called the first time.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The symbol table for this object file.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual Symtab *
- GetSymtab () = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Appends a Symbol for the specified so_addr to the symbol table.
- ///
- /// If verify_unique is false, the symbol table is not searched
- /// to determine if a Symbol found at this address has already been
- /// added to the symbol table. When verify_unique is true, this
- /// method resolves the Symbol as the first match in the SymbolTable
- /// and appends a Symbol only if required/found.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The resolved symbol or nullptr. Returns nullptr if a
- /// a Symbol could not be found for the specified so_addr.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual Symbol *
- ResolveSymbolForAddress(const Address &so_addr, bool verify_unique)
- {
- // Typically overridden to lazily add stripped symbols recoverable from
- // the exception handling unwind information (i.e. without parsing
- // the entire eh_frame section.
- //
- // The availability of LC_FUNCTION_STARTS allows ObjectFileMachO
- // to efficiently add stripped symbols when the symbol table is
- // first constructed. Poorer cousins are PECoff and ELF.
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Detect if this object file has been stripped of local symbols.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Detect if this object file has been stripped of local symbols.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Return \b true if the object file has been stripped of local
- /// symbols.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual bool
- IsStripped () = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Frees the symbol table.
- ///
- /// This function should only be used when an object file is
- ///
- /// @param[in] flags
- /// eSymtabFromUnifiedSectionList: Whether to clear symbol table
- /// for unified module section list, or object file.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The symbol table for this object file.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual void
- ClearSymtab ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Gets the UUID for this object file.
- ///
- /// If the object file format contains a UUID, the value should be
- /// returned. Else ObjectFile instances should return the MD5
- /// checksum of all of the bytes for the object file (or memory for
- /// memory based object files).
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if a UUID was successfully extracted into
- /// \a uuid, \b false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual bool
- GetUUID (lldb_private::UUID* uuid) = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Gets the symbol file spec list for this object file.
- ///
- /// If the object file format contains a debug symbol file link,
- /// the values will be returned in the FileSpecList.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns filespeclist.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual lldb_private::FileSpecList
- GetDebugSymbolFilePaths()
- {
- return FileSpecList();
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Gets the file spec list of libraries re-exported by this object file.
- ///
- /// If the object file format has the notion of one library re-exporting the symbols from another,
- /// the re-exported libraries will be returned in the FileSpecList.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns filespeclist.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual lldb_private::FileSpecList
- GetReExportedLibraries ()
- {
- return FileSpecList();
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Sets the load address for an entire module, assuming a rigid
- /// slide of sections, if possible in the implementation.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns true iff any section's load address changed.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual bool
- SetLoadAddress(Target &target,
- lldb::addr_t value,
- bool value_is_offset)
- {
- return false;
+ typedef enum {
+ eTypeInvalid = 0,
+ eTypeCoreFile, /// A core file that has a checkpoint of a program's
+ /// execution state
+ eTypeExecutable, /// A normal executable
+ eTypeDebugInfo, /// An object file that contains only debug information
+ eTypeDynamicLinker, /// The platform's dynamic linker executable
+ eTypeObjectFile, /// An intermediate object file
+ eTypeSharedLibrary, /// A shared library that can be used during execution
+ eTypeStubLibrary, /// A library that can be linked against but not used for
+ /// execution
+ eTypeJIT, /// JIT code that has symbols, sections and possibly debug info
+ eTypeUnknown
+ } Type;
+
+ typedef enum {
+ eStrataInvalid = 0,
+ eStrataUnknown,
+ eStrataUser,
+ eStrataKernel,
+ eStrataRawImage,
+ eStrataJIT
+ } Strata;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with a parent module, offset, and header data.
+ ///
+ /// Object files belong to modules and a valid module must be
+ /// supplied upon construction. The at an offset within a file for
+ /// objects that contain more than one architecture or object.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ObjectFile(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp, const FileSpec *file_spec_ptr,
+ lldb::offset_t file_offset, lldb::offset_t length,
+ const lldb::DataBufferSP &data_sp, lldb::offset_t data_offset);
+
+ ObjectFile(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp, const lldb::ProcessSP &process_sp,
+ lldb::addr_t header_addr, lldb::DataBufferSP &data_sp);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Destructor.
+ ///
+ /// The destructor is virtual since this class is designed to be
+ /// inherited from by the plug-in instance.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ~ObjectFile() override;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
+ ///
+ /// Dump a description of the current contents of this object
+ /// to the supplied stream \a s. The dumping should include the
+ /// section list if it has been parsed, and the symbol table
+ /// if it has been parsed.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual void Dump(Stream *s) = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Find a ObjectFile plug-in that can parse \a file_spec.
+ ///
+ /// Scans all loaded plug-in interfaces that implement versions of
+ /// the ObjectFile plug-in interface and returns the first
+ /// instance that can parse the file.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] module
+ /// The parent module that owns this object file.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] file_spec
+ /// A file specification that indicates which file to use as the
+ /// object file.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] file_offset
+ /// The offset into the file at which to start parsing the
+ /// object. This is for files that contain multiple
+ /// architectures or objects.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] file_size
+ /// The size of the current object file if it can be determined
+ /// or if it is known. This can be zero.
+ ///
+ /// @see ObjectFile::ParseHeader()
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static lldb::ObjectFileSP
+ FindPlugin(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp, const FileSpec *file_spec,
+ lldb::offset_t file_offset, lldb::offset_t file_size,
+ lldb::DataBufferSP &data_sp, lldb::offset_t &data_offset);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Find a ObjectFile plug-in that can parse a file in memory.
+ ///
+ /// Scans all loaded plug-in interfaces that implement versions of
+ /// the ObjectFile plug-in interface and returns the first
+ /// instance that can parse the file.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] module
+ /// The parent module that owns this object file.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] process_sp
+ /// A shared pointer to the process whose memory space contains
+ /// an object file. This will be stored as a std::weak_ptr.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] header_addr
+ /// The address of the header for the object file in memory.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static lldb::ObjectFileSP FindPlugin(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp,
+ const lldb::ProcessSP &process_sp,
+ lldb::addr_t header_addr,
+ lldb::DataBufferSP &file_data_sp);
+
+ static size_t GetModuleSpecifications(const FileSpec &file,
+ lldb::offset_t file_offset,
+ lldb::offset_t file_size,
+ ModuleSpecList &specs);
+
+ static size_t GetModuleSpecifications(const lldb_private::FileSpec &file,
+ lldb::DataBufferSP &data_sp,
+ lldb::offset_t data_offset,
+ lldb::offset_t file_offset,
+ lldb::offset_t file_size,
+ lldb_private::ModuleSpecList &specs);
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Split a path into a file path with object name.
+ ///
+ /// For paths like "/tmp/foo.a(bar.o)" we often need to split a path
+ /// up into the actual path name and into the object name so we can
+ /// make a valid object file from it.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] path_with_object
+ /// A path that might contain an archive path with a .o file
+ /// specified in parens in the basename of the path.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] archive_file
+ /// If \b true is returned, \a file_spec will be filled in with
+ /// the path to the archive.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] archive_object
+ /// If \b true is returned, \a object will be filled in with
+ /// the name of the object inside the archive.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// \b true if the path matches the pattern of archive + object
+ /// and \a archive_file and \a archive_object are modified,
+ /// \b false otherwise and \a archive_file and \a archive_object
+ /// are guaranteed to be remain unchanged.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ static bool SplitArchivePathWithObject(
+ const char *path_with_object, lldb_private::FileSpec &archive_file,
+ lldb_private::ConstString &archive_object, bool must_exist);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Gets the address size in bytes for the current object file.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The size of an address in bytes for the currently selected
+ /// architecture (and object for archives). Returns zero if no
+ /// architecture or object has been selected.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual uint32_t GetAddressByteSize() const = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the address type given a file address in an object file.
+ ///
+ /// Many binary file formats know what kinds
+ /// This is primarily for ARM binaries, though it can be applied to
+ /// any executable file format that supports different opcode types
+ /// within the same binary. ARM binaries support having both ARM and
+ /// Thumb within the same executable container. We need to be able
+ /// to get
+ /// @return
+ /// The size of an address in bytes for the currently selected
+ /// architecture (and object for archives). Returns zero if no
+ /// architecture or object has been selected.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual lldb::AddressClass GetAddressClass(lldb::addr_t file_addr);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Extract the dependent modules from an object file.
+ ///
+ /// If an object file has information about which other images it
+ /// depends on (such as shared libraries), this function will
+ /// provide the list. Since many executables or shared libraries
+ /// may depend on the same files,
+ /// FileSpecList::AppendIfUnique(const FileSpec &) should be
+ /// used to make sure any files that are added are not already in
+ /// the list.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] file_list
+ /// A list of file specification objects that gets dependent
+ /// files appended to.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The number of new files that were appended to \a file_list.
+ ///
+ /// @see FileSpecList::AppendIfUnique(const FileSpec &)
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual uint32_t GetDependentModules(FileSpecList &file_list) = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Tells whether this object file is capable of being the main executable
+ /// for a process.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// \b true if it is, \b false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual bool IsExecutable() const = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Returns the offset into a file at which this object resides.
+ ///
+ /// Some files contain many object files, and this function allows
+ /// access to an object's offset within the file.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The offset in bytes into the file. Defaults to zero for
+ /// simple object files that a represented by an entire file.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual lldb::addr_t GetFileOffset() const { return m_file_offset; }
+
+ virtual lldb::addr_t GetByteSize() const { return m_length; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor to the object file specification.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The file specification object pointer if there is one, or
+ /// NULL if this object is only from memory.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual FileSpec &GetFileSpec() { return m_file; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get const accessor to the object file specification.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The const file specification object pointer if there is one,
+ /// or NULL if this object is only from memory.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual const FileSpec &GetFileSpec() const { return m_file; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the name of the cpu, vendor and OS for this object file.
+ ///
+ /// This value is a string that represents the target triple where
+ /// the cpu type, the vendor and the OS are encoded into a string.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] target_triple
+ /// The string value of the target triple.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// \b True if the target triple was able to be computed, \b
+ /// false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual bool GetArchitecture(ArchSpec &arch) = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Gets the section list for the currently selected architecture
+ /// (and object for archives).
+ ///
+ /// Section list parsing can be deferred by ObjectFile instances
+ /// until this accessor is called the first time.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The list of sections contained in this object file.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual SectionList *GetSectionList(bool update_module_section_list = true);
+
+ virtual void CreateSections(SectionList &unified_section_list) = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Notify the ObjectFile that the file addresses in the Sections
+ /// for this module have been changed.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual void SectionFileAddressesChanged() {}
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Gets the symbol table for the currently selected architecture
+ /// (and object for archives).
+ ///
+ /// Symbol table parsing can be deferred by ObjectFile instances
+ /// until this accessor is called the first time.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The symbol table for this object file.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual Symtab *GetSymtab() = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Appends a Symbol for the specified so_addr to the symbol table.
+ ///
+ /// If verify_unique is false, the symbol table is not searched
+ /// to determine if a Symbol found at this address has already been
+ /// added to the symbol table. When verify_unique is true, this
+ /// method resolves the Symbol as the first match in the SymbolTable
+ /// and appends a Symbol only if required/found.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The resolved symbol or nullptr. Returns nullptr if a
+ /// a Symbol could not be found for the specified so_addr.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual Symbol *ResolveSymbolForAddress(const Address &so_addr,
+ bool verify_unique) {
+ // Typically overridden to lazily add stripped symbols recoverable from
+ // the exception handling unwind information (i.e. without parsing
+ // the entire eh_frame section.
+ //
+ // The availability of LC_FUNCTION_STARTS allows ObjectFileMachO
+ // to efficiently add stripped symbols when the symbol table is
+ // first constructed. Poorer cousins are PECoff and ELF.
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Detect if this object file has been stripped of local symbols.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Detect if this object file has been stripped of local symbols.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Return \b true if the object file has been stripped of local
+ /// symbols.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual bool IsStripped() = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Frees the symbol table.
+ ///
+ /// This function should only be used when an object file is
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] flags
+ /// eSymtabFromUnifiedSectionList: Whether to clear symbol table
+ /// for unified module section list, or object file.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The symbol table for this object file.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual void ClearSymtab();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Gets the UUID for this object file.
+ ///
+ /// If the object file format contains a UUID, the value should be
+ /// returned. Else ObjectFile instances should return the MD5
+ /// checksum of all of the bytes for the object file (or memory for
+ /// memory based object files).
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if a UUID was successfully extracted into
+ /// \a uuid, \b false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual bool GetUUID(lldb_private::UUID *uuid) = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Gets the symbol file spec list for this object file.
+ ///
+ /// If the object file format contains a debug symbol file link,
+ /// the values will be returned in the FileSpecList.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns filespeclist.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual lldb_private::FileSpecList GetDebugSymbolFilePaths() {
+ return FileSpecList();
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Gets the file spec list of libraries re-exported by this object file.
+ ///
+ /// If the object file format has the notion of one library re-exporting the
+ /// symbols from another,
+ /// the re-exported libraries will be returned in the FileSpecList.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns filespeclist.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual lldb_private::FileSpecList GetReExportedLibraries() {
+ return FileSpecList();
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Sets the load address for an entire module, assuming a rigid
+ /// slide of sections, if possible in the implementation.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns true iff any section's load address changed.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual bool SetLoadAddress(Target &target, lldb::addr_t value,
+ bool value_is_offset) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Gets whether endian swapping should occur when extracting data
+ /// from this object file.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if endian swapping is needed, \b false
+ /// otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual lldb::ByteOrder GetByteOrder() const = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Attempts to parse the object header.
+ ///
+ /// This function is used as a test to see if a given plug-in
+ /// instance can parse the header data already contained in
+ /// ObjectFile::m_data. If an object file parser does not
+ /// recognize that magic bytes in a header, false should be returned
+ /// and the next plug-in can attempt to parse an object file.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if the header was parsed successfully, \b
+ /// false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual bool ParseHeader() = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Returns a reference to the UnwindTable for this ObjectFile
+ ///
+ /// The UnwindTable contains FuncUnwinders objects for any function in
+ /// this ObjectFile. If a FuncUnwinders object hasn't been created yet
+ /// (i.e. the function has yet to be unwound in a stack walk), it
+ /// will be created when requested. Specifically, we do not create
+ /// FuncUnwinders objects for functions until they are needed.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns the unwind table for this object file.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual lldb_private::UnwindTable &GetUnwindTable() { return m_unwind_table; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Returns if the function bounds for symbols in this symbol file
+ /// are likely accurate.
+ ///
+ /// The unwinder can emulate the instructions of functions to understand
+ /// prologue/epilogue code sequences, where registers are spilled on
+ /// the stack, etc. This feature relies on having the correct start
+ /// addresses of all functions. If the ObjectFile has a way to tell
+ /// that symbols have been stripped and there's no way to reconstruct
+ /// start addresses (e.g. LC_FUNCTION_STARTS on Mach-O, or eh_frame
+ /// unwind info), the ObjectFile should indicate that assembly emulation
+ /// should not be used for this module.
+ ///
+ /// It is uncommon for this to return false. An ObjectFile needs to
+ /// be sure that symbol start addresses are unavailable before false
+ /// is returned. If it is unclear, this should return true.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns true if assembly emulation should be used for this
+ /// module.
+ /// Only returns false if the ObjectFile is sure that symbol
+ /// addresses are insufficient for accurate assembly emulation.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual bool AllowAssemblyEmulationUnwindPlans() { return true; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Similar to Process::GetImageInfoAddress().
+ ///
+ /// Some platforms embed auxiliary structures useful to debuggers in the
+ /// address space of the inferior process. This method returns the address
+ /// of such a structure if the information can be resolved via entries in
+ /// the object file. ELF, for example, provides a means to hook into the
+ /// runtime linker so that a debugger may monitor the loading and unloading
+ /// of shared libraries.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The address of any auxiliary tables, or an invalid address if this
+ /// object file format does not support or contain such information.
+ virtual lldb_private::Address GetImageInfoAddress(Target *target) {
+ return Address();
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Returns the address of the Entry Point in this object file - if
+ /// the object file doesn't have an entry point (because it is not an
+ /// executable file) then an invalid address is returned.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns the entry address for this module.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual lldb_private::Address GetEntryPointAddress() { return Address(); }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Returns the address that represents the header of this object
+ /// file.
+ ///
+ /// The header address is defined as where the header for the object
+ /// file is that describes the content of the file. If the header
+ /// doesn't appear in a section that is defined in the object file,
+ /// an address with no section is returned that has the file offset
+ /// set in the m_file_offset member of the lldb_private::Address object.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns the entry address for this module.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual lldb_private::Address GetHeaderAddress() {
+ return Address(m_memory_addr);
+ }
+
+ virtual uint32_t GetNumThreadContexts() { return 0; }
+
+ virtual lldb::RegisterContextSP
+ GetThreadContextAtIndex(uint32_t idx, lldb_private::Thread &thread) {
+ return lldb::RegisterContextSP();
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// The object file should be able to calculate its type by looking
+ /// at its file header and possibly the sections or other data in
+ /// the object file. The file type is used in the debugger to help
+ /// select the correct plug-ins for the job at hand, so this is
+ /// important to get right. If any eTypeXXX definitions do not match
+ /// up with the type of file you are loading, please feel free to
+ /// add a new enumeration value.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The calculated file type for the current object file.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual Type CalculateType() = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// In cases where the type can't be calculated (elf files), this
+ /// routine allows someone to explicitly set it. As an example,
+ /// SymbolVendorELF uses this routine to set eTypeDebugInfo when
+ /// loading debug link files.
+ virtual void SetType(Type type) { m_type = type; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// The object file should be able to calculate the strata of the
+ /// object file.
+ ///
+ /// Many object files for platforms might be for either user space
+ /// debugging or for kernel debugging. If your object file subclass
+ /// can figure this out, it will help with debugger plug-in selection
+ /// when it comes time to debug.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The calculated object file strata for the current object
+ /// file.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual Strata CalculateStrata() = 0;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the object file version numbers.
+ ///
+ /// Many object files have a set of version numbers that describe
+ /// the version of the executable or shared library. Typically there
+ /// are major, minor and build, but there may be more. This function
+ /// will extract the versions from object files if they are available.
+ ///
+ /// If \a versions is NULL, or if \a num_versions is 0, the return
+ /// value will indicate how many version numbers are available in
+ /// this object file. Then a subsequent call can be made to this
+ /// function with a value of \a versions and \a num_versions that
+ /// has enough storage to store some or all version numbers.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] versions
+ /// A pointer to an array of uint32_t types that is \a num_versions
+ /// long. If this value is NULL, the return value will indicate
+ /// how many version numbers are required for a subsequent call
+ /// to this function so that all versions can be retrieved. If
+ /// the value is non-NULL, then at most \a num_versions of the
+ /// existing versions numbers will be filled into \a versions.
+ /// If there is no version information available, \a versions
+ /// will be filled with \a num_versions UINT32_MAX values
+ /// and zero will be returned.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] num_versions
+ /// The maximum number of entries to fill into \a versions. If
+ /// this value is zero, then the return value will indicate
+ /// how many version numbers there are in total so another call
+ /// to this function can be make with adequate storage in
+ /// \a versions to get all of the version numbers. If \a
+ /// num_versions is less than the actual number of version
+ /// numbers in this object file, only \a num_versions will be
+ /// filled into \a versions (if \a versions is non-NULL).
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// This function always returns the number of version numbers
+ /// that this object file has regardless of the number of
+ /// version numbers that were copied into \a versions.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual uint32_t GetVersion(uint32_t *versions, uint32_t num_versions) {
+ if (versions && num_versions) {
+ for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_versions; ++i)
+ versions[i] = UINT32_MAX;
}
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Gets whether endian swapping should occur when extracting data
- /// from this object file.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if endian swapping is needed, \b false
- /// otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual lldb::ByteOrder
- GetByteOrder () const = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Attempts to parse the object header.
- ///
- /// This function is used as a test to see if a given plug-in
- /// instance can parse the header data already contained in
- /// ObjectFile::m_data. If an object file parser does not
- /// recognize that magic bytes in a header, false should be returned
- /// and the next plug-in can attempt to parse an object file.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if the header was parsed successfully, \b
- /// false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual bool
- ParseHeader () = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Returns a reference to the UnwindTable for this ObjectFile
- ///
- /// The UnwindTable contains FuncUnwinders objects for any function in
- /// this ObjectFile. If a FuncUnwinders object hasn't been created yet
- /// (i.e. the function has yet to be unwound in a stack walk), it
- /// will be created when requested. Specifically, we do not create
- /// FuncUnwinders objects for functions until they are needed.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns the unwind table for this object file.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual lldb_private::UnwindTable&
- GetUnwindTable () { return m_unwind_table; }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Returns if the function bounds for symbols in this symbol file
- /// are likely accurate.
- ///
- /// The unwinder can emulate the instructions of functions to understand
- /// prologue/epilogue code sequences, where registers are spilled on
- /// the stack, etc. This feature relies on having the correct start
- /// addresses of all functions. If the ObjectFile has a way to tell
- /// that symbols have been stripped and there's no way to reconstruct
- /// start addresses (e.g. LC_FUNCTION_STARTS on Mach-O, or eh_frame
- /// unwind info), the ObjectFile should indicate that assembly emulation
- /// should not be used for this module.
- ///
- /// It is uncommon for this to return false. An ObjectFile needs to
- /// be sure that symbol start addresses are unavailable before false
- /// is returned. If it is unclear, this should return true.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns true if assembly emulation should be used for this
- /// module.
- /// Only returns false if the ObjectFile is sure that symbol
- /// addresses are insufficient for accurate assembly emulation.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual bool
- AllowAssemblyEmulationUnwindPlans ()
- {
- return true;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Similar to Process::GetImageInfoAddress().
- ///
- /// Some platforms embed auxiliary structures useful to debuggers in the
- /// address space of the inferior process. This method returns the address
- /// of such a structure if the information can be resolved via entries in
- /// the object file. ELF, for example, provides a means to hook into the
- /// runtime linker so that a debugger may monitor the loading and unloading
- /// of shared libraries.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The address of any auxiliary tables, or an invalid address if this
- /// object file format does not support or contain such information.
- virtual lldb_private::Address
- GetImageInfoAddress (Target *target) { return Address(); }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Returns the address of the Entry Point in this object file - if
- /// the object file doesn't have an entry point (because it is not an
- /// executable file) then an invalid address is returned.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns the entry address for this module.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual lldb_private::Address
- GetEntryPointAddress () { return Address();}
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Returns the address that represents the header of this object
- /// file.
- ///
- /// The header address is defined as where the header for the object
- /// file is that describes the content of the file. If the header
- /// doesn't appear in a section that is defined in the object file,
- /// an address with no section is returned that has the file offset
- /// set in the m_file_offset member of the lldb_private::Address object.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns the entry address for this module.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual lldb_private::Address
- GetHeaderAddress () { return Address(m_memory_addr);}
-
- virtual uint32_t
- GetNumThreadContexts ()
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- virtual lldb::RegisterContextSP
- GetThreadContextAtIndex (uint32_t idx, lldb_private::Thread &thread)
- {
- return lldb::RegisterContextSP();
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// The object file should be able to calculate its type by looking
- /// at its file header and possibly the sections or other data in
- /// the object file. The file type is used in the debugger to help
- /// select the correct plug-ins for the job at hand, so this is
- /// important to get right. If any eTypeXXX definitions do not match
- /// up with the type of file you are loading, please feel free to
- /// add a new enumeration value.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The calculated file type for the current object file.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual Type
- CalculateType() = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// In cases where the type can't be calculated (elf files), this
- /// routine allows someone to explicitly set it. As an example,
- /// SymbolVendorELF uses this routine to set eTypeDebugInfo when
- /// loading debug link files.
- virtual void
- SetType (Type type)
- {
- m_type = type;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// The object file should be able to calculate the strata of the
- /// object file.
- ///
- /// Many object files for platforms might be for either user space
- /// debugging or for kernel debugging. If your object file subclass
- /// can figure this out, it will help with debugger plug-in selection
- /// when it comes time to debug.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The calculated object file strata for the current object
- /// file.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual Strata
- CalculateStrata() = 0;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the object file version numbers.
- ///
- /// Many object files have a set of version numbers that describe
- /// the version of the executable or shared library. Typically there
- /// are major, minor and build, but there may be more. This function
- /// will extract the versions from object files if they are available.
- ///
- /// If \a versions is NULL, or if \a num_versions is 0, the return
- /// value will indicate how many version numbers are available in
- /// this object file. Then a subsequent call can be made to this
- /// function with a value of \a versions and \a num_versions that
- /// has enough storage to store some or all version numbers.
- ///
- /// @param[out] versions
- /// A pointer to an array of uint32_t types that is \a num_versions
- /// long. If this value is NULL, the return value will indicate
- /// how many version numbers are required for a subsequent call
- /// to this function so that all versions can be retrieved. If
- /// the value is non-NULL, then at most \a num_versions of the
- /// existing versions numbers will be filled into \a versions.
- /// If there is no version information available, \a versions
- /// will be filled with \a num_versions UINT32_MAX values
- /// and zero will be returned.
- ///
- /// @param[in] num_versions
- /// The maximum number of entries to fill into \a versions. If
- /// this value is zero, then the return value will indicate
- /// how many version numbers there are in total so another call
- /// to this function can be make with adequate storage in
- /// \a versions to get all of the version numbers. If \a
- /// num_versions is less than the actual number of version
- /// numbers in this object file, only \a num_versions will be
- /// filled into \a versions (if \a versions is non-NULL).
- ///
- /// @return
- /// This function always returns the number of version numbers
- /// that this object file has regardless of the number of
- /// version numbers that were copied into \a versions.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual uint32_t
- GetVersion (uint32_t *versions, uint32_t num_versions)
- {
- if (versions && num_versions)
- {
- for (uint32_t i=0; i<num_versions; ++i)
- versions[i] = UINT32_MAX;
- }
- return 0;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the minimum OS version this object file can run on.
- ///
- /// Some object files have information that specifies the minimum OS
- /// version that they can be used on.
- ///
- /// If \a versions is NULL, or if \a num_versions is 0, the return
- /// value will indicate how many version numbers are available in
- /// this object file. Then a subsequent call can be made to this
- /// function with a value of \a versions and \a num_versions that
- /// has enough storage to store some or all version numbers.
- ///
- /// @param[out] versions
- /// A pointer to an array of uint32_t types that is \a num_versions
- /// long. If this value is NULL, the return value will indicate
- /// how many version numbers are required for a subsequent call
- /// to this function so that all versions can be retrieved. If
- /// the value is non-NULL, then at most \a num_versions of the
- /// existing versions numbers will be filled into \a versions.
- /// If there is no version information available, \a versions
- /// will be filled with \a num_versions UINT32_MAX values
- /// and zero will be returned.
- ///
- /// @param[in] num_versions
- /// The maximum number of entries to fill into \a versions. If
- /// this value is zero, then the return value will indicate
- /// how many version numbers there are in total so another call
- /// to this function can be make with adequate storage in
- /// \a versions to get all of the version numbers. If \a
- /// num_versions is less than the actual number of version
- /// numbers in this object file, only \a num_versions will be
- /// filled into \a versions (if \a versions is non-NULL).
- ///
- /// @return
- /// This function always returns the number of version numbers
- /// that this object file has regardless of the number of
- /// version numbers that were copied into \a versions.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual uint32_t
- GetMinimumOSVersion (uint32_t *versions, uint32_t num_versions)
- {
- if (versions && num_versions)
- {
- for (uint32_t i=0; i<num_versions; ++i)
- versions[i] = UINT32_MAX;
- }
- return 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the minimum OS version this object file can run on.
+ ///
+ /// Some object files have information that specifies the minimum OS
+ /// version that they can be used on.
+ ///
+ /// If \a versions is NULL, or if \a num_versions is 0, the return
+ /// value will indicate how many version numbers are available in
+ /// this object file. Then a subsequent call can be made to this
+ /// function with a value of \a versions and \a num_versions that
+ /// has enough storage to store some or all version numbers.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] versions
+ /// A pointer to an array of uint32_t types that is \a num_versions
+ /// long. If this value is NULL, the return value will indicate
+ /// how many version numbers are required for a subsequent call
+ /// to this function so that all versions can be retrieved. If
+ /// the value is non-NULL, then at most \a num_versions of the
+ /// existing versions numbers will be filled into \a versions.
+ /// If there is no version information available, \a versions
+ /// will be filled with \a num_versions UINT32_MAX values
+ /// and zero will be returned.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] num_versions
+ /// The maximum number of entries to fill into \a versions. If
+ /// this value is zero, then the return value will indicate
+ /// how many version numbers there are in total so another call
+ /// to this function can be make with adequate storage in
+ /// \a versions to get all of the version numbers. If \a
+ /// num_versions is less than the actual number of version
+ /// numbers in this object file, only \a num_versions will be
+ /// filled into \a versions (if \a versions is non-NULL).
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// This function always returns the number of version numbers
+ /// that this object file has regardless of the number of
+ /// version numbers that were copied into \a versions.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual uint32_t GetMinimumOSVersion(uint32_t *versions,
+ uint32_t num_versions) {
+ if (versions && num_versions) {
+ for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_versions; ++i)
+ versions[i] = UINT32_MAX;
}
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the SDK OS version this object file was built with.
- ///
- /// The versions arguments and returns values are the same as the
- /// GetMinimumOSVersion()
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual uint32_t
- GetSDKVersion (uint32_t *versions, uint32_t num_versions)
- {
- if (versions && num_versions)
- {
- for (uint32_t i=0; i<num_versions; ++i)
- versions[i] = UINT32_MAX;
- }
- return 0;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Return true if this file is a dynamic link editor (dyld)
- ///
- /// Often times dyld has symbols that mirror symbols in libc and
- /// other shared libraries (like "malloc" and "free") and the user
- /// does _not_ want to stop in these shared libraries by default.
- /// We can ask the ObjectFile if it is such a file and should be
- /// avoided for things like settings breakpoints and doing function
- /// lookups for expressions.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual bool
- GetIsDynamicLinkEditor()
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member Functions
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Type
- GetType ()
- {
- if (m_type == eTypeInvalid)
- m_type = CalculateType();
- return m_type;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the SDK OS version this object file was built with.
+ ///
+ /// The versions arguments and returns values are the same as the
+ /// GetMinimumOSVersion()
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual uint32_t GetSDKVersion(uint32_t *versions, uint32_t num_versions) {
+ if (versions && num_versions) {
+ for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_versions; ++i)
+ versions[i] = UINT32_MAX;
}
-
- Strata
- GetStrata ()
- {
- if (m_strata == eStrataInvalid)
- m_strata = CalculateStrata();
- return m_strata;
- }
-
- // When an object file is in memory, subclasses should try and lock
- // the process weak pointer. If the process weak pointer produces a
- // valid ProcessSP, then subclasses can call this function to read
- // memory.
- static lldb::DataBufferSP
- ReadMemory (const lldb::ProcessSP &process_sp,
- lldb::addr_t addr,
- size_t byte_size);
-
- size_t
- GetData (lldb::offset_t offset, size_t length, DataExtractor &data) const;
-
- size_t
- CopyData (lldb::offset_t offset, size_t length, void *dst) const;
-
- virtual size_t
- ReadSectionData (const Section *section,
- lldb::offset_t section_offset,
- void *dst,
- size_t dst_len) const;
-
- virtual size_t
- ReadSectionData (const Section *section,
- DataExtractor& section_data) const;
-
- size_t
- MemoryMapSectionData (const Section *section,
- DataExtractor& section_data) const;
-
- bool
- IsInMemory () const
- {
- return m_memory_addr != LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS;
- }
-
- // Strip linker annotations (such as @@VERSION) from symbol names.
- virtual std::string
- StripLinkerSymbolAnnotations(llvm::StringRef symbol_name) const
- {
- return symbol_name.str();
- }
-
- static lldb::SymbolType
- GetSymbolTypeFromName (llvm::StringRef name,
- lldb::SymbolType symbol_type_hint = lldb::eSymbolTypeUndefined);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Return true if this file is a dynamic link editor (dyld)
+ ///
+ /// Often times dyld has symbols that mirror symbols in libc and
+ /// other shared libraries (like "malloc" and "free") and the user
+ /// does _not_ want to stop in these shared libraries by default.
+ /// We can ask the ObjectFile if it is such a file and should be
+ /// avoided for things like settings breakpoints and doing function
+ /// lookups for expressions.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual bool GetIsDynamicLinkEditor() { return false; }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member Functions
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Type GetType() {
+ if (m_type == eTypeInvalid)
+ m_type = CalculateType();
+ return m_type;
+ }
+
+ Strata GetStrata() {
+ if (m_strata == eStrataInvalid)
+ m_strata = CalculateStrata();
+ return m_strata;
+ }
+
+ // When an object file is in memory, subclasses should try and lock
+ // the process weak pointer. If the process weak pointer produces a
+ // valid ProcessSP, then subclasses can call this function to read
+ // memory.
+ static lldb::DataBufferSP ReadMemory(const lldb::ProcessSP &process_sp,
+ lldb::addr_t addr, size_t byte_size);
+
+ size_t GetData(lldb::offset_t offset, size_t length,
+ DataExtractor &data) const;
+
+ size_t CopyData(lldb::offset_t offset, size_t length, void *dst) const;
+
+ virtual size_t ReadSectionData(const Section *section,
+ lldb::offset_t section_offset, void *dst,
+ size_t dst_len) const;
+
+ virtual size_t ReadSectionData(const Section *section,
+ DataExtractor &section_data) const;
+
+ size_t MemoryMapSectionData(const Section *section,
+ DataExtractor &section_data) const;
+
+ bool IsInMemory() const { return m_memory_addr != LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS; }
+
+ // Strip linker annotations (such as @@VERSION) from symbol names.
+ virtual std::string
+ StripLinkerSymbolAnnotations(llvm::StringRef symbol_name) const {
+ return symbol_name.str();
+ }
+
+ static lldb::SymbolType GetSymbolTypeFromName(
+ llvm::StringRef name,
+ lldb::SymbolType symbol_type_hint = lldb::eSymbolTypeUndefined);
protected:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- FileSpec m_file;
- Type m_type;
- Strata m_strata;
- lldb::addr_t m_file_offset; ///< The offset in bytes into the file, or the address in memory
- lldb::addr_t m_length; ///< The length of this object file if it is known (can be zero if length is unknown or can't be determined).
- DataExtractor m_data; ///< The data for this object file so things can be parsed lazily.
- lldb_private::UnwindTable m_unwind_table; /// < Table of FuncUnwinders objects created for this ObjectFile's functions
- lldb::ProcessWP m_process_wp;
- const lldb::addr_t m_memory_addr;
- std::unique_ptr<lldb_private::SectionList> m_sections_ap;
- std::unique_ptr<lldb_private::Symtab> m_symtab_ap;
- uint32_t m_synthetic_symbol_idx;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Sets the architecture for a module. At present the architecture
- /// can only be set if it is invalid. It is not allowed to switch from
- /// one concrete architecture to another.
- ///
- /// @param[in] new_arch
- /// The architecture this module will be set to.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if the architecture was changed, \b
- /// false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- SetModulesArchitecture (const ArchSpec &new_arch);
-
- ConstString
- GetNextSyntheticSymbolName();
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ FileSpec m_file;
+ Type m_type;
+ Strata m_strata;
+ lldb::addr_t m_file_offset; ///< The offset in bytes into the file, or the
+ ///address in memory
+ lldb::addr_t m_length; ///< The length of this object file if it is known (can
+ ///be zero if length is unknown or can't be
+ ///determined).
+ DataExtractor
+ m_data; ///< The data for this object file so things can be parsed lazily.
+ lldb_private::UnwindTable m_unwind_table; /// < Table of FuncUnwinders objects
+ /// created for this ObjectFile's
+ /// functions
+ lldb::ProcessWP m_process_wp;
+ const lldb::addr_t m_memory_addr;
+ std::unique_ptr<lldb_private::SectionList> m_sections_ap;
+ std::unique_ptr<lldb_private::Symtab> m_symtab_ap;
+ uint32_t m_synthetic_symbol_idx;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Sets the architecture for a module. At present the architecture
+ /// can only be set if it is invalid. It is not allowed to switch from
+ /// one concrete architecture to another.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] new_arch
+ /// The architecture this module will be set to.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if the architecture was changed, \b
+ /// false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool SetModulesArchitecture(const ArchSpec &new_arch);
+
+ ConstString GetNextSyntheticSymbolName();
private:
- DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (ObjectFile);
+ DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(ObjectFile);
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/Symbol.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/Symbol.h
index 43f29f368d92..3f12b9a99b04 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/Symbol.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/Symbol.h
@@ -10,407 +10,272 @@
#ifndef liblldb_Symbol_h_
#define liblldb_Symbol_h_
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/AddressRange.h"
#include "lldb/Core/Mangled.h"
#include "lldb/Core/UserID.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/SymbolContextScope.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
-class Symbol :
- public SymbolContextScope
-{
+class Symbol : public SymbolContextScope {
public:
- // ObjectFile readers can classify their symbol table entries and searches can be made
- // on specific types where the symbol values will have drastically different meanings
- // and sorting requirements.
- Symbol();
-
- Symbol (uint32_t symID,
- const char *name,
- bool name_is_mangled,
- lldb::SymbolType type,
- bool external,
- bool is_debug,
- bool is_trampoline,
- bool is_artificial,
- const lldb::SectionSP &section_sp,
- lldb::addr_t value,
- lldb::addr_t size,
- bool size_is_valid,
- bool contains_linker_annotations,
- uint32_t flags);
-
- Symbol (uint32_t symID,
- const Mangled &mangled,
- lldb::SymbolType type,
- bool external,
- bool is_debug,
- bool is_trampoline,
- bool is_artificial,
- const AddressRange &range,
- bool size_is_valid,
- bool contains_linker_annotations,
- uint32_t flags);
-
- Symbol (const Symbol& rhs);
-
- const Symbol&
- operator= (const Symbol& rhs);
-
- void
- Clear();
-
- bool
- Compare (const ConstString& name, lldb::SymbolType type) const;
-
- void
- Dump (Stream *s, Target *target, uint32_t index) const;
-
- bool
- ValueIsAddress() const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // The GetAddressRef() accessor functions should only be called if
- // you previously call ValueIsAddress() otherwise you might get an
- // reference to an Address object that contains an constant integer
- // value in m_addr_range.m_base_addr.m_offset which could be
- // incorrectly used to represent an absolute address since it has
- // no section.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Address &
- GetAddressRef()
- {
- return m_addr_range.GetBaseAddress();
+ // ObjectFile readers can classify their symbol table entries and searches can
+ // be made
+ // on specific types where the symbol values will have drastically different
+ // meanings
+ // and sorting requirements.
+ Symbol();
+
+ Symbol(uint32_t symID, const char *name, bool name_is_mangled,
+ lldb::SymbolType type, bool external, bool is_debug,
+ bool is_trampoline, bool is_artificial,
+ const lldb::SectionSP &section_sp, lldb::addr_t value,
+ lldb::addr_t size, bool size_is_valid,
+ bool contains_linker_annotations, uint32_t flags);
+
+ Symbol(uint32_t symID, const Mangled &mangled, lldb::SymbolType type,
+ bool external, bool is_debug, bool is_trampoline, bool is_artificial,
+ const AddressRange &range, bool size_is_valid,
+ bool contains_linker_annotations, uint32_t flags);
+
+ Symbol(const Symbol &rhs);
+
+ const Symbol &operator=(const Symbol &rhs);
+
+ void Clear();
+
+ bool Compare(const ConstString &name, lldb::SymbolType type) const;
+
+ void Dump(Stream *s, Target *target, uint32_t index) const;
+
+ bool ValueIsAddress() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // The GetAddressRef() accessor functions should only be called if
+ // you previously call ValueIsAddress() otherwise you might get an
+ // reference to an Address object that contains an constant integer
+ // value in m_addr_range.m_base_addr.m_offset which could be
+ // incorrectly used to represent an absolute address since it has
+ // no section.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Address &GetAddressRef() { return m_addr_range.GetBaseAddress(); }
+
+ const Address &GetAddressRef() const { return m_addr_range.GetBaseAddress(); }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Makes sure the symbol's value is an address and returns the file
+ // address. Returns LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS if the symbol's value isn't
+ // an address.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ lldb::addr_t GetFileAddress() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Makes sure the symbol's value is an address and gets the load
+ // address using \a target if it is. Returns LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS
+ // if the symbol's value isn't an address or if the section isn't
+ // loaded in \a target.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ lldb::addr_t GetLoadAddress(Target *target) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Access the address value. Do NOT hand out the AddressRange as an
+ // object as the byte size of the address range may not be filled in
+ // and it should be accessed via GetByteSize().
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Address GetAddress() const {
+ // Make sure the our value is an address before we hand a copy out.
+ // We use the Address inside m_addr_range to contain the value for
+ // symbols that are not address based symbols so we are using it
+ // for more than just addresses. For example undefined symbols on
+ // MacOSX have a nlist.n_value of 0 (zero) and this will get placed
+ // into m_addr_range.m_base_addr.m_offset and it will have no section.
+ // So in the GetAddress() accessor, we need to hand out an invalid
+ // address if the symbol's value isn't an address.
+ if (ValueIsAddress())
+ return m_addr_range.GetBaseAddress();
+ else
+ return Address();
+ }
+
+ // When a symbol's value isn't an address, we need to access the raw
+ // value. This function will ensure this symbol's value isn't an address
+ // and return the integer value if this checks out, otherwise it will
+ // return "fail_value" if the symbol is an address value.
+ uint64_t GetIntegerValue(uint64_t fail_value = 0) const {
+ if (ValueIsAddress()) {
+ // This symbol's value is an address. Use Symbol::GetAddress() to get the
+ // address.
+ return fail_value;
+ } else {
+ // The value is stored in the base address' offset
+ return m_addr_range.GetBaseAddress().GetOffset();
}
+ }
- const Address &
- GetAddressRef() const
- {
- return m_addr_range.GetBaseAddress();
- }
+ lldb::addr_t ResolveCallableAddress(Target &target) const;
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Makes sure the symbol's value is an address and returns the file
- // address. Returns LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS if the symbol's value isn't
- // an address.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- lldb::addr_t
- GetFileAddress () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Makes sure the symbol's value is an address and gets the load
- // address using \a target if it is. Returns LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS
- // if the symbol's value isn't an address or if the section isn't
- // loaded in \a target.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- lldb::addr_t
- GetLoadAddress (Target *target) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Access the address value. Do NOT hand out the AddressRange as an
- // object as the byte size of the address range may not be filled in
- // and it should be accessed via GetByteSize().
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Address
- GetAddress() const
- {
- // Make sure the our value is an address before we hand a copy out.
- // We use the Address inside m_addr_range to contain the value for
- // symbols that are not address based symbols so we are using it
- // for more than just addresses. For example undefined symbols on
- // MacOSX have a nlist.n_value of 0 (zero) and this will get placed
- // into m_addr_range.m_base_addr.m_offset and it will have no section.
- // So in the GetAddress() accessor, we need to hand out an invalid
- // address if the symbol's value isn't an address.
- if (ValueIsAddress())
- return m_addr_range.GetBaseAddress();
- else
- return Address();
- }
+ ConstString GetName() const;
- // When a symbol's value isn't an address, we need to access the raw
- // value. This function will ensure this symbol's value isn't an address
- // and return the integer value if this checks out, otherwise it will
- // return "fail_value" if the symbol is an address value.
- uint64_t
- GetIntegerValue (uint64_t fail_value = 0) const
- {
- if (ValueIsAddress())
- {
- // This symbol's value is an address. Use Symbol::GetAddress() to get the address.
- return fail_value;
- }
- else
- {
- // The value is stored in the base address' offset
- return m_addr_range.GetBaseAddress().GetOffset();
- }
- }
+ ConstString GetNameNoArguments() const;
- lldb::addr_t
- ResolveCallableAddress(Target &target) const;
+ ConstString GetDisplayName() const;
- ConstString
- GetName () const;
+ uint32_t GetID() const { return m_uid; }
- ConstString
- GetNameNoArguments () const;
+ lldb::LanguageType GetLanguage() const {
+ // TODO: See if there is a way to determine the language for a symbol
+ // somehow, for now just return our best guess
+ return m_mangled.GuessLanguage();
+ }
- ConstString
- GetDisplayName () const;
-
- uint32_t
- GetID() const
- {
- return m_uid;
- }
+ void SetID(uint32_t uid) { m_uid = uid; }
- lldb::LanguageType
- GetLanguage() const
- {
- // TODO: See if there is a way to determine the language for a symbol somehow, for now just return our best guess
- return m_mangled.GuessLanguage();
- }
+ Mangled &GetMangled() { return m_mangled; }
- void
- SetID(uint32_t uid)
- {
- m_uid = uid;
- }
+ const Mangled &GetMangled() const { return m_mangled; }
- Mangled&
- GetMangled ()
- {
- return m_mangled;
- }
+ ConstString GetReExportedSymbolName() const;
- const Mangled&
- GetMangled () const
- {
- return m_mangled;
- }
+ FileSpec GetReExportedSymbolSharedLibrary() const;
- ConstString
- GetReExportedSymbolName() const;
+ void SetReExportedSymbolName(const ConstString &name);
- FileSpec
- GetReExportedSymbolSharedLibrary () const;
-
- void
- SetReExportedSymbolName(const ConstString &name);
+ bool SetReExportedSymbolSharedLibrary(const FileSpec &fspec);
- bool
- SetReExportedSymbolSharedLibrary (const FileSpec &fspec);
-
- Symbol *
- ResolveReExportedSymbol (Target &target) const;
+ Symbol *ResolveReExportedSymbol(Target &target) const;
- uint32_t
- GetSiblingIndex () const;
+ uint32_t GetSiblingIndex() const;
- lldb::SymbolType
- GetType () const
- {
- return (lldb::SymbolType)m_type;
- }
+ lldb::SymbolType GetType() const { return (lldb::SymbolType)m_type; }
- void
- SetType (lldb::SymbolType type)
- {
- m_type = (lldb::SymbolType)type;
- }
+ void SetType(lldb::SymbolType type) { m_type = (lldb::SymbolType)type; }
- const char *
- GetTypeAsString () const;
+ const char *GetTypeAsString() const;
- uint32_t
- GetFlags () const
- {
- return m_flags;
- }
+ uint32_t GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
- void
- SetFlags (uint32_t flags)
- {
- m_flags = flags;
- }
+ void SetFlags(uint32_t flags) { m_flags = flags; }
- void
- GetDescription (Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level, Target *target) const;
+ void GetDescription(Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level,
+ Target *target) const;
- bool
- IsSynthetic () const
- {
- return m_is_synthetic;
- }
+ bool IsSynthetic() const { return m_is_synthetic; }
- void
- SetIsSynthetic (bool b)
- {
- m_is_synthetic = b;
- }
+ void SetIsSynthetic(bool b) { m_is_synthetic = b; }
-
- bool
- GetSizeIsSynthesized() const
- {
- return m_size_is_synthesized;
- }
-
- void
- SetSizeIsSynthesized(bool b)
- {
- m_size_is_synthesized = b;
- }
+ bool GetSizeIsSynthesized() const { return m_size_is_synthesized; }
- bool
- IsDebug () const
- {
- return m_is_debug;
- }
+ void SetSizeIsSynthesized(bool b) { m_size_is_synthesized = b; }
- void
- SetDebug (bool b)
- {
- m_is_debug = b;
- }
+ bool IsDebug() const { return m_is_debug; }
- bool
- IsExternal () const
- {
- return m_is_external;
- }
+ void SetDebug(bool b) { m_is_debug = b; }
- void
- SetExternal (bool b)
- {
- m_is_external = b;
- }
+ bool IsExternal() const { return m_is_external; }
- bool
- IsTrampoline () const;
+ void SetExternal(bool b) { m_is_external = b; }
- bool
- IsIndirect () const;
+ bool IsTrampoline() const;
- bool
- GetByteSizeIsValid () const
- {
- return m_size_is_valid;
- }
+ bool IsIndirect() const;
- lldb::addr_t
- GetByteSize () const;
-
- void
- SetByteSize (lldb::addr_t size)
- {
- m_size_is_valid = size > 0;
- m_addr_range.SetByteSize(size);
- }
+ bool GetByteSizeIsValid() const { return m_size_is_valid; }
- bool
- GetSizeIsSibling () const
- {
- return m_size_is_sibling;
- }
+ lldb::addr_t GetByteSize() const;
- void
- SetSizeIsSibling (bool b)
- {
- m_size_is_sibling = b;
- }
+ void SetByteSize(lldb::addr_t size) {
+ m_size_is_valid = size > 0;
+ m_addr_range.SetByteSize(size);
+ }
- // If m_type is "Code" or "Function" then this will return the prologue size
- // in bytes, else it will return zero.
- uint32_t
- GetPrologueByteSize ();
+ bool GetSizeIsSibling() const { return m_size_is_sibling; }
- bool
- GetDemangledNameIsSynthesized() const
- {
- return m_demangled_is_synthesized;
- }
+ void SetSizeIsSibling(bool b) { m_size_is_sibling = b; }
- void
- SetDemangledNameIsSynthesized(bool b)
- {
- m_demangled_is_synthesized = b;
- }
+ // If m_type is "Code" or "Function" then this will return the prologue size
+ // in bytes, else it will return zero.
+ uint32_t GetPrologueByteSize();
- bool
- ContainsLinkerAnnotations() const
- {
- return m_contains_linker_annotations;
- }
- void
- SetContainsLinkerAnnotations(bool b)
- {
- m_contains_linker_annotations = b;
- }
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext*)
- ///
- /// @see SymbolContextScope
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext *sc) override;
-
- lldb::ModuleSP
- CalculateSymbolContextModule() override;
-
- Symbol *
- CalculateSymbolContextSymbol() override;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::DumpSymbolContext(Stream*)
- ///
- /// @see SymbolContextScope
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- DumpSymbolContext(Stream *s) override;
-
- lldb::DisassemblerSP
- GetInstructions (const ExecutionContext &exe_ctx,
- const char *flavor,
- bool prefer_file_cache);
-
- bool
- GetDisassembly (const ExecutionContext &exe_ctx,
- const char *flavor,
- bool prefer_file_cache,
- Stream &strm);
-
- bool
- ContainsFileAddress (lldb::addr_t file_addr) const;
+ bool GetDemangledNameIsSynthesized() const {
+ return m_demangled_is_synthesized;
+ }
+
+ void SetDemangledNameIsSynthesized(bool b) { m_demangled_is_synthesized = b; }
+
+ bool ContainsLinkerAnnotations() const {
+ return m_contains_linker_annotations;
+ }
+ void SetContainsLinkerAnnotations(bool b) {
+ m_contains_linker_annotations = b;
+ }
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext*)
+ ///
+ /// @see SymbolContextScope
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext *sc) override;
+
+ lldb::ModuleSP CalculateSymbolContextModule() override;
+
+ Symbol *CalculateSymbolContextSymbol() override;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// @copydoc SymbolContextScope::DumpSymbolContext(Stream*)
+ ///
+ /// @see SymbolContextScope
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void DumpSymbolContext(Stream *s) override;
+
+ lldb::DisassemblerSP GetInstructions(const ExecutionContext &exe_ctx,
+ const char *flavor,
+ bool prefer_file_cache);
+
+ bool GetDisassembly(const ExecutionContext &exe_ctx, const char *flavor,
+ bool prefer_file_cache, Stream &strm);
+
+ bool ContainsFileAddress(lldb::addr_t file_addr) const;
protected:
- // This is the internal guts of ResolveReExportedSymbol, it assumes reexport_name is not null, and that module_spec
- // is valid. We track the modules we've already seen to make sure we don't get caught in a cycle.
-
- Symbol *
- ResolveReExportedSymbolInModuleSpec (Target &target,
- ConstString &reexport_name,
- lldb_private::ModuleSpec &module_spec,
- lldb_private::ModuleList &seen_modules) const;
-
- uint32_t m_uid; // User ID (usually the original symbol table index)
- uint16_t m_type_data; // data specific to m_type
- uint16_t m_type_data_resolved:1, // True if the data in m_type_data has already been calculated
- m_is_synthetic:1, // non-zero if this symbol is not actually in the symbol table, but synthesized from other info in the object file.
- m_is_debug:1, // non-zero if this symbol is debug information in a symbol
- m_is_external:1, // non-zero if this symbol is globally visible
- m_size_is_sibling:1, // m_size contains the index of this symbol's sibling
- m_size_is_synthesized:1,// non-zero if this symbol's size was calculated using a delta between this symbol and the next
- m_size_is_valid:1,
- m_demangled_is_synthesized:1, // The demangled name was created should not be used for expressions or other lookups
- m_contains_linker_annotations:1, // The symbol name contains linker annotations, which are optional when doing name lookups
- m_type:7;
- Mangled m_mangled; // uniqued symbol name/mangled name pair
- AddressRange m_addr_range; // Contains the value, or the section offset address when the value is an address in a section, and the size (if any)
- uint32_t m_flags; // A copy of the flags from the original symbol table, the ObjectFile plug-in can interpret these
+ // This is the internal guts of ResolveReExportedSymbol, it assumes
+ // reexport_name is not null, and that module_spec
+ // is valid. We track the modules we've already seen to make sure we don't
+ // get caught in a cycle.
+
+ Symbol *ResolveReExportedSymbolInModuleSpec(
+ Target &target, ConstString &reexport_name,
+ lldb_private::ModuleSpec &module_spec,
+ lldb_private::ModuleList &seen_modules) const;
+
+ uint32_t m_uid; // User ID (usually the original symbol table index)
+ uint16_t m_type_data; // data specific to m_type
+ uint16_t m_type_data_resolved : 1, // True if the data in m_type_data has
+ // already been calculated
+ m_is_synthetic : 1, // non-zero if this symbol is not actually in the
+ // symbol table, but synthesized from other info in
+ // the object file.
+ m_is_debug : 1, // non-zero if this symbol is debug information in a
+ // symbol
+ m_is_external : 1, // non-zero if this symbol is globally visible
+ m_size_is_sibling : 1, // m_size contains the index of this symbol's
+ // sibling
+ m_size_is_synthesized : 1, // non-zero if this symbol's size was
+ // calculated using a delta between this symbol
+ // and the next
+ m_size_is_valid : 1,
+ m_demangled_is_synthesized : 1, // The demangled name was created should
+ // not be used for expressions or other
+ // lookups
+ m_contains_linker_annotations : 1, // The symbol name contains linker
+ // annotations, which are optional when
+ // doing name lookups
+ m_type : 7;
+ Mangled m_mangled; // uniqued symbol name/mangled name pair
+ AddressRange m_addr_range; // Contains the value, or the section offset
+ // address when the value is an address in a
+ // section, and the size (if any)
+ uint32_t m_flags; // A copy of the flags from the original symbol table, the
+ // ObjectFile plug-in can interpret these
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolContext.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolContext.h
index f0e8e3590a8a..2ca3fdb71286 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolContext.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolContext.h
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@
// Other libraries and framework includes
// Project includes
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/Address.h"
#include "lldb/Core/Mangled.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/LineEntry.h"
#include "lldb/Utility/Iterable.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
namespace lldb_private {
@@ -39,409 +39,380 @@ class SymbolContextScope;
/// queries include
/// @li Looking up a load address.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class SymbolContext
-{
+class SymbolContext {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Default constructor.
- ///
- /// Initialize all pointer members to nullptr and all struct members
- /// to their default state.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- SymbolContext ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with an object that knows how to reconstruct its
- /// symbol context.
- ///
- /// @param[in] sc_scope
- /// A symbol context scope object that knows how to reconstruct
- /// it's context.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- explicit
- SymbolContext (SymbolContextScope *sc_scope);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Construct with module, and optional compile unit, function,
- /// block, line table, line entry and symbol.
- ///
- /// Initialize all pointer to the specified values.
- ///
- /// @param[in] module
- /// A Module pointer to the module for this context.
- ///
- /// @param[in] comp_unit
- /// A CompileUnit pointer to the compile unit for this context.
- ///
- /// @param[in] function
- /// A Function pointer to the function for this context.
- ///
- /// @param[in] block
- /// A Block pointer to the deepest block for this context.
- ///
- /// @param[in] line_entry
- /// A LineEntry pointer to the line entry for this context.
- ///
- /// @param[in] symbol
- /// A Symbol pointer to the symbol for this context.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- explicit
- SymbolContext(const lldb::TargetSP &target_sp,
- const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp,
- CompileUnit *comp_unit = nullptr,
- Function *function = nullptr,
- Block *block = nullptr,
- LineEntry *line_entry = nullptr,
- Symbol *symbol = nullptr);
-
- // This version sets the target to a NULL TargetSP if you don't know it.
- explicit
- SymbolContext(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp,
- CompileUnit *comp_unit = nullptr,
- Function *function = nullptr,
- Block *block = nullptr,
- LineEntry *line_entry = nullptr,
- Symbol *symbol = nullptr);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Copy constructor
- ///
- /// Makes a copy of the another SymbolContext object \a rhs.
- ///
- /// @param[in] rhs
- /// A const SymbolContext object reference to copy.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- SymbolContext (const SymbolContext& rhs);
-
- ~SymbolContext ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Assignment operator.
- ///
- /// Copies the address value from another SymbolContext object \a
- /// rhs into \a this object.
- ///
- /// @param[in] rhs
- /// A const SymbolContext object reference to copy.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const SymbolContext object reference to \a this.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- const SymbolContext&
- operator= (const SymbolContext& rhs);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Clear the object's state.
- ///
- /// Resets all pointer members to nullptr, and clears any class objects
- /// to their default state.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Clear (bool clear_target);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
- ///
- /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
- /// supplied stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Dump (Stream *s, Target *target) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump the stop context in this object to a Stream.
- ///
- /// Dump the best description of this object to the stream. The
- /// information displayed depends on the amount and quality of the
- /// information in this context. If a module, function, file and
- /// line number are available, they will be dumped. If only a
- /// module and function or symbol name with offset is available,
- /// that will be output. Else just the address at which the target
- /// was stopped will be displayed.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- ///
- /// @param[in] so_addr
- /// The resolved section offset address.
- ///
- /// @param[in] show_fullpaths
- /// When printing file paths (with the Module), whether the
- /// base name of the Module should be printed or the full path.
- ///
- /// @param[in] show_module
- /// Whether the module name should be printed followed by a
- /// grave accent "`" character.
- ///
- /// @param[in] show_inlined_frames
- /// If a given pc is in inlined function(s), whether the inlined
- /// functions should be printed on separate lines in addition to
- /// the concrete function containing the pc.
- ///
- /// @param[in] show_function_arguments
- /// If false, this method will try to elide the function argument
- /// types when printing the function name. This may be ambiguous
- /// for languages that have function overloading - but it may
- /// make the "function name" too long to include all the argument
- /// types.
- ///
- /// @param[in] show_function_name
- /// Normally this should be true - the function/symbol name should
- /// be printed. In disassembly formatting, where we want a format
- /// like "<*+36>", this should be false and "*" will be printed
- /// instead.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- DumpStopContext (Stream *s,
- ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope,
- const Address &so_addr,
- bool show_fullpaths,
- bool show_module,
- bool show_inlined_frames,
- bool show_function_arguments,
- bool show_function_name) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the address range contained within a symbol context.
- ///
- /// Address range priority is as follows:
- /// - line_entry address range if line_entry is valid and eSymbolContextLineEntry is set in \a scope
- /// - block address range if block is not nullptr and eSymbolContextBlock is set in \a scope
- /// - function address range if function is not nullptr and eSymbolContextFunction is set in \a scope
- /// - symbol address range if symbol is not nullptr and eSymbolContextSymbol is set in \a scope
- ///
- /// @param[in] scope
- /// A mask of symbol context bits telling this function which
- /// address ranges it can use when trying to extract one from
- /// the valid (non-nullptr) symbol context classes.
- ///
- /// @param[in] range_idx
- /// The address range index to grab. Since many functions and
- /// blocks are not always contiguous, they may have more than
- /// one address range.
- ///
- /// @param[in] use_inline_block_range
- /// If \a scope has the eSymbolContextBlock bit set, and there
- /// is a valid block in the symbol context, return the block
- /// address range for the containing inline function block, not
- /// the deepest most block. This allows us to extract information
- /// for the address range of the inlined function block, not
- /// the deepest lexical block.
- ///
- /// @param[out] range
- /// An address range object that will be filled in if \b true
- /// is returned.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// \b True if this symbol context contains items that describe
- /// an address range, \b false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- GetAddressRange (uint32_t scope,
- uint32_t range_idx,
- bool use_inline_block_range,
- AddressRange &range) const;
-
- bool
- GetAddressRangeFromHereToEndLine(uint32_t end_line, AddressRange &range, Error &error);
-
- void
- GetDescription(Stream *s,
- lldb::DescriptionLevel level,
- Target *target) const;
-
- uint32_t
- GetResolvedMask () const;
-
- lldb::LanguageType
- GetLanguage () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Find a block that defines the function represented by this
- /// symbol context.
- ///
- /// If this symbol context points to a block that is an inlined
- /// function, or is contained within an inlined function, the block
- /// that defines the inlined function is returned.
- ///
- /// If this symbol context has no block in it, or the block is not
- /// itself an inlined function block or contained within one, we
- /// return the top level function block.
- ///
- /// This is a handy function to call when you want to get the block
- /// whose variable list will include the arguments for the function
- /// that is represented by this symbol context (whether the function
- /// is an inline function or not).
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The block object pointer that defines the function that is
- /// represented by this symbol context object, nullptr otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- Block *
- GetFunctionBlock ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// If this symbol context represents a function that is a method,
- /// return true and provide information about the method.
- ///
- /// @param[out] language
- /// If \b true is returned, the language for the method.
- ///
- /// @param[out] is_instance_method
- /// If \b true is returned, \b true if this is a instance method,
- /// \b false if this is a static/class function.
- ///
- /// @param[out] language_object_name
- /// If \b true is returned, the name of the artificial variable
- /// for the language ("this" for C++, "self" for ObjC).
- ///
- /// @return
- /// \b True if this symbol context represents a function that
- /// is a method of a class, \b false otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- GetFunctionMethodInfo (lldb::LanguageType &language,
- bool &is_instance_method,
- ConstString &language_object_name);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Sorts the types in TypeMap according to SymbolContext
- /// to TypeList
- ///
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- SortTypeList(TypeMap &type_map, TypeList &type_list) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Find a name of the innermost function for the symbol context.
- ///
- /// For instance, if the symbol context contains an inlined block,
- /// it will return the inlined function name.
- ///
- /// @param[in] prefer_mangled
- /// if \btrue, then the mangled name will be returned if there
- /// is one. Otherwise the unmangled name will be returned if it
- /// is available.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The name of the function represented by this symbol context.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ConstString
- GetFunctionName (Mangled::NamePreference preference = Mangled::ePreferDemangled) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get the line entry that corresponds to the function.
- ///
- /// If the symbol context contains an inlined block, the line entry
- /// for the start address of the inlined function will be returned,
- /// otherwise the line entry for the start address of the function
- /// will be returned. This can be used after doing a
- /// Module::FindFunctions(...) or ModuleList::FindFunctions(...)
- /// call in order to get the correct line table information for
- /// the symbol context.
- /// it will return the inlined function name.
- ///
- /// @param[in] prefer_mangled
- /// if \btrue, then the mangled name will be returned if there
- /// is one. Otherwise the unmangled name will be returned if it
- /// is available.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// The name of the function represented by this symbol context.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- LineEntry
- GetFunctionStartLineEntry () const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Find the block containing the inlined block that contains this block.
- ///
- /// For instance, if the symbol context contains an inlined block,
- /// it will return the inlined function name.
- ///
- /// @param[in] curr_frame_pc
- /// The address within the block of this object.
- ///
- /// @param[out] next_frame_sc
- /// A new symbol context that does what the title says it does.
- ///
- /// @param[out] next_frame_addr
- /// This is what you should report as the PC in \a next_frame_sc.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// \b true if this SymbolContext specifies a block contained in an
- /// inlined block. If this returns \b true, \a next_frame_sc and
- /// \a next_frame_addr will be filled in correctly.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- GetParentOfInlinedScope (const Address &curr_frame_pc,
- SymbolContext &next_frame_sc,
- Address &inlined_frame_addr) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- lldb::TargetSP target_sp; ///< The Target for a given query
- lldb::ModuleSP module_sp; ///< The Module for a given query
- CompileUnit * comp_unit; ///< The CompileUnit for a given query
- Function * function; ///< The Function for a given query
- Block * block; ///< The Block for a given query
- LineEntry line_entry; ///< The LineEntry for a given query
- Symbol * symbol; ///< The Symbol for a given query
- Variable * variable; ///< The global variable matching the given query
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Default constructor.
+ ///
+ /// Initialize all pointer members to nullptr and all struct members
+ /// to their default state.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ SymbolContext();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with an object that knows how to reconstruct its
+ /// symbol context.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] sc_scope
+ /// A symbol context scope object that knows how to reconstruct
+ /// it's context.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ explicit SymbolContext(SymbolContextScope *sc_scope);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Construct with module, and optional compile unit, function,
+ /// block, line table, line entry and symbol.
+ ///
+ /// Initialize all pointer to the specified values.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] module
+ /// A Module pointer to the module for this context.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] comp_unit
+ /// A CompileUnit pointer to the compile unit for this context.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] function
+ /// A Function pointer to the function for this context.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] block
+ /// A Block pointer to the deepest block for this context.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] line_entry
+ /// A LineEntry pointer to the line entry for this context.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] symbol
+ /// A Symbol pointer to the symbol for this context.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ explicit SymbolContext(const lldb::TargetSP &target_sp,
+ const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp,
+ CompileUnit *comp_unit = nullptr,
+ Function *function = nullptr, Block *block = nullptr,
+ LineEntry *line_entry = nullptr,
+ Symbol *symbol = nullptr);
+
+ // This version sets the target to a NULL TargetSP if you don't know it.
+ explicit SymbolContext(const lldb::ModuleSP &module_sp,
+ CompileUnit *comp_unit = nullptr,
+ Function *function = nullptr, Block *block = nullptr,
+ LineEntry *line_entry = nullptr,
+ Symbol *symbol = nullptr);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Copy constructor
+ ///
+ /// Makes a copy of the another SymbolContext object \a rhs.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] rhs
+ /// A const SymbolContext object reference to copy.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ SymbolContext(const SymbolContext &rhs);
+
+ ~SymbolContext();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Assignment operator.
+ ///
+ /// Copies the address value from another SymbolContext object \a
+ /// rhs into \a this object.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] rhs
+ /// A const SymbolContext object reference to copy.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const SymbolContext object reference to \a this.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ const SymbolContext &operator=(const SymbolContext &rhs);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Clear the object's state.
+ ///
+ /// Resets all pointer members to nullptr, and clears any class objects
+ /// to their default state.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Clear(bool clear_target);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
+ ///
+ /// Dump a description of the contents of this object to the
+ /// supplied stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Dump(Stream *s, Target *target) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump the stop context in this object to a Stream.
+ ///
+ /// Dump the best description of this object to the stream. The
+ /// information displayed depends on the amount and quality of the
+ /// information in this context. If a module, function, file and
+ /// line number are available, they will be dumped. If only a
+ /// module and function or symbol name with offset is available,
+ /// that will be output. Else just the address at which the target
+ /// was stopped will be displayed.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] so_addr
+ /// The resolved section offset address.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] show_fullpaths
+ /// When printing file paths (with the Module), whether the
+ /// base name of the Module should be printed or the full path.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] show_module
+ /// Whether the module name should be printed followed by a
+ /// grave accent "`" character.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] show_inlined_frames
+ /// If a given pc is in inlined function(s), whether the inlined
+ /// functions should be printed on separate lines in addition to
+ /// the concrete function containing the pc.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] show_function_arguments
+ /// If false, this method will try to elide the function argument
+ /// types when printing the function name. This may be ambiguous
+ /// for languages that have function overloading - but it may
+ /// make the "function name" too long to include all the argument
+ /// types.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] show_function_name
+ /// Normally this should be true - the function/symbol name should
+ /// be printed. In disassembly formatting, where we want a format
+ /// like "<*+36>", this should be false and "*" will be printed
+ /// instead.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool DumpStopContext(Stream *s, ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope,
+ const Address &so_addr, bool show_fullpaths,
+ bool show_module, bool show_inlined_frames,
+ bool show_function_arguments,
+ bool show_function_name) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the address range contained within a symbol context.
+ ///
+ /// Address range priority is as follows:
+ /// - line_entry address range if line_entry is valid and
+ /// eSymbolContextLineEntry is set in \a scope
+ /// - block address range if block is not nullptr and eSymbolContextBlock
+ /// is set in \a scope
+ /// - function address range if function is not nullptr and
+ /// eSymbolContextFunction is set in \a scope
+ /// - symbol address range if symbol is not nullptr and
+ /// eSymbolContextSymbol is set in \a scope
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] scope
+ /// A mask of symbol context bits telling this function which
+ /// address ranges it can use when trying to extract one from
+ /// the valid (non-nullptr) symbol context classes.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] range_idx
+ /// The address range index to grab. Since many functions and
+ /// blocks are not always contiguous, they may have more than
+ /// one address range.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] use_inline_block_range
+ /// If \a scope has the eSymbolContextBlock bit set, and there
+ /// is a valid block in the symbol context, return the block
+ /// address range for the containing inline function block, not
+ /// the deepest most block. This allows us to extract information
+ /// for the address range of the inlined function block, not
+ /// the deepest lexical block.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] range
+ /// An address range object that will be filled in if \b true
+ /// is returned.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// \b True if this symbol context contains items that describe
+ /// an address range, \b false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool GetAddressRange(uint32_t scope, uint32_t range_idx,
+ bool use_inline_block_range, AddressRange &range) const;
+
+ bool GetAddressRangeFromHereToEndLine(uint32_t end_line, AddressRange &range,
+ Error &error);
+
+ void GetDescription(Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level,
+ Target *target) const;
+
+ uint32_t GetResolvedMask() const;
+
+ lldb::LanguageType GetLanguage() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Find a block that defines the function represented by this
+ /// symbol context.
+ ///
+ /// If this symbol context points to a block that is an inlined
+ /// function, or is contained within an inlined function, the block
+ /// that defines the inlined function is returned.
+ ///
+ /// If this symbol context has no block in it, or the block is not
+ /// itself an inlined function block or contained within one, we
+ /// return the top level function block.
+ ///
+ /// This is a handy function to call when you want to get the block
+ /// whose variable list will include the arguments for the function
+ /// that is represented by this symbol context (whether the function
+ /// is an inline function or not).
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The block object pointer that defines the function that is
+ /// represented by this symbol context object, nullptr otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Block *GetFunctionBlock();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// If this symbol context represents a function that is a method,
+ /// return true and provide information about the method.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] language
+ /// If \b true is returned, the language for the method.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] is_instance_method
+ /// If \b true is returned, \b true if this is a instance method,
+ /// \b false if this is a static/class function.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] language_object_name
+ /// If \b true is returned, the name of the artificial variable
+ /// for the language ("this" for C++, "self" for ObjC).
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// \b True if this symbol context represents a function that
+ /// is a method of a class, \b false otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool GetFunctionMethodInfo(lldb::LanguageType &language,
+ bool &is_instance_method,
+ ConstString &language_object_name);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Sorts the types in TypeMap according to SymbolContext
+ /// to TypeList
+ ///
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void SortTypeList(TypeMap &type_map, TypeList &type_list) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Find a name of the innermost function for the symbol context.
+ ///
+ /// For instance, if the symbol context contains an inlined block,
+ /// it will return the inlined function name.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] prefer_mangled
+ /// if \btrue, then the mangled name will be returned if there
+ /// is one. Otherwise the unmangled name will be returned if it
+ /// is available.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The name of the function represented by this symbol context.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ConstString GetFunctionName(
+ Mangled::NamePreference preference = Mangled::ePreferDemangled) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get the line entry that corresponds to the function.
+ ///
+ /// If the symbol context contains an inlined block, the line entry
+ /// for the start address of the inlined function will be returned,
+ /// otherwise the line entry for the start address of the function
+ /// will be returned. This can be used after doing a
+ /// Module::FindFunctions(...) or ModuleList::FindFunctions(...)
+ /// call in order to get the correct line table information for
+ /// the symbol context.
+ /// it will return the inlined function name.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] prefer_mangled
+ /// if \btrue, then the mangled name will be returned if there
+ /// is one. Otherwise the unmangled name will be returned if it
+ /// is available.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// The name of the function represented by this symbol context.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ LineEntry GetFunctionStartLineEntry() const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Find the block containing the inlined block that contains this block.
+ ///
+ /// For instance, if the symbol context contains an inlined block,
+ /// it will return the inlined function name.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] curr_frame_pc
+ /// The address within the block of this object.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] next_frame_sc
+ /// A new symbol context that does what the title says it does.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] next_frame_addr
+ /// This is what you should report as the PC in \a next_frame_sc.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// \b true if this SymbolContext specifies a block contained in an
+ /// inlined block. If this returns \b true, \a next_frame_sc and
+ /// \a next_frame_addr will be filled in correctly.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool GetParentOfInlinedScope(const Address &curr_frame_pc,
+ SymbolContext &next_frame_sc,
+ Address &inlined_frame_addr) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member variables
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ lldb::TargetSP target_sp; ///< The Target for a given query
+ lldb::ModuleSP module_sp; ///< The Module for a given query
+ CompileUnit *comp_unit; ///< The CompileUnit for a given query
+ Function *function; ///< The Function for a given query
+ Block *block; ///< The Block for a given query
+ LineEntry line_entry; ///< The LineEntry for a given query
+ Symbol *symbol; ///< The Symbol for a given query
+ Variable *variable; ///< The global variable matching the given query
};
-class SymbolContextSpecifier
-{
+class SymbolContextSpecifier {
public:
- typedef enum SpecificationType
- {
- eNothingSpecified = 0,
- eModuleSpecified = 1 << 0,
- eFileSpecified = 1 << 1,
- eLineStartSpecified = 1 << 2,
- eLineEndSpecified = 1 << 3,
- eFunctionSpecified = 1 << 4,
- eClassOrNamespaceSpecified = 1 << 5,
- eAddressRangeSpecified = 1 << 6
- } SpecificationType;
-
- // This one produces a specifier that matches everything...
- SymbolContextSpecifier (const lldb::TargetSP& target_sp);
-
- ~SymbolContextSpecifier();
-
- bool
- AddSpecification (const char *spec_string, SpecificationType type);
-
- bool
- AddLineSpecification (uint32_t line_no, SpecificationType type);
-
- void
- Clear();
-
- bool
- SymbolContextMatches(SymbolContext &sc);
-
- bool
- AddressMatches(lldb::addr_t addr);
-
- void
- GetDescription (Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level) const;
+ typedef enum SpecificationType {
+ eNothingSpecified = 0,
+ eModuleSpecified = 1 << 0,
+ eFileSpecified = 1 << 1,
+ eLineStartSpecified = 1 << 2,
+ eLineEndSpecified = 1 << 3,
+ eFunctionSpecified = 1 << 4,
+ eClassOrNamespaceSpecified = 1 << 5,
+ eAddressRangeSpecified = 1 << 6
+ } SpecificationType;
+
+ // This one produces a specifier that matches everything...
+ SymbolContextSpecifier(const lldb::TargetSP &target_sp);
+
+ ~SymbolContextSpecifier();
+
+ bool AddSpecification(const char *spec_string, SpecificationType type);
+
+ bool AddLineSpecification(uint32_t line_no, SpecificationType type);
+
+ void Clear();
+
+ bool SymbolContextMatches(SymbolContext &sc);
+
+ bool AddressMatches(lldb::addr_t addr);
+
+ void GetDescription(Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level) const;
private:
- lldb::TargetSP m_target_sp;
- std::string m_module_spec;
- lldb::ModuleSP m_module_sp;
- std::unique_ptr<FileSpec> m_file_spec_ap;
- size_t m_start_line;
- size_t m_end_line;
- std::string m_function_spec;
- std::string m_class_name;
- std::unique_ptr<AddressRange> m_address_range_ap;
- uint32_t m_type; // Or'ed bits from SpecificationType
+ lldb::TargetSP m_target_sp;
+ std::string m_module_spec;
+ lldb::ModuleSP m_module_sp;
+ std::unique_ptr<FileSpec> m_file_spec_ap;
+ size_t m_start_line;
+ size_t m_end_line;
+ std::string m_function_spec;
+ std::string m_class_name;
+ std::unique_ptr<AddressRange> m_address_range_ap;
+ uint32_t m_type; // Or'ed bits from SpecificationType
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -454,165 +425,143 @@ private:
/// @li Looking up a function by name.
/// @li Finding all addresses for a specified file and line number.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class SymbolContextList
-{
+class SymbolContextList {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Default constructor.
- ///
- /// Initialize with an empty list.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- SymbolContextList ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Destructor.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- ~SymbolContextList ();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Append a new symbol context to the list.
- ///
- /// @param[in] sc
- /// A symbol context to append to the list.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Append (const SymbolContext& sc);
-
- void
- Append (const SymbolContextList& sc_list);
-
- bool
- AppendIfUnique (const SymbolContext& sc,
- bool merge_symbol_into_function);
-
- bool
- MergeSymbolContextIntoFunctionContext (const SymbolContext& symbol_sc,
- uint32_t start_idx = 0,
- uint32_t stop_idx = UINT32_MAX);
-
- uint32_t
- AppendIfUnique (const SymbolContextList& sc_list,
- bool merge_symbol_into_function);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Clear the object's state.
- ///
- /// Clears the symbol context list.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Clear();
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
- ///
- /// Dump a description of the contents of each symbol context in
- /// the list to the supplied stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- void
- Dump(Stream *s, Target *target) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for a symbol context at index \a idx.
- ///
- /// Dump a description of the contents of each symbol context in
- /// the list to the supplied stream \a s.
- ///
- /// @param[in] idx
- /// The zero based index into the symbol context list.
- ///
- /// @param[out] sc
- /// A reference to the symbol context to fill in.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if \a idx was a valid index into this
- /// symbol context list and \a sc was filled in, \b false
- /// otherwise.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- GetContextAtIndex(size_t idx, SymbolContext& sc) const;
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Direct reference accessor for a symbol context at index \a idx.
- ///
- /// The index \a idx must be a valid index, no error checking will
- /// be done to ensure that it is valid.
- ///
- /// @param[in] idx
- /// The zero based index into the symbol context list.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// A const reference to the symbol context to fill in.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- SymbolContext&
- operator [] (size_t idx)
- {
- return m_symbol_contexts[idx];
- }
-
- const SymbolContext&
- operator [] (size_t idx) const
- {
- return m_symbol_contexts[idx];
- }
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for the last symbol context in the list.
- ///
- /// @param[out] sc
- /// A reference to the symbol context to fill in.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns \b true if \a sc was filled in, \b false if the
- /// list is empty.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- bool
- GetLastContext(SymbolContext& sc) const;
-
- bool
- RemoveContextAtIndex (size_t idx);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Get accessor for a symbol context list size.
- ///
- /// @return
- /// Returns the number of symbol context objects in the list.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- uint32_t
- GetSize() const;
-
- uint32_t
- NumLineEntriesWithLine (uint32_t line) const;
-
- void
- GetDescription(Stream *s,
- lldb::DescriptionLevel level,
- Target *target) const;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Default constructor.
+ ///
+ /// Initialize with an empty list.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ SymbolContextList();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Destructor.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ~SymbolContextList();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Append a new symbol context to the list.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] sc
+ /// A symbol context to append to the list.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Append(const SymbolContext &sc);
+
+ void Append(const SymbolContextList &sc_list);
+
+ bool AppendIfUnique(const SymbolContext &sc, bool merge_symbol_into_function);
+
+ bool MergeSymbolContextIntoFunctionContext(const SymbolContext &symbol_sc,
+ uint32_t start_idx = 0,
+ uint32_t stop_idx = UINT32_MAX);
+
+ uint32_t AppendIfUnique(const SymbolContextList &sc_list,
+ bool merge_symbol_into_function);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Clear the object's state.
+ ///
+ /// Clears the symbol context list.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Clear();
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump a description of this object to a Stream.
+ ///
+ /// Dump a description of the contents of each symbol context in
+ /// the list to the supplied stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object description.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ void Dump(Stream *s, Target *target) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for a symbol context at index \a idx.
+ ///
+ /// Dump a description of the contents of each symbol context in
+ /// the list to the supplied stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] idx
+ /// The zero based index into the symbol context list.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] sc
+ /// A reference to the symbol context to fill in.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if \a idx was a valid index into this
+ /// symbol context list and \a sc was filled in, \b false
+ /// otherwise.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool GetContextAtIndex(size_t idx, SymbolContext &sc) const;
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Direct reference accessor for a symbol context at index \a idx.
+ ///
+ /// The index \a idx must be a valid index, no error checking will
+ /// be done to ensure that it is valid.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] idx
+ /// The zero based index into the symbol context list.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// A const reference to the symbol context to fill in.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ SymbolContext &operator[](size_t idx) { return m_symbol_contexts[idx]; }
+
+ const SymbolContext &operator[](size_t idx) const {
+ return m_symbol_contexts[idx];
+ }
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for the last symbol context in the list.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] sc
+ /// A reference to the symbol context to fill in.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns \b true if \a sc was filled in, \b false if the
+ /// list is empty.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bool GetLastContext(SymbolContext &sc) const;
+
+ bool RemoveContextAtIndex(size_t idx);
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Get accessor for a symbol context list size.
+ ///
+ /// @return
+ /// Returns the number of symbol context objects in the list.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ uint32_t GetSize() const;
+
+ uint32_t NumLineEntriesWithLine(uint32_t line) const;
+
+ void GetDescription(Stream *s, lldb::DescriptionLevel level,
+ Target *target) const;
protected:
- typedef std::vector<SymbolContext> collection; ///< The collection type for the list.
+ typedef std::vector<SymbolContext>
+ collection; ///< The collection type for the list.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Member variables.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- collection m_symbol_contexts; ///< The list of symbol contexts.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Member variables.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ collection m_symbol_contexts; ///< The list of symbol contexts.
public:
- typedef AdaptedIterable<collection, SymbolContext, vector_adapter> SymbolContextIterable;
- SymbolContextIterable
- SymbolContexts()
- {
- return SymbolContextIterable(m_symbol_contexts);
- }
+ typedef AdaptedIterable<collection, SymbolContext, vector_adapter>
+ SymbolContextIterable;
+ SymbolContextIterable SymbolContexts() {
+ return SymbolContextIterable(m_symbol_contexts);
+ }
};
-bool operator== (const SymbolContext& lhs, const SymbolContext& rhs);
-bool operator!= (const SymbolContext& lhs, const SymbolContext& rhs);
+bool operator==(const SymbolContext &lhs, const SymbolContext &rhs);
+bool operator!=(const SymbolContext &lhs, const SymbolContext &rhs);
-bool operator== (const SymbolContextList& lhs, const SymbolContextList& rhs);
-bool operator!= (const SymbolContextList& lhs, const SymbolContextList& rhs);
+bool operator==(const SymbolContextList &lhs, const SymbolContextList &rhs);
+bool operator!=(const SymbolContextList &lhs, const SymbolContextList &rhs);
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolContextScope.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolContextScope.h
index 212d8e6df233..926e34bc03a2 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolContextScope.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolContextScope.h
@@ -19,16 +19,17 @@
namespace lldb_private {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-/// @class SymbolContextScope SymbolContextScope.h "lldb/Symbol/SymbolContextScope.h"
+/// @class SymbolContextScope SymbolContextScope.h
+/// "lldb/Symbol/SymbolContextScope.h"
/// @brief Inherit from this if your object is part of a symbol context
/// and can reconstruct its symbol context.
///
/// Many objects that are part of a symbol context that have pointers
-/// back to parent objects that own them. Any members of a symbol
+/// back to parent objects that own them. Any members of a symbol
/// context that, once they are built, will not go away, can inherit
/// from this pure virtual class and can then reconstruct their symbol
-/// context without having to keep a complete SymbolContext object in
-/// the object.
+/// context without having to keep a complete SymbolContext object in
+/// the object.
///
/// Examples of these objects include:
/// @li Module
@@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ namespace lldb_private {
/// @li Symbol
///
/// Other objects can store a "SymbolContextScope *" using any pointers
-/// to one of the above objects. This allows clients to hold onto a
+/// to one of the above objects. This allows clients to hold onto a
/// pointer that uniquely will identify a symbol context. Those clients
/// can then always reconstruct the symbol context using the pointer, or
/// use it to uniquely identify a symbol context for an object.
@@ -53,12 +54,12 @@ namespace lldb_private {
/// in which the variable is defined. Function arguments can use
/// the Function object as their scope. The SymbolFile parsers
/// will set these correctly as the variables are parsed.
-/// @li Type objects that know exactly in which scope they
+/// @li Type objects that know exactly in which scope they
/// originated much like the variables above.
-/// @li StackID objects that are able to know that if the CFA
-/// (stack pointer at the beginning of a function) and the
+/// @li StackID objects that are able to know that if the CFA
+/// (stack pointer at the beginning of a function) and the
/// start PC for the function/symbol and the SymbolContextScope
-/// pointer (a unique pointer that identifies a symbol context
+/// pointer (a unique pointer that identifies a symbol context
/// location) match within the same thread, that the stack
/// frame is the same as the previous stack frame.
///
@@ -68,67 +69,45 @@ namespace lldb_private {
/// and object pairs that allow large collections of objects to be
/// passed around with minimal overhead.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class SymbolContextScope
-{
+class SymbolContextScope {
public:
- virtual
- ~SymbolContextScope() = default;
+ virtual ~SymbolContextScope() = default;
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Reconstruct the object's symbol context into \a sc.
- ///
- /// The object should fill in as much of the SymbolContext as it
- /// can so function calls that require a symbol context can be made
- /// for the given object.
- ///
- /// @param[out] sc
- /// A symbol context object pointer that gets filled in.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual void
- CalculateSymbolContext (SymbolContext *sc) = 0;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Reconstruct the object's symbol context into \a sc.
+ ///
+ /// The object should fill in as much of the SymbolContext as it
+ /// can so function calls that require a symbol context can be made
+ /// for the given object.
+ ///
+ /// @param[out] sc
+ /// A symbol context object pointer that gets filled in.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual void CalculateSymbolContext(SymbolContext *sc) = 0;
- virtual lldb::ModuleSP
- CalculateSymbolContextModule ()
- {
- return lldb::ModuleSP();
- }
+ virtual lldb::ModuleSP CalculateSymbolContextModule() {
+ return lldb::ModuleSP();
+ }
- virtual CompileUnit *
- CalculateSymbolContextCompileUnit ()
- {
- return nullptr;
- }
+ virtual CompileUnit *CalculateSymbolContextCompileUnit() { return nullptr; }
- virtual Function *
- CalculateSymbolContextFunction ()
- {
- return nullptr;
- }
+ virtual Function *CalculateSymbolContextFunction() { return nullptr; }
- virtual Block *
- CalculateSymbolContextBlock ()
- {
- return nullptr;
- }
+ virtual Block *CalculateSymbolContextBlock() { return nullptr; }
- virtual Symbol *
- CalculateSymbolContextSymbol ()
- {
- return nullptr;
- }
+ virtual Symbol *CalculateSymbolContextSymbol() { return nullptr; }
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- /// Dump the object's symbol context to the stream \a s.
- ///
- /// The object should dump its symbol context to the stream \a s.
- /// This function is widely used in the DumpDebug and verbose output
- /// for lldb objects.
- ///
- /// @param[in] s
- /// The stream to which to dump the object's symbol context.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual void
- DumpSymbolContext (Stream *s) = 0;
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// Dump the object's symbol context to the stream \a s.
+ ///
+ /// The object should dump its symbol context to the stream \a s.
+ /// This function is widely used in the DumpDebug and verbose output
+ /// for lldb objects.
+ ///
+ /// @param[in] s
+ /// The stream to which to dump the object's symbol context.
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ virtual void DumpSymbolContext(Stream *s) = 0;
};
} // namespace lldb_private
diff --git a/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolFile.h b/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolFile.h
index db97ab4f9b65..34ae8d76e195 100644
--- a/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolFile.h
+++ b/include/lldb/Symbol/SymbolFile.h
@@ -10,184 +10,201 @@
#ifndef liblldb_SymbolFile_h_
#define liblldb_SymbolFile_h_
-#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "lldb/Core/PluginInterface.h"
-#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerDecl.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerDeclContext.h"
+#include "lldb/Symbol/CompilerType.h"
#include "lldb/Symbol/Type.h"
+#include "lldb/lldb-private.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
namespace lldb_private {
-class SymbolFile :
- public PluginInterface
-{
+class SymbolFile : public PluginInterface {
public:
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Symbol file ability bits.
- //
- // Each symbol file can claim to support one or more symbol file
- // abilities. These get returned from SymbolFile::GetAbilities().
- // These help us to determine which plug-in will be best to load
- // the debug information found in files.
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- enum Abilities
- {
- CompileUnits = (1u << 0),
- LineTables = (1u << 1),
- Functions = (1u << 2),
- Blocks = (1u << 3),
- GlobalVariables = (1u << 4),
- LocalVariables = (1u << 5),
- VariableTypes = (1u << 6),
- kAllAbilities =((1u << 7) - 1u)
- };
-
- static SymbolFile *
- FindPlugin (ObjectFile* obj_file);
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Constructors and Destructors
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- SymbolFile(ObjectFile* obj_file) :
- m_obj_file(obj_file),
- m_abilities(0),
- m_calculated_abilities(false)
- {
- }
-
- ~SymbolFile() override
- {
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Symbol file ability bits.
+ //